sech

H-1

CONV

EYOR

S

IndexSECTIONH

PRODUCT PAGE

GENERAL:

Warning and Safety Reminder ........................................................................................ H-2Stock Material Handling Products ................................................................................... H-3

SCREW CONVEYORS: ................................................................................................H-4 – H-123Engineering Section I ...................................................................................................... H-4Design and Layout Section II......................................................................................... H-36Component Section III ................................................................................................... H-50Special Features Section IV ........................................................................................ H-107Installation and Maintenance Section V ...................................................................... H-120

BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI: .......................................................................H-123 – H-141

DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII: ...........................................................................H-142 – H-152

VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII: ......................................................H-153 – H-162

MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION IX: ...................................H-163 – H-166

SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION X: ....................................................H-167 – H-170

HEAVY DUTY CONVEYOR PULLEYS & COMPONENTS ......................................H-171 – H-187

DATA SHEETS: .........................................................................................................H-188 – H-192

gretchenrudd

Typewritten Text

Click on page numbers to go to page.

http://www.martinsprocket.com/material.htm

CONVEYORS

Safety

H-2

WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FORSCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS

APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THECONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)

It is the responsibility of the contractor,installer, owner and user to install, maintain andoperate the conveyor, components and, con-veyor assemblies in such a manner as to com-ply with the Williams-Steiger OccupationalSafety and Health Act and with all state andlocal laws and ordinances and the AmericanNational Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1Safety Code.

In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardouscondition, the assemblies or parts must beinstalled and operated in accordance with thefollowing minimum provisions.

1. Conveyors shall not be operated unlessall covers and/or guards for the conveyorand drive unit are in place. If the conveyor isto be opened for inspection cleaning, main-tenance or observation, the electric power tothe motor driving the conveyor must beLOCKED OUT in such a manner that theconveyor cannot be restarted by anyone;however remote from the area, until convey-or cover or guards and drive guards havebeen properly replaced.2. If the conveyor must have an open hous-ing as a condition of its use and application,the entire conveyor is then to be guarded bya railing or fence in accordance with ANSIstandard B20.1.(Request current editionand addenda)3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders orother manual or mechanical equipment shallbe constructed in such a way that the con-veyor opening is covered by a grating. If thenature of the material is such that a gratingcannot be used, then the exposed section ofthe conveyor is to be guarded by a railing orfence and there shall be a warning signposted.4. Do not attempt any maintenance orrepairs of the conveyor until power has beenLOCKED OUT.5. Always operate conveyor in accordancewith these instructions and those contained

on the caution labels affixed to the equip-ment.6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part ofyour body, in the conveyor.7. Never walk on conveyor covers, gratingor guards.8. Do not use conveyor for any purposeother than that for which it was intended.9. Do not poke or prod material into the con-veyor with a bar or stick inserted through theopenings.10. Keep area around conveyor drive andcontrol station free of debris and obstacles.11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy(materials or devices that could cause con-veyor components to move without powerapplied) before opening the conveyor12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed con-veyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.13. Do not attempt field modification of con-veyor or components.14. Conveyors are not normally manufac-tured or designed to handle materials thatare hazardous to personnel. These materi-als which are hazardous include those thatare explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwisedangerous to personnel. Conveyors may bedesigned to handle these materials.Conveyors are not manufactured ordesigned to comply with local, state or fed-eral codes for unfired pressure vessels. Ifhazardous materials are to be conveyed orif the conveyor is to be subjected to internalor external pressure, manufacturer shouldbe consulted prior to any modifications.CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking

out the power to the motor driving the unit pro-vides the only real protection against injury.Secondary safety devices are available; how-ever, the decision as to their need and the typerequired must be made by the owner-assem-

bler as we have no information regarding plantwiring, plant environment, the interlocking ofthe screw conveyor with other equipment,extent of plant automation, etc. Other devicesshould not be used as a substitute for lockingout the power prior to removing guards or cov-ers. We caution that use of the secondarydevices may cause employees to develop afalse sense of security and fail to lock outpower before removing covers or guards. Thiscould result in a serious injury should the sec-ondary device fail or malfunction.

There are many kinds of electrical devicesfor interlocking of conveyors and conveyor sys-tems such that if one conveyor in a system orprocess is stopped other equipment feeding it,or following it can also be automaticallystopped.

Electrical controls, machinery guards, rail-ings, walkways, arrangement of installation,training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingre-dients for a safe working place. It is the respon-sibility of the contractor, installer, owner anduser to supplement the materials and servicesfurnished with these necessary items to makethe conveyor installation comply with the lawand accepted standards.

Conveyor inlet and discharge openings aredesigned to connect to other equipment ormachinery so that the flow of material into andout of the conveyor is completely enclosed.

One or more warning labels should be visibleon conveyor housings, conveyor covers andelevator housings. If the labels attached to theequipment become illegible, please orderreplacement warning labels from the OEM orCEMA.

The Conveyor Equipment ManufacturersAssociation (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled “Safe Operation ofScrew Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, andBucket Elevators.” CEMA encourages acquisi-tion and use of this source of safety informationto supplement your safety program.

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute for a thoroughsafety program. Users should consult with qualified engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied,and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.

PROMINENTLY DISPLAYTHESE SAFETY LABELS

ONINSTALLED EQUIPMENT


H-3

CONV

EYOR

S

Stock&MTOScrewConveyorComponents

ANGLE FLANGED “U” TROUGH FORM FLANGED “U” TROUGH

TUBULAR HOUSING FLAT RACK AND PINION TROUGH ENDSDISCHARGE GATE WITH AND WITHOUT FEET

THRUST ASSEMBLYTYPE E INLETS AND DISCHARGE SPOUTS

WITH DRIVE SHAFT DISCHARGE SPLIT GLAND

PACKING GLAND DROP-OUTSHAFT SEAL WASTE PACK PLATE SHAFT SEAL

COMPRESSION TYPE SHAFT SEAL SHAFT SEAL FLANGED PRODUCT

HELICOID SCREWS HELICOID FLIGHTINGRIGHT HAND AND LEFT HAND

DRUM PULLEYS WING PULLEYS

TAKE-UP FRAMES BOX ICER

SECTIONAL SCREWS SPECIALS

COUPLINGSECTIONAL FLIGHTS SHAFTS ELEVATOR BUCKETS

HANGER HANGER HANGERSTYLE 220 STYLE 226 STYLE 216

HANGER HANGER TROUGH END BEARINGSSTYLE 70 STYLE 19B BALL AND ROLLER

HANGER BEARINGS STYLE 220/226Martin HARD IRONMartin BRONZE

NYLATRONWHITE NYLON

WOODCERAMIC SADDLES AND FEET

SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE SPEED REDUCER FLANGED COVERWITH ACCESSORIES SHAFT MOUNTED WITH ACCESSORIES

WITH ACCESSORIES.

Martin manufacturers the most complete line of stockcomponents in the industry. We stock mild steel, stain-less, galvanized, and many other items that are “specialorder” from the others in the industry.

Screw Conveyor Components and Accessories


IntroductionThe following section is designed to present the necessary engineering information to properly

design and layout most conveyor applications. The information has been compiled from manyyears of experience in successful design and application and from industry standards.

We hope that the information presented will be helpful to you in determining the type and size ofscrew conveyor that will best suit your needs.

The “Screw Conveyor Design Procedure” on the following page gives ten step-by-step instruc-tions for properly designing a screw conveyor. These steps, plus the many following tables and for-mulas throughout the engineering section will enable you to design and detail screw conveyor formost applications.

If your requirements present any complications not covered in this section, we invite you to con-tact our Engineering Department for recommendations and suggestions.H-4

CONVEYORS

Engineering

SECTION IENGINEERING SECTION I

Introduction to Engineering Section ..................................................................... H-4Screw Conveyor Design Procedure..................................................................... H-5Material Classification Code Chart....................................................................... H-6Material Characteristics Tables ............................................................................ H-7Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed.............................................................. H-17Capacity Factor Tables ...................................................................................... H-18Capacity Table ................................................................................................... H-19Lump Size Limitations and Table ....................................................................... H-20Component Group Selection.............................................................................. H-21Hanger Bearing Selection .................................................................................. H-23Horsepower Calculation..................................................................................... H-24Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Components...................................................... H-27Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components................................................. H-28Screw Conveyor End Thrust and Thermal Expansion ....................................... H-29Screw Conveyor Deflection................................................................................ H-30Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors.............................................................. H-32Screw Feeders................................................................................................... H-33Appendix General Engineering Information .........................................................M-1


H-5

CONV

EYOR

S

Design

SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN PROCEDURE

1. Type of material to be conveyed.2. Maximum size of hard lumps.3. Percentage of hard lumps by volume.4. Capacity required, in cu.ft./hr.5. Capacity required, in lbs./hr.6. Distance material to be conveyed.7. Any additional factors that may affect conveyor or operations.

EstablishKnownFactors

Classify the material according to the system shown in Table 1-1. Or, ifthe material is included in Table 1-2, use the classification shown inTable 1-2.

ClassifyMaterial

Determine design capacity as described on pages H-17–H-19.DetermineDesignCapacity

STEP 3

STEP 1

STEP 2

Using known capacity required in cu.ft./hr., material classification, and %trough loading (Table 1-2) determine diameter and speed from Table 1-6.

DetermineDiameterand Speed

CheckMinimum ScrewDiameter forLump SizeLimitations

Using known screw diameter and percentage of hard lumps, check minimumscrew diameter from Table 1-7.

STEP 4

STEP 5

From Table 1-2, determine hanger bearing group for the material to beconveyed. Locate this bearing group in Table 1-11 for the type of bearingrecommended.

DetermineType ofBearings

STEP 6

DetermineHorsepowerSTEP 7

From Table 1-2, determine Horsepower Factor “Fm” for the material to beconveyed. Refer to page H-24 and calculate horsepower by the formulamethod.

Using required horsepower from step 7 refer to pages H-26 and H-27 tocheck capacities of standard conveyor pipe, shafts and coupling bolts.

Check Torsionaland/or Horsepowerratings of StandardConveyorComponents

STEP 8

SelectComponentsSTEP 9

Select basic components from Tables 1-8, 1-9, and 1-10 in accordance withComponent Group listed in Table 1-2 for the material to be conveyed. Selectbalance of components from the Components Section of catalogue.

Refer to pages H-39 and H-40 for typical layout details.ConveyorLayoutsSTEP 10

Builds Up and HardensGenerates Static ElectricityDecomposes — Deteriorates in StorageFlammabilityBecomes Plastic or Tends to SoftenVery DustyAerates and Becomes a FluidExplosivenessStickiness — AdhesionContaminable, Affecting UseDegradable, Affecting UseGives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or FumesHighly CorrosiveMildly CorrosiveHygroscopicInterlocks, Mats or AgglomeratesOils PresentPacks Under PressureVery Light and Fluffy — May Be WindsweptElevated Temperature

H-6

CONVEYORS

Table1-1Material ClassificationCodeChart

MajorClass

Material Characteristics IncludedCode

Designation

ActualLbs/PCDensity Bulk Density, Loose

No. 200 Sieve (.0029″) And UnderVery Fine No. 100 Sieve (.0059″) And Under

No. 40 Sieve (.016″) And Under

Fine No. 6 Sieve (.132″) And Under

1⁄2″ And Under (6 Sieve to 1⁄2″)Granular 3″ And Under (1⁄2 to 3″)

7″ And Under (3″ to 7″)

16″ And Under (0″ to 16″)Lumpy Over 16″ To Be Specified

X=Actual Maximum Size

Irregular Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical,Slabs, Etc.

Very Free FlowingFree FlowingAverage FlowabilitySluggish

Mildly AbrasiveModerately AbrasiveExtremely Abrasive

AAA

B

CDD

D

D

E

20010040

6

1⁄237

16

X

1234

567

FGHJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

Size

Flowability

Abrasiveness

MajorClass

Material Characteristics IncludedCode

Designation

Density Bulk Density, Loose

MiscellaneousPropertiesOrHazards

H-7

CONV

EYOR

S

C1⁄2 4 5 T

Table1-2Material Characteristics

Material CharacteristicsThe material characteristics table (page H-8 or H-16) lists the following Design Data for many materials.

A. The weight per cubic foot data may be used to calculate the required capacity of the conveyor in cubic feet per hour.B. The material code for each material is as described in Table 1-1, and as interpreted below.C. The Intermediate Bearing Selection Code is used to properly select the intermediate hanger bearing from Table 1-11 (Page H-23).D. The Component Series Code is used to determine the correct components to be used as shown on page H-22.E. The Material Factor Fm is used in determining horsepower as described on pages H-24 thru H-26.F. The Trough Loading column indicates the proper percent of cross section loading to use in determining diameter and speed of

the conveyor.For screw conveyor design purposes, conveyed materials are classified in accordance with the code system in Table 1-1, and listedin Table 1-2.Table 1-2 lists many materials that can be effectively conveyed by a screw conveyor. If a material is not listed in Table 1-2, it mustbe classified according to Table 1-1 or by referring to a listed material similar in weight, particle size and other characteristics.

HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE

FROM TABLE 1-2

Material: Brewers Grain Spent Wet

Size

Flowability

OtherCharacteristics

Abrasiveness

H-8

CONVEYORS

45 A 100-35 S 2 .5 30A14-22 B6-45WY H 2 .6 30A41-43 C1⁄2-25 H 2 .5 456 10-15 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 4527-30 C1⁄2-35Q H 2 .9 30A28-30 C1⁄2-35Q H 2 .9 30A45-50 B6-35U L-S-B 1 .6 30A50-60 B6-25 L-S 2 1.4 4555-65 B6-27MY H 3 1.8 1535 A100-27MY H 3 1.6 1565 D3-37 H 3 2.0 1545 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A7-15 E-45V H 2 1.2 30A7-15 E-45V H 2 .8 30A13-20 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 1.4 30A

— — — — — —60-120 A100-17M H 3 1.8 1549 C1⁄2-35S L-S 3 .8 30A45-58 C1⁄2-25 L-S-B 1 1.0 4545-52 A100-45FRS L-S 3 .7 30A45-62 A40-35NTU H 3 1.3 30A45-58 C1⁄2-35FOTU L-S 1 1.0 30A

— A100-35 H 2 1.6 30A15 C1⁄2-45Y H 2 1.0 30A

— — — — — —100-120 A100-35R L-S-B — — 30A30 A100-25R H 2 .8 4581 D3-37R H 3 1.2 1520-40 E-46XY H 2 1.0 30B105 B6-35 L-S-B 1 2.0 30A35-45 C1⁄2-46TY H 3 3.0 30B35-40 D3-46T H 3 2.5 30B45-50 C1⁄2-46T H 3 3.0 30B45-50 D3-46T H 3 4.0 30B

— — — — — —45 C1⁄2-45 H 2 2.0 30A7-10 E-45RVXY L-S-B 2 1.5 30A30-45 B6-25 L-S-B 1 1.4 4540-55 A100-35 S 1 .6 30A40-55 A100-25 S 1 .6 45120-180 D3-36 H 3 2.6 30B120-180 A100-35X H 2 2.0 30A72 A100-45R H 2 1.6 30A10-20 E-45TVY H 3 2.0 30A24-38 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A31 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A28 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A36-48 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .5 4580-105 B6-27 H 3 1.8 1568 B6-25 H 2 1.8 4575-85 D3-36 H 3 2.5 30B35-40 B6-35W L-S-B 1 .8 30A36 C1⁄2-15W L-S-B 1 .5 4548 C1⁄2-15 L-S-B 1 .5 4560 C1⁄2-25 L-S-B 1 .8 45

Intermediate Mat’lMaterial

WeightMaterial

Bearing ComponentFactor

Troughlbs. per cu. ft.

CodeSelection Series

FmLoading

Adipic AcidAlfalfa MealAlfalfa PelletsAlfalfa SeedAlmonds, BrokenAlmonds, Whole ShelledAlum, FineAlum, LumpyAluminaAlumina, FineAlumina Sized Or BriquetteAluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide)Aluminum Chips, DryAluminum Chips, OilyAluminum HydrateAluminum Ore (See Bauxite)Aluminum OxideAluminum Silicate (Andalusite)Aluminum SulfateAmmonium Chloride, CrystallineAmmonium NitrateAmmonium SulfateAntimony PowderApple Pomace, DryArsenate Of Lead (See Lead Arsenate)Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite)Arsenic PulverizedAsbestos — Rock (Ore)Asbestos — ShreddedAsh, Black GroundAshes, Coal, Dry — 1⁄2″Ashes, Coal, Dry — 3″Ashes, Coal, Wet — 1⁄2″Ashes, Coal, Wet — 3″Ashes, Fly (See Fly Ash)Asphalt, Crushed — 1⁄2″BagasseBakelite, FineBaking PowderBaking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate)Barite (Barium Sulfate) + 1⁄2″ — 3″Barite, PowderBarium CarbonateBark, Wood, RefuseBarley, Fine, GroundBarley, MaltedBarley, MealBarley, WholeBasaltBauxite, Dry, GroundBauxite, Crushed — 3″Beans,Castor, MealBeans, Castor, Whole ShelledBeans, Navy, DryBeans, Navy, Steeped

Table1-2Material Characteristics

H-9

CONV

EYOR

S

Table1-2MaterialCharacteristics (Cont’d)


WeightMaterial




FmLoading

34-40 D3-45X H 2 1.2 30A50-60 A100-25MXY H 2 .7 4556 A100-45R L-S-B 1 .6 30A

— — S 1 .6 —35-45 D3-45U H 2 2.0 30A30 A100-35U L-S 1 1.0 30A40-50 A100-45 L-S 1 1.6 30A20-25 A100-25Y L-S 1 1.5 4527-40 B6-35 L-S 1 1.6 30A50-60 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A35-50 E-45V H 2 3.0 30A35-50 D3-45 H 2 2.0 30A50 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A60 A100-35 L-S-B 1 .6 30A45-55 B6-25T H 3 .7 30B55-60 C1⁄2-35 H 2 1.5 30A55-60 D3-35 H 2 1.8 30A60-70 D3-35 H 2 2.0 30A55 B6-25T H 3 .8 30A75 A100-37 H 2 1.0 30B16-20 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .5 30A120 A100-36 H 2 2.0 30B20-25 B6-35PQ L-S-B 1 .6 30A14-30 C1⁄2-45 L-S-B 1 .5 30A55-60 C1⁄2-45T L-S 2 .8 30A100-120 B6-37 H 3 2.2 1530-50 B6-45 H 2 2.0 30A37-42 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .4 4575-85 A100-35 L-S-B 1 .7 30A70-90 D3-25N H 2 2.0 30A

— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —

26-29 D3-45QTR L-S 2 .6 30A— — — — — —

40-50 A100-45 L-S-B 1 1.6 30A— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —

100 D3-27 H 3 3.0 1536 B6-35 H 2 1.6 30A32-37 C1⁄2-45 H 2 .7 30A130-200 C1⁄2-45 H 2 4.0 30A88 B6-35RSU H 3 1.8 30A47 C1⁄2-45RSUX L-S 3 1.5 30A

— — — — — —75-95 D3-36 H 3 1.8 30B133 B6-35Q H 3 3.0 30A94 A100-26M H 2 1.4 30B60-75 A100-16M H 2 1.4 30B

— — — — — —75-95 D3-25 H 2 1.9 30A67-75 A100-25MXY H 2 1.4 4518-28 A100-45 H 2 1.2 30A

Bentonite, CrudeBentonite, –100 MeshBenzene HexachlorideBicarbonate of Soda (Baking Soda)Blood, DriedBlood, Ground, DriedBone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate)BoneblackBonecharBonemealBones, Whole*Bones, CrushedBones, GroundBorate of LimeBorax, FineBorax Screening — 1⁄2″Borax, 11⁄2-2″ LumpBorax, 2″-3″ LumpBoric Acid, FineBoronBran, Rice — Rye — WheatBraunite (Manganese Oxide)Bread CrumbsBrewerʼs Grain, Spent, DryBrewerʼs Grain, Spent, WetBrick, Ground — 1⁄8″Bronze ChipsBuckwheatCalcine, FlourCalcium CarbideCalcium Carbonate (See Limestone)Calcium Fluoride (See Fluorspar)Calcium Hydrate (See Lime, Hydrated)Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime, Hydrated)Calcium LactateCalcium Oxide (See Lime, Unslaked)Calcium PhosphateCalcium Sulfate (See Gypsum)Carbon, Activated, Dry Fine*Carbon Black, Pelleted*Carbon Black, Powder*CarborundumCaseinCashew NutsCast Iron, ChipsCaustic SodaCaustic Soda, FlakesCelite (See Diatomaceous Earth)Cement, ClinkerCement, MortarCement, PortlandCement, Aerated (Portland)Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate)Chalk, CrushedChalk, PulverizedCharcoal, Ground

H-10

CONVEYORS

18-28 D3-45Q H 2 1.4 30A40-45 D3-25 S 2 1.5 30A125-140 D3-36 H 3 2.5 30B57 D3-36T H 3 1.9 30B40 D3-36T H 3 1.8 30B

— — — — — —60-80 A100-35P L-S-B 1 1.5 30A80-100 B6-36 H 3 2.4 30B100-120 C1⁄2-36 H 3 2.0 30B60-75 D3-35 H 2 1.8 30A

— — — — — —45-48 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .4 4555-61 B6-35TY L-S 2 1.0 30A49-61 C1⁄2-25 L-S 2 1.0 4540-60 D3-35LNXY L-S 1 .9 30A45-50 D3-35QV L-S 1 1.0 30A43-50 C1⁄2-45T L-S 2 .9 30A37-45 D3-35T H 2 1.0 30A30-45 C1⁄2-25Q L-S 1 .5 4535 C1⁄2-25 H 2 .5 4530-35 A100-45XY S 1 .9 30A20-22 E-45 S 2 1.5 30A20 B6-25MY L-S 1 1.0 4525-32 C1⁄2-25PQ L-S 1 .5 4525 A40-35P L-S 1 .6 30A35-45 A40-45X L-S 1 .6 30A20-30 C1⁄2-25PQ S 1 .4 4519 A40-35PUY S 1 .4 4525-35 C1⁄2-37 H 3 1.2 1523-35 D7-37 H 3 1.2 1535-45 D7-37 H 3 1.3 1530-50 D7-45TV L-S 3 1.0 30A85-120 C1⁄2-36U H 3 3.0 30B120-150 DX-36 H 3 4.0 30B100-150 D3-36 H 3 4.0 30B75-95 C1⁄2-35S L-S 2 1.0 30A

— — — — — —40-45 B6-45HW L-S-B 1 .7 30A25-30 D3-35HW L-S-B 2 .8 30A22 E-35HW L-S-B 2 1.0 30A40-45 B6-35HW H 2 .7 30A5-15 B6-35JNY L-S-B 1 .5 30A12-15 C1⁄2-35JY L-S-B 1 .5 30A40-50 B6-25P L-S-B 1 .7 4517 C1⁄2-25Y L-S-B 1 .6 4512-15 E-35 L-S 2 30A56 E-35 L-S 2 30A21 B6-35PY L-S-B 1 .4 30A40-45 B6-35P L-S-B 1 .5 30A32-40 B6-35P L-S 1 .5 30A25 D7-45HW L-S 1 .6 30A45 C1⁄2-25PQ L-S-B 1 .4 4545 C1⁄2-25 L-S-B 1 .4 4530-35 B6-35PU S 1 1.0 30A40-45 C1⁄2-45HW L-S 1 1.0 30A

Charcoal, LumpsChocolate, Cake PressedChrome OreCinders, Blast FurnaceCinders, CoalClay (See Bentonite, Diatomaceous Earth,

Fullerʼs Earth, Kaolin & Marl)Clay, Ceramic, Dry, FinesClay, CalcinedClay, Brick, Dry, FinesClay, Dry, LumpyClinker, Cement (See Cement Clinker)Clover SeedCoal, Anthracite (River & Culm)Coal, Anthracite, Sized-1⁄2″Coal, Bituminous, MinedCoal, Bituminous, Mined, SizedCoal, Bituminous, Mined, SlackCoal, LigniteCocoa BeansCocoa, NibsCocoa, PowderedCocoanut, ShreddedCoffee, ChaffCoffee, Green BeanCoffee, Ground, DryCoffee, Ground, WetCoffee, Roasted BeanCoffee, SolubleCoke, BreezeCoke, LooseCoke, Petrol, CalcinedCompostConcrete, Pre-Mix DryCopper OreCopper Ore, CrushedCopper Sulphate, (Bluestone)Copperas (See Ferrous Sulphate)Copra, Cake GroundCopra, Cake, LumpyCopra, LumpyCopra, MealCork, Fine GroundCork, GranulatedCorn, CrackedCorn Cobs, GroundCorn Cobs, Whole*Corn Ear*Corn GermCorn GritsCornmealCorn Oil, CakeCorn SeedCorn ShelledCorn SugarCottonseed, Cake, Crushed



WeightMaterial




FmLoading

40-45 D7-45HW L-S 2 1.0 30A22-40 C1⁄2-25X L-S 1 .6 4518-25 C1⁄2-45XY L-S 1 .9 30A20-25 C1⁄2-35HWY L-S 1 .8 30A12 B6-35Y L-S 1 .9 30A25-30 B6-45HW L-S 3 .5 30A35-40 B6-45HW L-S 1 .5 30A40 B6-35HW L-S 1 .6 30A35-40 C1⁄2-45HW L-S 1 .6 30A40-50 D3-45HW L-S-B 2 1.3 30A75-90 A100-36L H 2 2.0 30B90-110 D16-36 H 2 2.1 30B80-120 C1⁄2-37 H 3 2.0 1580-120 D16-37 H 3 2.5 15

— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —

11-17 A40-36Y H 3 1.6 30B40-50 A40-35 L-S-B 1 1.6 30A25-31 A40-35 H 3 .5 30A30 B6-35 H 2 .5 30A40-60 C1⁄2-45V L-S 3 .8 30A80-100 C1⁄2-36 H 2 2.0 30B90-100 DX-36 H 2 2.0 30B76 C1⁄2-36 H 2 1.2 30B63-70 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 .8 30A16 A40-35MPY S 1 1.0 30A40-50 A40-35U L-S-B 1 .8 30A65-80 A100-37 H 2 2.0 1590-100 D7-37 H 2 2.0 15100 A200-36 H 2 2.0 30B75-80 C1⁄2-37 H 2 2.0 15120-135 C1⁄2-26 H 2 2.0 30B105-120 A100-36 H 2 2.0 30B50-75 C1⁄2-35U H 2 1.0 30A35-40 C1⁄2-45HP L-S-B 1 1.0 30A40-50 D7-45H L-S-B 2 1.5 30A43-45 B6-35X L-S-B 1 .4 30A48-50 D7-45W L-S 2 .7 30A25-45 B6-45W L-S 1 .4 30A33-40 A40-45LP S 1 .6 30A45-60 A40-36LM H 3 3.5 30B110-125 A40-36 H 3 3.5 30B30-45 A40-36LM H 3 2.0 30B80-100 B6-36 H 2 2.0 30B90-110 D7-36 H 2 2.0 30B30-45 A40-36M H 3 2.0 30B

— — — — — —30-40 A40-25 H 2 2.0 1560-65 C1⁄2-450W H 3 2.0 30A40 A100-25 H 3 2.0 15

— — — — — —32 B6-35PU S 1 .8 30A37 C1⁄2-35 H 3 1.5 30A80-100 C1⁄2-37 H 3 2.5 1540 B6-45U H 2 1.7 30A

H-11

CONV

EYOR

S

Cottonseed, Cake, LumpyCottonseed, Dry, DelintedCottonseed, Dry, Not DelintedCottonseed, FlakesCottonseed, HullsCottonseed, Meal, ExpellerCottonseed, Meal, ExtractedCottonseed, Meats, DryCottonseed, Meats, RolledCracklings, CrushedCryolite, DustCryolite, LumpyCullet, FineCullet, LumpCulm, (See Coal, Anthracite)Cupric Sulphate (Copper Sulfate)Detergent (See Soap Detergent)Diatomaceous EarthDicalcium PhosphateDisodium PhosphateDistillerʼs Grain, Spent DryDistillerʼs Grain, Spent WetDolomite, CrushedDolomite, LumpyEarth, Loam, Dry, LooseEbonite, CrushedEgg PowderEpsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate)Feldspar, GroundFeldspar, LumpsFeldspar, PowderFeldspar, ScreeningsFerrous Sulfide — 1⁄2”Ferrous Sulfide — 100MFerrous SulphateFish MealFish ScrapFlaxseedFlaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake)Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal)Flour WheatFlue Dust, Basic Oxygen FurnaceFlue Dust, Blast FurnaceFlue Dust, Boiler H. DryFluorspar, Fine (Calcium Fluoride)Fluorspar, LumpsFly AshFoundry Sand, Dry (See Sand)Fullerʼs Earth, Dry, RawFullerʼs Earth, Oily, SpentFullerʼs Earth, CalcinedGalena (See Lead Sulfide)Gelatine, GranulatedGilsoniteGlass, BatchGlue, Ground


WeightMaterial




FmLoading


H-12

CONVEYORS

40 C1⁄2-35U L-S-B 1 .5 30A40 A40-45U L-S-B 1 .6 30A40 B6-35P L-S 1 .6 30A80-90 C1⁄2-27 H 3 2.5 1515-20 D3-45U H 2 1.4 30A40 B6-25LP L-S-B 1 .5 4528 A100-35LMP L-S-B 1 .5 30A65-75 DX-35L H 2 1.0 30A70 C1⁄2-35 L-S 3 2.0 30A55-60 B6-35U H 2 1.6 30A60-80 A100-35U H 2 2.0 30A70-80 D3-25 H 2 2.0 30A8-12 C1⁄2-35JY L-S 2 1.6 30A

— — — — — —35-50 C1⁄2-25 L-S-B 1 .4 4535 D3-35 L-S-B 2 1.0 30A50-55 D3-45V L-S 2 1.5 30A35-45 D3-35Q L-S 2 .4 30A40-45 C1⁄2-35Q S 1 .6 30A33-35 D3-35Q S 1 .4 30A33-35 D3-45Q S 1 .4 30A140-160 D3-37 H 3 2.0 15120-180 A40-37 H 3 2.2 1525 A100-36LMP H 2 1.0 30B75 C1⁄2-36 H 2 1.6 30B

— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —

40-45 C1⁄2-25 H 3 .5 4563 D3-25 H 2 2.0 30A32-56 A40-35LMP H 2 2.0 30A

— — — — — —32 A40-35PU S 1 .6 30A

— — — — — —72 A40-35R L-S-B 1 1.4 30A72 A40-35R L-S-B 1 1.4 30A240-260 A40-35R H 2 1.0 30A200-270 B6-35 H 3 1.4 30A180-230 C1⁄2-36 H 3 1.4 30B30-150 A100-35P H 2 1.2 30A30-180 A200-35LP H 2 1.2 30A240-260 A100-35R H 2 1.0 30A

— — — — — —120 C1⁄2-47 H 3 1.7 1560-65 B6-35U L-S-B 1 .6 30A40 B6-35LM H 2 .8 30A32-40 A40-35LM L-S 1 .6 30A53-56 C1⁄2-25HU L-S 2 2.0 4568 B6-35 H 2 2.0 30A85-90 DX-36 H 2 2.0 30B55-95 A40-46MY H 2 1.6-2.0 30B

— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —

45-50 A325-35MR L-S 1 1.0 30A

Glue, PearlGlue, Veg. PowderedGluten, MealGranite, FineGrape PomaceGraphite FlakeGraphite FlourGraphite OreGuano Dry*Gypsum, CalcinedGypsum, Calcined, PowderedGypsum, Raw — 1″Hay, Chopped*Hexanedioic Acid (See Adipic Acid)Hominy, DryHops, Spent, DryHops, Spent, WetIce, CrushedIce, Flaked*Ice, CubesIce, ShellIlmenite OreIron Ore ConcentrateIron Oxide PigmentIron Oxide, MillscaleIron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulfide)Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulfate)Iron Sulfide (See Ferrous Sulfide)Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulfate)Kafir (Corn)Kaolin ClayKaolin Clay-TalcKryalith (See Cryolite)LactoseLamp Black (See Carbon Black)Lead ArsenateLead ArseniteLead CarbonateLead Ore — 1⁄8″Lead Ore — 1⁄2″Lead Oxide (Red Lead) — 100 MeshLead Oxide (Red Lead) — 200 MeshLead Sulphide — 100 MeshLignite (See Coal Lignite)Limanite, Ore, BrownLime, Ground, UnslakedLime HydratedLime, Hydrated, PulverizedLime, PebbleLimestone, AgriculturalLimestone, CrushedLimestone, DustLindane (Benzene Hexachloride)Linseed (See Flaxseed)Litharge (Lead Oxide)Lithopone


WeightMaterial




FmLoading


H-13

CONV

EYOR

S

— — — — — —20-30 B6-35NP L-S-B 1 .5 30A36-40 B6-25P L-S-B 1 .4 4520-30 C1⁄2-35N L-S-B 1 .5 30A13-15 C1⁄2-35P L-S-B 1 .4 30A33 C1⁄2-45 L-S 1 1.0 30A70-85 A100-35NRT L-S 2 1.5 30A125-140 DX-37 H 3 2.0 15120 A100-36 H 2 2.0 30B70 C1⁄2-37 H 3 2.4 1580-95 B6-37 H 3 2.0 1580 DX-36 H 2 1.6 30B50-55 E-45HQTX L-S 2 1.5 30A40 E-46H H 2 1.5 30B17-22 B6-16MY H 2 1.0 30B13-15 B6-36 H 2 .9 30B13-15 A100-36M H 2 1.0 30B5-6 B6-35PUY S 1 .4 30A27-30 A40-45PX S 1 .9 30A20-45 B6-25PM S 1 .5 4532 A100-35PX S 1 .6 30A20-36 B6-35PUX S 1 .5 30A120-125 E-46T H 3 3.0 30B32-36 B6-25 L-S-B 1 .5 4540-45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45107 B6-26 H 2 1.5 30B50 B6-36 H 2 .6 30B150 E-46T H 3 3.0 30B45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 4545 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .7 30A35 A40-35P H 2 2.5 30A26 C1⁄2-25MN L-S-B 1 .4 4519-26 C1⁄2-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A22 B6-45NY L-S-B 1 .6 30A35 A100-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A8-12 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .5 30A19-24 C1⁄2-35NY L-S-B 1 .6 30A59 E-45HKPWX L-S 2 .4 30A15 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A60 B6-35QS L-S 1 1.0 30A50-60 C1⁄2-36T H 3 1.6-2.0 30B80 D3-36TV H 3 2.1-2.5 30B62 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A60-62 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A45 C1⁄2-45K L-S 1 .6 30A15-20 D3-35Q L-S 2 .6 30A30 B6-35P S 1 .6 30A15-20 D3-36Q H 3 .7 30B35-45 C1⁄2-35Q S 1 .4 30A45-50 C1⁄2-15NQ L-S-B 1 .5 458-12 C1⁄2-36 H 2 .6 30B60 B6-25T L-S 2 1.4 45

— — — — — —75-85 DX-36 H 2 2.1 30B60 B6-36 H 2 1.7 30B

Maize (See Milo)Malt, Dry, GroundMalt, MealMalt, Dry WholeMalt, SproutsMagnesium Chloride (Magnesite)Manganese Dioxide*Manganese OreManganese OxideManganese SulfateMarble, CrushedMarl, (Clay)Meat, GroundMeat, Scrap (W\bone)Mica, FlakesMica, GroundMica, PulverizedMilk, Dried, FlakeMilk, MaltedMilk, PowderedMilk SugarMilk, Whole, PowderedMill Scale (Steel)Milo, GroundMilo Maize (Kafir)Molybdenite PowderMonosodium PhosphateMortar, Wet*Mustard SeedNaphthalene FlakesNiacin (Nicotinic Acid)OatsOats, CrimpedOats, CrushedOats, FlourOat HullsOats, RolledOleo Margarine (Margarine)Orange Peel, DryOxalic Acid Crystals — Ethane Diacid CrystalsOyster Shells, GroundOyster Shells, WholePaper Pulp (4% or less)Paper Pulp (6% to 15%)Paraffin Cake — 1⁄2″Peanuts, Clean, in shellPeanut MealPeanuts, Raw, Uncleaned (unshelled)Peanuts, ShelledPeas, DriedPerlite — ExpandedPhosphate Acid FertillizerPhosphate Disodium

(See Sodium Phosphate)Phosphate Rock, BrokenPhosphate Rock, Pulverized


WeightMaterial




FmLoading


H-14

CONVEYORS

90-100 B6-37 H 3 2.0 15— — — — — —— — — — — —

40 B6-35PQ S 1 .4 30A20-30 A100-45KT S 2 1.0 30A20-30 E-45KPQT S 1 .6 30A30-35 C1⁄2-45Q L-S 1 .4 30A70 B6-37 H 3 2.0 1575 DX-37 H 3 2.2 1551 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B120-130 C1⁄2-25TU H 3 1.6 4576 C1⁄2-16NT H 3 1.2 30B80 B6-26NT H 3 1.2 30B42-48 B6-46X H 2 1.0 30B48 A200-35MNP L-S 1 .5 30A42-48 B6-46 H 3 1.6 30B120-130 C1⁄2-26 H 3 2.0 30B70-80 A100-27 H 3 1.7 1580-90 C1⁄2-27 H 3 2.0 1520 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .4 30A42-45 B6-35P L-S-B 1 .4 30A30 C1⁄2-15P L-S-B 1 .4 4545-49 C1⁄2-25P L-S-B 1 .4 4520-21 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .4 30A32-36 C1⁄2-35N L-S-B 1 .6 30A65-68 C1⁄2-45Q L-S-B 1 1.5 30A23-50 C1⁄2-45 L-S-B 1 .8 30A50-55 D3-45 L-S-B 2 1.5 30A42-48 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 4515-20 B6-35Y L-S-B 1 .4 4533 B6-35N L-S-B 1 .5 30A35-40 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A42 B6-35 L-S 1 .5 30A32-33 C1⁄2-35 L-S 2 .5 30A50 D3-26 H 2 .6 30B50 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .6 30A45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45

— — — — — —— — — — — —

85 B6-36TU H 3 2.1 30B65-85 B6-36TU H 3 1.7 30B29 B6-37U H 3 .6 1545-60 C1⁄2-36TU H 3 1.0 30B70-80 B6-36TU H 3 1.7 30B

— — — — — —110-130 B6-47 H 3 2.8 1590-110 B6-37 H 3 1.7 1590-100 B6-27 H 3 2.0 1590-100 D3-37Z H 3 2.6 15104 B6-27 H 3 2.0 15115 A100-27 H 3 2.3 1510-13 B6-45UX L-S-B 1 1.4 1565 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B27-41 B6-26 H 2 .6 30B85-90 C1⁄2-36 H 2 2.0 30B31 B6-35P S 1 .6 30A

Phosphate SandPlaster of Paris (See Gypsum)Plumbago (See Graphite)Polystyrene BeadsPolyvinyl, Chloride PowderPolyvinyl, Chloride PelletsPolyethylene, Resin PelletsPotash (Muriate) DryPotash (Muriate) Mine RunPotassium CarbonatePotassium Chloride PelletsPotassium Nitrate — 1⁄2″Potassium Nitrate — 1⁄8″Potassium SulfatePotato FlourPumice — 1⁄8″Pyrite, PelletsQuartz — 100 MeshQuartz — 1⁄2″Rice, BranRice, GritsRice, PolishedRice, HulledRice, HullsRice, RoughRosin — 1⁄2″Rubber, Reclaimed GroundRubber, PelletedRyeRye BranRye FeedRye MealRye MiddlingsRye, ShortsSafflower, CakeSafflower, MealSafflower SeedSaffron (See Safflower)Sal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride)Salt Cake, Dry CoarseSalt Cake, Dry PulverizedSalicylic AcidSalt, Dry CoarseSalt, Dry FineSaltpeter — (See Potassium Nitrate)Sand Dry Bank (Damp)Sand Dry Bank (Dry)Sand Dry SilicaSand Foundry (Shake Out)Sand (Resin Coated) SilicaSand (Resin Coated) ZirconSawdust, DrySea — CoalSesame SeedShale, CrushedShellac, Powdered or Granulated


WeightMaterial




FmLoading


H-15

CONV

EYOR

S

— — — — — —80 A40-46 H 2 1.5 30B45 D3-37HKQU H 3 2.0 15130-180 D3-37Y H 3 2.4 1560-65 C1⁄2-37 H 3 2.2 1580-90 C1⁄2-36 H 2 2.0 30B82-85 B6-36 H 2 1.6 30B40-50 E-47TW H 3 .8 1545-55 B-46S H 2 .8 30B15-35 B6-35Q L-S-B 1 .6 30A15-25 C1⁄2-35Q L-S-B 1 .6 30A15-50 B6-35FQ L-S-B 1 .8 30A5-15 B6-35QXY L-S-B 1 .6 30A20-25 B6-25X L-S-B 1 .9 4540-50 A200-45XY L-S-B 1 2.0 30A55-65 B6-36 H 2 2.0 30B20-35 A40-36Y H 2 1.6 30B72 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B

— — — — — —75 A100-36 H 2 1.0 30B

— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —— — — — — —

70-80 D3-25NS L-S 2 1.2 30A50-60 A-35 L-S 1 .9 30A

— — — — — —96 B6-46X H 2 1.5 30B

— — — — — —40-43 D3-35W L-S-B 2 1.0 30A30-40 C1⁄2-36NW H 2 .5 30B18-25 C1⁄2-35Y L-S-B 1 .8 30A27-30 A40-35MN L-S-B 1 .8 30A40 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A40 B6-35T L-S 2 .5 30A45-50 C1⁄2-26NW H 2 1.0 30B25-50 A40-15M L-S-B 1 1.0 45100-150 D3-46WV H 3 3.0 30B12-15 C1⁄2-26 H 2 .9 30B25-45 C1⁄2-35X L-S-B 1 1.2 30A50-55 B6-35PU S 1 1.0-1.2 30A55-65 C1⁄2-35X S 1 1.4-2.0 30A50-60 A100-35PX S 1 .8 30A55-65 B6-35PX S 1 1.5 30A50-60 C1⁄2-35N L-S 1 .8 30A80-85 D3-35N L-S 2 .8 30A50-60 A40-35MN L-S 1 .6 30A19-38 C1⁄2-15 L-S-B 1 .5 4580-90 C1⁄2-36 H 2 .9 30B50-60 A200-36M H 2 .8 30B55 B6-45 L-S-B 1 .7 30A36 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .6 30A

— — — — — —

Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz)Silica, FlourSilica Gel + 1⁄2″ - 3″Slag, Blast Furnace CrushedSlag, Furnace Granular, DrySlate, Crushed, — 1⁄2″Slate, Ground, — 1⁄8″Sludge, Sewage, DriedSludge, Sewage, Dry GroundSoap, Beads or GranulesSoap, ChipsSoap DetergentSoap, FlakesSoap, PowderSoapstone, Talc, FineSoda Ash, HeavySoda Ash, LightSodium Aluminate, GroundSodium Aluminum Fluoride (See Kryolite)Sodium Aluminum Sulphate*Sodium Bentonite (See Bentonite)Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda)Sodium Chloride (See Salt)Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash)Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda)Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda)Sodium Borate (See Borax)Sodium NitrateSodium PhosphateSodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake)Sodium SulfiteSorghum, Seed (See Kafir or Milo)Soybean, CakeSoybean, CrackedSoybean, Flake, RawSoybean, FlourSoybean Meal, ColdSoybean Meal HotSoybeans, WholeStarchSteel Turnings, CrushedSugar Beet, Pulp, DrySugar Beet, Pulp, WetSugar, Refined, Granulated DrySugar, Refined, Granulated WetSugar, PowderedSugar, RawSulphur, Crushed — 1⁄2″Sulphur, Lumpy, — 3″Sulphur, PowderedSunflower SeedTalcum, — 1⁄2″Talcum PowderTanbark, Ground*Timothy SeedTitanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore)



Weight MaterialBearing

ComponentFactor

Troughlbs. per cu. ft. Code

SelectionSeries

FmLoading

H-16

CONVEYORS

15-25 D3-45Y L-S 2 .8 30A30 B6-45MQ L-S-B 1 .9 30A40-50 A40-45 L-S 1 1.6 30A50-55 B6-36RS H 3 2.0 30B60 C1⁄2-36 H 2 1.7 30B60 B6-36 H 2 1.7 30B50 A40-36 H 2 1.6 30B28 D3-25W L-S 2 .8 30A25-30 D3-15 L-S 2 .7 30A43-46 B6-25 L-S-B 1 1.2 4516 C1⁄2-35Y L-S 1 .5 30A80 D3-36 H 2 1.0 30B48 B6-16N L-S-B 1 .4 30B35-45 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B45-48 C1⁄2-25N L-S-B 1 .4 4540-45 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .4 4518-28 B6-25 L-S-B 1 .4 4575-100 A40-36MR H 2 1.0 30B10-30 D3-45VY L-S 2 .6 30A16-36 B6-35N L-S 1 .4 30A8-16 E-45VY L-S 2 1.5 30A75-80 B6-37 H 3 1.0 1530-35 A100-45X L-S 1 1.0 30A10-15 A100-45XY L-S 1 1.0 30A

Tobacco, ScrapsTobacco, SnuffTricalcium PhosphateTriple Super PhosphateTrisodium PhosphateTrisodium Phosphate GranularTrisodium Phosphate, PulverizedTung Nut Meats, CrushedTung NutsUrea Prills, CoatedVermiculite, ExpandedVermiculite, OreVetchWalnut Shells, CrushedWheatWheat, CrackedWheat, GermWhite Lead, DryWood Chips, ScreenedWood FlourWood ShavingsZinc, Concentrate ResidueZinc Oxide, HeavyZinc Oxide, Light



Weight MaterialBearing

ComponentFactor

Troughlbs. per cu. ft. Code

SelectionSeries

FmLoading

*Consult Factory

H-17

CONVEYORS

SelectionofConveyorSizeandSpeed

In order to determine the size and speed of a screw conveyor, it is necessary first to establish the material code number. It will beseen from what follows that this code number controls the cross-sectional loading that should be used. The various cross-sectionalloadings shown in the Capacity Table (Table 1-6) are for use with the standard screw conveyor components indicated in theComponent Group Selection Guide on page H-22 and are for use where the conveying operation is controlled with volumetric feed-ers and where the material is uniformly fed into the conveyor housing and discharged from it. Check lump size limitations beforechoosing conveyor diameter. See Table 1-7.

Capacity TableThe capacity table, (Table 1-6), gives the capacities in cubic feet per hour at one revolution per minute for various size screw

conveyors for four cross-sectional loadings. Also shown are capacities in cubic feet per hour at the maximum recommendedrevolutions per minute.

The capacity values given in the table will be found satisfactory for most applications. Where the capacity of a screw conveyor isvery critical, especially when handling a material not listed in Table 1-2, it is best to consult our Engineering Department.

The maximum capacity of any size screw conveyor for a wide range of materials, and various conditions of loading, may beobtained from Table 1-6 by noting the values of cubic feet per hour at maximum recommended speed.

ConveyorSpeedFor screw conveyors with screws having standard pitch helical flights the conveyor speed may be calculated by the formula:

Required capacity, cubic feet per hourN =

Cubic feet per hour at 1 revolution per minuteN = revolutions per minute of screw, (but not

greater than the maximum recommended speed.)

For the calculation of conveyor speeds where special types of screws are used, such as short pitch screws, cut flights, cut andfolded flights and ribbon flights, an equivalent required capacity must be used, based on factors in the Tables 1-3, 4, 5.

Factor CF1 relates to the pitch of the screw. Factor CF2 relates to the type of the flight. Factor CF3 relates to the use of mixingpaddles within the flight pitches.

The equivalent capacity then is found by multiplying the required capacity by the capacity factors. See Tables 1-3, 4, 5 forcapacity factors.

Equiv. Capacity Required Capacity(Cubic Feet Per Hour) = (Cubic Feet Per Hour) (CF1) (CF2) (CF3)

H-18

CONVEYORS

Special Conveyor Flight Capacity Factor CF2

Type of Conveyor LoadingFlight 15% 30% 45%

Cut Flight 1.95 1.57 1.43Cut & Folded Flight N.R.* 3.75 2.54Ribbon Flight 1.04 1.37 1.62

CapacityFactors

Table1-3Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF1

Pitch Description CF1

Standard Pitch = Diameter of Screw 1.00Short Pitch =2⁄3 Diameter of Screw 1.50Half Pitch =1⁄2 Diameter of Screw 2.00Long Pitch = 11⁄2 Diameter of Screw 0.67

Table1-4

Table1-5Special Conveyor Mixing Paddle Capacity CF3

Standard Paddles at Paddles Per Pitch45° Reverse Pitch None 1 2 3 4

Factor CF3 1.00 1.08 1.16 1.24 1.32

*Not recommendedIf none of the above flight modifications are used: CF2 = 1.0

H-19

CONVEYORS

Capacity TableHorizontal ScrewConveyors

(Consult Factory for InclinedConveyors)

Table1-6Capacity Cubic FeetPer Hour (Full Pitch)

ScrewDia.Inch

Max.RPM

At One RPM At Max RPM

Trough Loading

4 0.62 114 1846 2.23 368 1659 8.20 1270 155

10 11.40 1710 15012 19.40 2820 14514 31.20 4370 14016 46.70 6060 13018 67.60 8120 12020 93.70 10300 11024 164.00 16400 10030 323.00 29070 90

4 0.41 53 1306 1.49 180 1209 5.45 545 10010 7.57 720 9512 12.90 1160 9014 20.80 1770 8516 31.20 2500 8018 45.00 3380 7520 62.80 4370 7024 109.00 7100 6530 216.00 12960 60

4 0.41 29 726 1.49 90 609 5.45 300 55

10 7.60 418 5512 12.90 645 5014 20.80 1040 5016 31.20 1400 4518 45.00 2025 4520 62.80 2500 4024 109.00 4360 4030 216.00 7560 35

4 0.21 15 726 0.75 45 609 2.72 150 55

10 3.80 210 5512 6.40 325 5014 10.40 520 5016 15.60 700 4518 22.50 1010 4520 31.20 1250 4024 54.60 2180 4030 108.00 3780 35

45%

30%A

30%B

15%

H-20

CONVEYORS

6 23⁄8 25⁄16 11⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄29 23⁄8 33⁄16 21⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄49 27⁄8 39⁄16 21⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄4

12 27⁄8 51⁄16 23⁄4 2 112 31⁄2 43⁄4 23⁄4 2 112 4 41⁄2 23⁄4 2 114 31⁄2 53⁄4 31⁄4 21⁄2 11⁄414 4 51⁄2 21⁄2 11⁄4 11⁄416 4 61⁄2 33⁄4 23⁄4 11⁄216 41⁄2 61⁄4 33⁄4 23⁄4 11⁄218 4 71⁄2 41⁄4 3 13⁄418 41⁄2 71⁄2 41⁄4 3 13⁄420 4 81⁄2 43⁄4 31⁄2 220 41⁄2 81⁄4 43⁄4 31⁄2 224 41⁄2 101⁄4 6 33⁄4 21⁄230 41⁄2 131⁄4 8 5 3

LumpSizeLimitationsThe size of a screw conveyor not only depends on the capacity required, but also on the size and proportion of lumps in the

material to be handled. The size of a lump is the maximum dimension it has. If a lump has one dimension much longer than itstransverse cross-section, the long dimension or length would determine the lump size.

The character of the lump also is involved. Some materials have hard lumps that wonʼt break up in transit through a screw con-veyor. In that case, provision must be made to handle these lumps. Other materials may have lumps that are fairly hard, butdegradable in transit through the screw conveyor, thus reducing the lump size to be handled. Still other materials have lumps thatare easily broken in a screw conveyor and lumps of these materials impose no limitations.

Three classes of lump sizes are shown in TABLE 1-7 and as follows

Class 1A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 10% are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum; and

90% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.Class 2

A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 25% are lumps ranging from the maximum size to one half of the maximum;and 75% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.Class 3

A mixture of lumps only in which 95% or more are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum size; and 5%or less are lumps less than one tenth of the maximum size.

Table1-7

Screw Pipe Radial Class I Class II Class IIIDiameter *O.D. Clearance 10% Lumps 25% Lumps 95% LumpsInches Inches Inches ∆ Max. Lump, Inch Max. Lump, Inch Max. Lump, Inch

*For special pipe sizes, consult factory.∆Radial clearance is the distance between the bottom of the trough and the bottom of the conveyor pipe.

EXAMPLE: Lump Size Limitations

To illustrate the selection of a conveyor size from the Maximum Lump Size Table, Table 1-7, consider crushed ice as the con-veyed material. Refer to the material charts Table 1-2 and find crushed ice and its material code D3-35Q and weight of 35-45lbs./C.F. D3 means that the lump size is 1⁄2″ to 3″, this is noted by referring to the material classification code chart on page H-6.From actual specifications regarding crushed ice it is known that crushed ice has a maximum lump size of 11⁄2″ and only 25% of thelumps are 11⁄2″. With this information refer to Table 1-7, Maximum Lump Size Table. Under the column Class II and 11⁄2″ Max. lumpsize read across to the minimum screw diameter which will be 9″.

Maximum Lump Size Table

H-21

ComponentSelection

CONVEYORSComponentGroups

To facilitate the selection of proper specifications for a screw conveyor for a particular duty,screw conveyors are broken down into three Component Groups. These groups relate both to theMaterial Classification Code and also to screw size, pipe size, type of bearings and trough thick-ness.

Referring to Table 1-2, find the component series designation of the material to be conveyed.Having made the Component Series selection, refer to Tables 1-8, 9, 10 which give the specifi-

cations of the various sizes of conveyor screws. (The tabulated screw numbers in this table referto standard specifications for screws found on pages H-78 - H-82 Component Section.) Thesestandards give complete data on the screws such as the length of standard sections, minimumedge thickness of screw flight, bushing data, bolt size, bolt spacing, etc.EXAMPLE: For a screw conveyor to handle brewers grain, spent wet, refer to the material char-

acteristics Table 1-2. Note that the component series column refers to series 2. Refer nowto page H-22, component selection, Table 1-9, component group 2. The standard shaftsizes, screw flight designations, trough gauges and cover gauges are listed for eachscrew diameter.

H-22

CONVEYORS

6 11⁄2 6H304 6S307 16 Ga. 16 Ga.9 11⁄2 9H306 9S307 14 Ga. 14 Ga.9 2 9H406 9S409 14 Ga. 14 Ga.

12 2 12H408 12S409 12 Ga. 14 Ga.12 27⁄16 12H508 12S509 12 Ga. 14 Ga.14 27⁄16 14H508 14S509 12 Ga. 14 Ga.16 3 16H610 16S612 12 Ga. 14 Ga.18 3 — 18S612 10 Ga. 12 Ga.20 3 — 20S612 10 Ga. 12 Ga.24 37⁄16 — 24S712 10 Ga. 12 Ga.30 37⁄16 — 30S712 10 Ga. 12 Ga.

ComponentSelection

Table1-8

Component Group 1Screw Diameter

InchesCoupling Diameter

InchesScrew Number

Helicoid Flights Sectional FlightsThickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches

Trough Cover

6 11⁄2 6H308 6S309 14 Ga.. 16 Ga..9 11⁄2 9H312 9S309 10 Ga. 14 Ga.9 2 9H412 9S412 10 Ga. 14 Ga.

12 2 12H412 12S412 3⁄16 In. 14 Ga.12 27⁄16 12H512 12S512 3⁄16 In. 14 Ga.12 3 12H614 12S616 3⁄16 In. 14 Ga.14 27⁄16 — 14S512 3⁄16 In. 14 Ga.14 3 14H614 14S616 3⁄16 In. 14 Ga.16 3 16H614 16S616 3⁄16 In. 14 Ga.18 3 — 18S616 3⁄16 In. 12 Ga.20 3 — 20S616 3⁄16 In. 12 Ga.24 37⁄16 — 24S716 3⁄16 In. 12 Ga.30 37⁄16 — 30S716 3⁄16 In. 12 Ga.

Table1-9Component Group 2

Screw DiameterInches

Coupling DiameterInches

Screw Number

Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights

Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or InchesTrough Cover

6 11⁄2 6H312 6S312 10 Ga. 16 Ga.9 11⁄2 9H312 9S312 3⁄16 In. 14 Ga.9 2 9H414 9S416 3⁄16 In. 14 Ga.

12 2 12H412 12S412 1⁄4 In. 14 Ga.12 27⁄16 12H512 12S512 1⁄4 In. 14 Ga.12 3 12H614 12S616 1⁄4 In. 14 Ga.14 3 — 14S624 1⁄4 In. 14 Ga.16 3 — 16S624 1⁄4 In. 14 Ga.18 3 — 18S624 1⁄4 In. 12 Ga.20 3 — 20S624 1⁄4 In. 12 Ga.24 37⁄16 — 24S724 1⁄4 In. 12 Ga.30 37⁄16 — 30S724 1⁄4 In. 12 Ga.

Table1-10Component Group 3

Screw DiameterInches

Coupling DiameterInches

Screw NumberHelicoid Flights Sectional Flights

Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or InchesTrough Cover

B Ball Standard 180°F 1.0L Bronze Standard 300°F

Martin Bronze* Standard 850°FGraphite Bronze Standard 500°FOil Impreg. Bronze Standard 200°FOil Impreg. Wood Standard 160°F

S Nylatron Standard 250°F 2.0Nylon Standard 160°FTeflon Standard 250°FUHMW Standard 225°FMelamine (MCB) Standard 250°FErtalyte® Standard 200°FUrethane Standard 200°FMartin Hard Iron* Hardened 500°F 3.4Hard Iron Hardened 500°F

H Hard Surfaced Hardened or 500°F 4.4Special

Stellite Special 500°FCeramic Special 1,000°F

Hanger Bearing SelectionBearing Recommended Max. Recommended

Component Bearing Typos Coupling Shaft Operating FbGroups Material ∆ Temperature

H-23

BearingSelection

CONVEYORS

The selection of bearing material for intermediate hangers is based on experience together with a knowledge of the characteris-tics of the material to be conveyed. By referring to the material characteristic tables, page H-8 thru H-16 the intermediate hangerbearing selection can be made by viewing the Bearing Selection column. The bearing selection will be made from one of the follow-ing types: B, L, S, H. The various bearing types available in the above categories can be selected from the following table.

Table1-11

*Sintered Metal. Self-lubricating.

∆ OTHER TYPES OF COUPLING SHAFT MATERIALSVarious alloys, stainless steel, and other types of shafting can be furnished as required.

Ertalyte® is a registered Trademark of Quadrant.

H-24

HorsepowerRequirements

CONVEYORS

Horizontal ScrewConveyors*Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors or Screw Feeders

The horsepower required to operate a horizontal screw conveyor is based on proper installation, uniform and regular feed rateto the conveyor and other design criteria as determined in this book.

The horsepower requirement is the total of the horsepower to overcome friction (HPf ) and the horsepower to transport thematerial at the specified rate (HPm ) multiplied by the overload factor Fo and divided by the total drive efficiency e, or:

HPf = LN Fd fb = (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor)1,000,000

HPm = CLW Ff FmFp = (Horsepower to move the material)1,000,000

Total HP = (HPf +HPm )Foe

The following factors determine the horsepower requirement of a screw conveyor operating under the foregoing conditions.L = Total length of conveyor, feetN = Operating speed, RPM (revolutions per minute)Fd = Conveyor diameter factor (See Table 1-12)Fb = Hanger bearing factor (See Table 1-13)C = Capacity in cubic feet per hourW = Weight of material, lbs. per cubic footFf = Flight factor (See Table 1-14)Fm = Material factor (See Table 1-2)Fp = Paddle factor, when required. (See Table 1-15)Fo = Overload factor (See Table 1-16)e = Drive efficiency (See Table 1-17)

Table1-12

ScrewDiameterInches

ScrewDiameterInches

4 12.0 14 78.06 18.0 16 106.09 31.0 18 135.0

10 37.0 20 165.012 55.0 24 235.0

30 300

FactorFd

FactorFd

Conveyor Diameter Factor, Fd

Table1-13Hanger Bearing Factor Fb

Bearing Type Hanger BearingFactor Fb

B Ball 1.0L Martin Bronze 2.0

*Graphite Bronze*Melamine*Oil Impreg. Bronze

S *Oil Impreg. Wood 2.0*Nylatron*Nylon*Teflon*UHMW*Ertalyte®*Urethane*Martin Hard Iron 3.4

H *Hard Surfaced 4.4*Stellite* Ceramic

*Non lubricated bearings, or bearings not additionally lubricated.Ertalyte® is a registered Trademark of Quadrant.

H-25

HorsepowerFactorTables

CONVEYORS

Table1-14Flight Factor, Ff

Flight Type Ff Factor for Percent Conveyor Loading

15% 30% 45% 95%

Standard 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0Cut Flight 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.3Cut & Folded Flight N.R.* 1.50 1.70 2.20Ribbon Flight 1.05 1.14 1.20 —

*Not Recommended

Table1-15Paddle Factor Fp

Standard Paddles per Pitch, Paddles Set at 45° Reverse Pitch

Number of Paddles 0 1 2 3 4per Pitch

Paddle Factor — Fp 1.0 1.29 1.58 1.87 2.16

Table1-16Fo —Overload Factor

Horsepower HPf + HPmFor values of HPf + HPm greater than 5.2, Fo is 1.0

Trace the value of (HPf + HPm ) vertically to the diagonal line, then across to the left where the Fo value is listed.

Table1-17e Drive Efficiency Factor

Screw Drive or V-Belt to Helical Gearmotor w/ Gearmotor w/ WormShaft Mount w/ Gear and Coupling Coupling Chain Drive GearV-Belt Drive

.88 .87 .95 .87 ConsultManufacturer

H-26

Horsepower

CONVEYORS

EXAMPLE: Horsepower Calculation (See page H-207 for sample worksheet)

PROBLEM: Convey 1,000 cubic feet per hour Brewers grain, spent wet, in a 25´-0″ long conveyor driven by a screw conveyor drivewith V-belts.

SOLUTION:1. Refer to material characteristic table 1-2 for Brewers grain, spent wet and find:

A. wt/cf: 55 - 60B. material code: C1⁄2 - 45T

Refer to Table 1-1, material classification code chart where:C1⁄2 = Fine 1⁄2″ and under4 = Sluggish5 = Mildly abrasiveT = Mildly corrosive

C. Intermediate bearing selection: L or SRefer to Table 1-11 Bearing Selection, Find:L = BronzeS = Nylatron, Nylon, Teflon, UHMW Melamine, Graphite Bronze, Oil-impreg. Bronze, and oil-impreg. wood and Urethane.

D. Material Factor: Fm = .8E. Trough Loading: 30%A

Refer to Table 1-6 capacity table and find 30%A which shows the various capacities per RPM of the standard size screw con-veyors and the maximum RPMʼs for those sizes.

2. From Table 1-6, Capacity table under 30%A note that a 12″ screw will convey 1,160 cubic feet per hour at 90 RPM maximum,therefore at 1 RPM a 12″ screw will convey 12.9 cubic feet. For 1,000 CFH capacity at 12.9 CFH per RPM, the conveyor musttherefore run 78 RPM (1000 ÷ 12.9 = 77.52).

3. With the above information and factors from Tables 1-12 through 1-17 refer to the horsepower formulas on H-24 and calculatethe required horsepower to convey 1000 CF/H for 25 feet in a 12″ conveyor.Using the known factors find that:L = 25´ C = 1000 CFHN = 78 RPM from step 2 above W = 60#/CF from step 1AFd = 55 see Table 1-12, for 12″ Ff = 1 see Table 1-14, standard 30%Fb = 2.0 see Table 1-13 for L Fp = 1 see Table 1-15

e = .88 see Table 1-174. Solve the following horsepower equations:

A. HPf = L N Fd Fb = 25×78×55×2.0 = 0.2151,000,000 1,000,000

B. HPm = C L W Ff Fm Fp = 1000×25×60×1×.8×1 = 1.21,000,000 1,000,000

Find the Fo factor from 1-16; by adding HPf and HPm and matching this sum to the values on the chart.C. HPf = (HPf + HPm ) ( Fo ) = (1.414) (1.9) = 3.05

e .88

SOLUTION: 3.05 Horsepower is required to convey 1,000 CFH Brewers grain, spent wet in a 12″ conveyor for 25 feet. A 5 H.P.motor should be used.

H-27

TorsionalRatingsofConveyorScrewParts

CONVEYORS

Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of torque that can be safely transmitted through the pipes,couplings, and coupling bolts.

The table below combines the various torsional ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the torsionalratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.

Table1-18

1 11⁄2 3,140 00,820 ** 999 3⁄8 1,380 2,070 1,970 2,95511⁄2 2 7,500 03,070 ** 3,727 1⁄2 3,660 5,490 5,000 7,5002 21⁄2 14,250 07,600 ** 9,233 5⁄8 7,600 11,400 7,860 11,79027⁄16 3 23,100 15,090 18,247 5⁄8 09,270 ** 13,900 11,640 17,4603 31⁄2 32,100 28,370 34,427 3⁄4 16,400 24,600 15,540 ** 23,3103 4 43,000 28,370 34,427 3⁄4 16,400 ** 24,600 25,000 37,50037⁄16 4 43,300 42,550 51,568 7⁄8 25,600 38,400 21,800 ** 32,700

Coupling Pipe Couplings Bolts

Shaft Dia.In.

Sch. 40Torque in Lbs.*

SizeIn.

TorqueIn. Lbs. CEMA Std.

(C-1018)Martin Std.

(C-1045)

BoltDia.In.

Bolts in Shearin Lbs. �

Bolts in Bearingin Lbs.

No. of Bolts Used

2 3 2 3

No. of Bolts Used

� Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts. Values for Grade 5 Bolts are above × 2.5*Values are for unheattreated shafts.

** Underlined values are limiting factors.

The lowest torsional rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much torque may be safely trans-mitted. For example, using standard unhardened two bolt coupling shafts, the limiting torsional strength of each part is indicated bythe underlined figures in Table 1-18.

Thus it can be seen that the shaft itself is the limiting factor on 1″, 11⁄2″ and 2″ couplings. The bolts in shear are the limiting fac-tors on the 27⁄16″ coupling and on the 3″ coupling used in conjunction with 4″ pipe. The bolts in bearing are the limiting factors for the3″ coupling used in conjunction with 31⁄2″ pipe, and for the 37⁄16″ coupling.

Formula: Horsepower To Torque (In. Lbs.)

63,025i×iHP = Torque (In. Lbs.)RPM

EXAMPLE: 12″ Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower

63,025i×i5 = 4,040 In. Lbs.78

From the table above 2″ shafts with 2 bolt drilling and 21⁄2″ std. pipe are adequate (4,040 < 7600).If the torque is greater than the values in the above table, such as in 2″ couplings (torque > 7600), then hardened shafts can be

used as long as the torque is less than the value for hardened couplings (torque < 9500). If the torque is greater than the 2 bolt inshear value but less than the 3 bolt in shear value then 3 bolt coupling can be used. The same applies with bolts in bearing. Whenthe transmitted torque is greater than the pipe size value, then larger pipe or heavier wall pipe may be used. Other solutionsinclude: high torque bolts to increase bolt in shear rating, external collars, or bolt pads welded to pipe to increase bolt in bearingtransmission. For solutions other than those outlined in the above table please consult our Engineering Department.

H-28

HorsepowerRatingsofConveyorScrewParts

CONVEYORS

1 11⁄4 .049 .013 ** 016 3⁄8 .021 .032 .031 .04611⁄2 2 .119 .048 ** .058 1⁄2 .058 .087 .079 .1192 21⁄2 .226 .120 ** .146 5⁄8 .120 .180 .124 .18727⁄16 3 .366 .239 .289 5⁄8 .147 ** .220 .184 .2773 31⁄2 .509 .450 .546 3⁄4 .260 .390 .246 ** .3693 4 .682 .450 .546 3⁄4 .260 ** .390 .396 .59537⁄16 4 .682 .675 .818 7⁄8 .406 .609 .345 ** .518

Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of horsepower that can be safely transmitted through the pipes,couplings, and coupling bolts.

The table below combines the various horsepower ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the ratingsof all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.

Table1-19Coupling Pipe Couplings Bolts

Shaft Dia.In.

H.P. per R.P.M.SizeIn.

H.P. perR.P.M.

CEMA Std.(C-1018)

Martin Std.(C-1045)

BoltDia.In.

Bolts in ShearH.P. per R.P.M. �

Bolts in BearingH.P. per R.P.M.

No. of Bolts Used

2 3 2 3

No. of Bolts Used

� Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts.** Underlined values are limiting factors.

The lowest horsepower rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much horsepower may be safelytransmitted. The limiting strength of each part is indicated by the underlined figures in the table above.

Formula: Horsepower To Horsepower @ 1 RPMEXAMPLE: 12″ Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower

5 HP = 0.06 HP at 1 RPM78 RPM

From the table above .038 is less than the lowest limiting factor for 2″ couplings, so 2″ standard couplings with 2 bolts may beused. Solutions to limitations are the same as shown on H-27.

H-29

ScrewConveyor EndThrustThermal Expansion

CONVEYORS

End thrust in a Screw Conveyor is created as a reaction to the forces required to move the material along the axis of the con-veyor trough. Such a force is opposite in direction to the flow of material. A thrust bearing and sometimes reinforcement of the con-veyor trough is required to resist thrust forces. Best performance can be expected if the conveyor end thrust bearing is placed sothat the rotating members are in tension; therefore, an end thrust bearing should be placed at the discharge end of a conveyor.Placing an end thrust bearing assembly at the feed end of a conveyor places rotating members in compression which may haveundesirable effects, but this is sometimes necessary in locating equipment.

There are several methods of absorbing thrust forces, the most popular methods are:1. Thrust washer assembly — installed on the shaft between the pipe end and the trough end plate, or on the outside of the end

bearing.2. Type “E” end thrust assembly, which is a Double Roller Bearing and shaft assembly.3. Screw Conveyor Drive Unit, equipped with double roller bearing thrust bearings, to carry both thrust and radial loads.Past experience has established that component selection to withstand end thrust is rarely a critical factor and thrust is not nor-

mally calculated for design purposes. Standard conveyor thrust components will absorb thrust without resorting to special design inmost applications.

ExpansionofScrewConveyorsHandlingHotMaterialsScrew conveyors often are employed to convey hot materials. It is therefore necessary to recognize that the conveyor will

increase in length as the temperature of the trough and screw increases when the hot material begins to be conveyed.The recommended general practice is to provide supports for the trough which will allow movement of the trough end feet during

the trough expansion, and during the subsequent contraction when handling of the hot material ceases. The drive end of the con-veyor usually is fixed, allowing the remainder of the trough to expand or contract. In the event there are intermediate inlets or dis-charge spouts that cannot move, the expansion type troughs are required.

Furthermore, the conveyor screw may expand or contract in length at different rates than the trough. Therefore, expansionhangers are generally recommended. The trough end opposite the drive should incorporate an expansion type ball or roller bearingor sleeve bearing which will safely provide sufficient movement.

The change in screw conveyor length may be determined from the following formula:∆L = L (t1 - t2) CWhere: ∆L = increment of change in length, inch

L = overall conveyor length in inchest1 = upper limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheitt2 = limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit,

(or lowest ambient temperature expected)C = coefficient of linear expansion, inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit. This coefficient has the following values for

various metals:(a) Hot rolled carbon steel, 6.5×10–6, (.0000065)(b) Stainless steel, 9.9×10–6, (.0000099)(c) Aluminum, 12.8×10–6, (.0000128)

EXAMPLE:A carbon steel screw conveyor 30 feet overall length is subject to a rise in temperature of 200°F, reaching a hot metal tempera-

ture of 260°F from an original metal temperature of 60°F.t1 = 260 t1 - t2 = 200t2 = 60L = (30) (12) = 360

∆L = (360) (200) (6.5×10–6)= 0.468 inches, or about 15⁄32 inches.

D = 0005 (272#) (1923)0000 = .29 inches384 (29,000,000) (3.02)

EXAMPLE: Determine the deflection of a 12H512 screw conveyor section mounted on 3″ sch 40 pipe, overall length is 16′-0″.

W = 272#L = 192″I = 3.02 (From chart above)

Applications where the calculated deflection of the screw exceeds .25 inches (1⁄4″) should be referred to our EngineeringDepartment for recommendations. Very often the problem of deflection can be solved by using a conveyor screw section with alarger diameter pipe or a heavier wall pipe. Usually, larger pipe sizes tend to reduce deflection more effectively than heavier wallpipe.

H-30

ConveyorScrewDeflection

CONVEYORS

When using conveyor screws of standard length, deflection is seldom a problem. However, if longer than standard sections ofscrew are to be used, without intermediate hanger bearings, care should be taken to prevent the screw flights from contacting thetrough because of excessive deflection. The deflection at mid span may be calculated from the following formula.

D = 0000005WL3000000384 (29,000,000) (I)

Where: D = Deflection at mid span in inchesW = Total screw weight in pounds, see pages H-80 to H-83L = Screw length in inchesl = Movement of inertia of pipe or shaft, see table 1-20 or 1-21 below

Table1-20Schedule40Pipe2″ 21⁄2″ 3″ 31⁄2″ 4″ 5″ 6″ 8″ 10″

l .666 1.53 3.02 4.79 7.23 15.2 28.1 72.5 161

PipeSize

Table1-21Schedule80Pipe2″ 21⁄2″ 3″ 31⁄2″ 4″ 5″ 6″ 8″ 10″

l .868 1.92 3.89 6.28 9.61 20.7 40.5 106 212

PipeSize

H-31

ConveyorScrewDeflection

CONVEYORS

Length ofUnsupported Dummy Deflection Total Wt. PipeSpan — Feet Scale Inches Pounds Size I

sch 40

2≤

3¹/₂≤

2¹/₂≤

3029

282726

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

3≤

4≤

5≤

6≤30

25

20

15

12

10

9.0

8.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

0.67

1.0

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

250

200

.01

.02

.06

.1

.2

.3

.4

.6

1.0

2

34

6

810.0

I = Moment of inertia of pipe or shaft, see Table 1-20 or 1-21

The above Nomograph can be used for a quick reference to check deflection of most conveyors.

H-32

InclinedandVerticalScrewConveyors

CONVEYORS

Inclined screw conveyors have a greater horsepower requirement and a lower capacity rating than hori-zontal conveyors. The amounts of horsepower increase and capacity loss depend upon the angle of inclineand the characteristics of the material conveyed.

Inclined conveyors operate most efficiently when they are of tubular or shrouded cover design, and aminimum number of intermediate hanger bearings. Where possible, they should be operated at relativelyhigh speeds to help prevent fallback of the conveyed material.

Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for yourparticular application.

Vertical screw conveyors provide an efficient method of elevatingmost materials that can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors.Since vertical conveyors must be uniformly loaded in order to preventchoking, they are usually designed with integral feeders.

As with horizontal conveyors, vertical screw conveyors are availablewith many special features and accessories, including components ofstainless steel or other alloys.

Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendationsand horsepower requirements for your particular application.

SEE VERTICAL SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OFCATALOG FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

InclinedScrewConveyors

VerticalScrewConveyors

H-33

ScrewFeeders

CONVEYORS

Screw Feeders are designed to regulate the rate of material flow from a hopper or bin. The inlet is usually flooded with material(95% loaded). One or more tapered or variable pitch screws convey the material at the required rate. Screw feeders are regularlyprovided with shrouded or curved cover plates for a short distance beyond the end of the inlet opening, to obtain feed regulation. Asthe pitch or diameter increases beyond the shroud the level of the material in the conveyor drops to normal loading levels. Longershrouds, extra short pitch screws and other modifications are occasionally required to reduce flushing of very free flowing materialalong the feeder screw.

Feeders are made in two general types: Type 1 with regular pitch flighting and Type 2 with short pitch flighting. Both types arealso available with uniform diameter and tapering diameter screws. The various combinations are shown on pages H-34–H-35.Screw feeders with uniform screws, Types 1B, 1D, 2B, 2D are regularly used for handling fine free flowing materials. Since thediameter of the screw is uniform, the feed of the material will be from the foreport of the inlet and not across the entire length. Wherehoppers, bins, tanks, etc. are to be completely emptied, or dead areas of material over the inlet are not objectionable, this type offeeder is entirely satisfactory, as well as economical. Screw feeders with tapering diameter screws will readily handle materials con-taining a fair percentage of lumps. In addition, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the material uni-formly across the entire length of the inlet opening to eliminate inert or dead areas of material at the forepart of the opening. Types1A, 1C, 2A, and 2C fall into this category. Variable pitch screws can be used in place of tapering diameter screws for some applica-tions. They consist of screws with succeeding sectional flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portion of the screw with thesmaller pitch is located under the inlet opening.

Screw feeders with extended screw conveyors are necessary when intermediate hangers are required, or when it is necessaryto convey the material for some distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder tomake the extension. See types 1C, 1D, 2C, 2D.

Multiple screw feeders are usually in flat bottom bins for discharging material which have a tendency to pack or bridge underpressure. Frequently, the entire bin bottom is provided with these feeders which convey the material to collecting conveyors. Sucharrangements are commonly used for handling hogged fuel, wood shavings, etc.

Screw feeders are available in a variety of types to suit specific materials and applications. We recommend that you contact ourEngineering Department for design information.

H-34

ScrewFeeders(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)

CONVEYORS

Feeder Maximum MaximumDiameter Lump Speed

A Size RPM

CapacityCubic Feet per Hour

At OneRPM

At MaximumRPM

B C D E

Extended Screw Diameter F

Trough Loading %

15 30 45

Feeder Inlet MaterialPitch

Feeder Screw ExtendedType Opening Removal Diameter Screw

UniformSF1A Standard Full Length of Standard Tapered None

Inlet OpeningForepart

SF1B Standard Only of Standard Uniform NoneInlet OpeningUniform

SF1C Standard Full Length of Standard Tapered As RequiredInlet OpeningForepart

SF1D Standard Only of Standard Uniform As RequiredInlet Opening


A Size RPM


At OneRPM

At MaximumRPM

B C D E


Trough Loading %

15 30 45

Typical Type1Feeder Inlet Material

PitchFeeder Screw Extended

Type Opening Removal Diameter Screw

UniformSF1A Standard Full Length of Standard Tapered None


SF1B Standard Only of Standard Uniform NoneInlet OpeningUniform

SF1C Standard Full Length of Standard Tapered As RequiredInlet OpeningForepart

SF1D Standard Only of Standard Uniform As RequiredInlet Opening

6 3⁄4” 70 4.8 336 36 12 7 14 12 9 99 11⁄2” 65 17 1105 42 18 9 18 18 14 12

12 2” 60 44 2640 48 24 10 22 24 18 1614 21⁄2” 55 68 3740 54 28 11 24 20 1816 3” 50 104 5200 56 32 111⁄2 28 24 2018 3” 45 150 6750 58 36 121⁄8 31 2420 31⁄2” 40 208 8320 60 40 131⁄2 3424 4” 30 340 10200 64 48 161⁄2 40

SF1A

SF1B

SF1C

SF1D

*Consult factory if inlet exceeds these lengths.

H-35

ScrewFeeders(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)

CONVEYORS

6 1⁄2″ 70 3.1 217 60 18 7 14 10 9 99 3⁄4″ 65 11 715 66 26 9 18 14 12 10

12 1″ 60 29 1740 72 36 10 22 20 16 1414 11⁄4″ 55 44 2420 76 42 11 24 24 18 1616 11⁄2″ 50 68 3400 78 48 111⁄2 28 20 1818 13⁄4″ 45 99 4455 80 54 121⁄8 31 24 2020 2″ 40 137 5480 82 60 131⁄2 34 2424 21⁄2″ 30 224 6720 86 72 161⁄2 40

SF2A

SF2B

SF2C

SF2D


A Size RPM


At OneRPM

At MaximumRPM

B C D E


Trough Loading %

15 30 45

Typical Type2Feeder Inlet Material

PitchFeeder Screw Extended

Type Opening Removal Diameter Screw

UniformSF2A Long Full Length of Short (2⁄3) Tapered None


SF2B Long Only of Short (2⁄3) Uniform NoneInlet OpeningUniform

SF2C Long Full Length of Short (2⁄3) Tapered As RequiredInlet OpeningForepart

SF2D Long Only of Short (2⁄3) Uniform As RequiredInlet Opening

H-36

DesignandLayout

CONVEYORS

SECTION IIDESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II

Classification of Enclosure Types .............................................................................................H-36Hand of Conveyors ...................................................................................................................H-38Classification of Special Continuous Weld Finishes .................................................................H-39Detailing of “U” Trough..............................................................................................................H-40Detailing of Tubular Trough.......................................................................................................H-41Detailing of Trough and Discharge Flanges..............................................................................H-42Bolt Tables ................................................................................................................................H-44Pipe Sizes and Weights ............................................................................................................H-46Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements.......................................................................................H-47Standards Helicoid Screw.........................................................................................................H-48Standards Buttweld Screw........................................................................................................H-49Screw Conveyor Sample Horsepower Worksheet ..................................................................H-207

Classesof EnclosuresConveyors can be designed to protect the material being handled from a hazardous surrounding or to protect the surroundings

from a hazardous material being conveyed.This section establishes recommended classes of construction for conveyor enclosures — without regard to their end use or

application. These several classes call for specific things to be done to a standard conveyor housing to provide several degrees ofenclosure protection.

EnclosureClassificationsClass IE — Class IE enclosures are those provided primarily for the protection of operating personnel or equipment, or where the

enclosure forms an integral or functional part of the conveyor or structure. They are generally used where dust controlis not a factor or where protection for, or against, the material being handled is not necessary — although as convey-or enclosures a certain amount or protection is afforded.

Class IIE — Class IIE enclosures employ constructions which provide some measure of protection against dust or for, or against,the material being handled.

Class IIIE — Class IIIE enclosures employ constructions which provide a higher degree of protection in these classes against dust,and for or against the material being handled.

Class IVE — Class IVE enclosures are for outdoor applications and under normal circumstances provide for the exclusion of waterfrom the inside of the casing. They are not to be construed as being water-tight, as this may not always be the case.

When more than one method of fabrication is shown, either is acceptable.

H-37

Enclosures

CONVEYORS

Enclosure ConstructionEnclosure Classifications

I E II E III E IV EComponent Classification

A. TROUGH CONSTRUCTIONFormed & Angle Top Flange1. Plate type end flange

a. Continuous arc weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X Xb. Continuous arc weld on top of end flange and trough top rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X

2. Trough Top Rail Angles(Angle Top trough only)a. Staggered intermittent arc and spot weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Xb. Continuous arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on

lower leg of angle to outside of trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X Xc. Staggered intermittent arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent

arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough, or spot weld when mastic is usedbetween leg of angle and trough sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

B. COVER CONSTRUCTION1. Plain flat

a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Xb. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X

2. Semi-Flangeda. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X Xb. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Xc. With buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

3. Flangeda. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X Xb. Buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

4. Hip Roofa. Ends with a buttstrap connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X

C. COVER FASTENERS FOR STANDARD GA. COVERS1. Spring, screw or toggle clamp fasteners or bolted construction*

a. Max. spacing plain flat covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60″b. Max. spacing semi-flanged covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60″ 30″ 18″ 18″c. Max. spacing flanged and hip-roof covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40″ 24″ 24″

D. GASKETS1. Covers

a. Red rubber or felt up to 230° F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X Xb. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X Xc. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

2. Trough End flangesa. Mastic type compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X Xb. Red rubber up to 230° F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X Xc. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X Xd. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . X X X

E. TROUGH END SHAFT SEALS*1. When handling non-abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X2. When handling abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X*Lip type seals for non-abrasive materialsFelt type for mildly abrasive materialsWaste type for highly abrasive materialsWaste type for moderately abrassiveAir purged Martin Super Pac for extremely abrasiveBulk Heads may be required for abrasive & hot materials

NOTE: CHECK MATERIAL TEMPERATURE.

H-38

HandConveyors

CONVEYORS

Left Hand Right Hand

Right andLeftHandScrewsA conveyor screw is either right hand or left hand depending on the form of the helix. The hand of the screw is easily determined

by looking at the end of the screw.The screw pictured to the left has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a counter-clockwise direction, or to your left. Same

as left hand threads on a bolt. This is arbitrarily termed a LEFT hand screw.The screw pictured to the right has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a clockwise direction, or to your right. Same as

right hand threads on a bolt. This is termed a RIGHT hand screw.A conveyor screw viewed from either end will show the same configuration. If the end of the conveyor screw is not readily visible,

then by merely imagining that the flighting has been cut, with the cut end exposed, the hand of the screw may be easily determined.

ConveyorScrewRotationFlow Flow

C.W. C.C.W.Rotation Rotation

Left Hand Right HandThe above diagrams are a simple means of determining screw rotation. When the material flow is in the direction away from the

end being viewed, a R.H. screw will turn counter clockwise and a L.H. screw will turn clockwise rotation as shown by the arrows.

H-39

ConveyorScrewRotation

CONVEYORS

The above diagram indicates the hand of conveyor screw to use when direction of rotation and material flow are known.

SpecialScrewConveyorContinuousWeldFinishesSpecifications on screw conveyor occasionally include the term “grind smooth” when referring to the finish on continuous welds.

This specification is usually used for stainless steel, but occasionally it will appear in carbon steel specifications as well.“Grind smooth” is a general term and subject to various interpretations. This Table establishes recommended classes of

finishes, which should be used to help find the class required for an application.

Weld FinishesOperation

I II III IV

Weld spatter and slag removed X X X XRough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple or unusual roughness X(Equivalent to a 40-50 grit finish)Medium grind welds — leaving some pits and crevices X(Equivalent to a 80-100 grit finish)Fine grind welds — no pits or crevices permissible X(Equivalent to a 140-150 grit finish)

RIGHT HAND

RIGHT HAND

LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND

RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

* Martin IV Finish: CEMA IV welds, polish pipe & flights to 140-150 grit finish.* Martin IV Polish: Same as above plus Scotch-Brite Finish.

H-40

Layout

CONVEYORS

Trough

4 1 9-101⁄2 10 11⁄2 3⁄8 41⁄2 7⁄8 35⁄8 45⁄8 33⁄4 5 53⁄4 17⁄16 16 11⁄2 9-10 10 2 3⁄8 6 13⁄16 41⁄2 55⁄8 5 7 81⁄8 11⁄2 1

11⁄29 2 9-10 10 2 1⁄2 8 15⁄16 61⁄8 7 7⁄8 71⁄8 10 93⁄8 15⁄8 11⁄2

11⁄210 2 9-10 10 2 1⁄2 9 19⁄16 63⁄8 87⁄8 77⁄8 11 91⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4

2 11-10 212 27⁄16 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 101⁄2 13⁄8 73⁄4 95⁄8 87⁄8 13 121⁄4 2 15⁄8

3 11-9 327⁄1614 3 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 111⁄2 13⁄8 91⁄4 107⁄8 101⁄8 15 131⁄2 2 15⁄8

16 3 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 131⁄2 13⁄4 105⁄8 12 111⁄8 17 147⁄8 21⁄2 23 11-9 3

18 12 5⁄8 141⁄2 13⁄4 121⁄8 133⁄8 123⁄8 19 16 21⁄2 237⁄16 11-8 43 11-9 3

20 12 3⁄4 151⁄2 2 131⁄2 15 133⁄8 21 191⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄437⁄16 11-8 4

24 37⁄16 11-8 12 4 3⁄4 171⁄2 21⁄4 161⁄2 181⁄8 153⁄8 25 20 21⁄2 21⁄2Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E

Hanger Bearing Centers

Std. Length Conveyor Screw

Standard Housing Length

(Min.)

G(Min.)

Trough

A BScrew Coupling C D E F G H J K L M N P RDiameter Diameter Length Length (Min.)

Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E

Typical Method of Detailing9″ × 2″ × 25´-0″ Conveyor

Total Cover LengthCover Lengths

Hanger SpacingsConveyor LengthsBare Pipe

Thrust BearingDrive ShaftSeal

Spout SpacingHousing LengthsTotal Length

9TCP16 Covers

9S412-R Screws

9CTF10 Troughs

Tail ShaftBall BearingSeal

9CH2264 Hangers (Typ.)CC4H Couplings

(Typ.)

H-41

CONVEYORS

4 1 9-101⁄2 10 11⁄2 3⁄8 41⁄2 7⁄8 35⁄8 45⁄8 33⁄4 5 53⁄4 17⁄16 16 11⁄2 9-10 10 2 3⁄8 6 13⁄16 41⁄2 55⁄8 5 7 81⁄8 11⁄2 1

11⁄29 2 9-10 10 2 1⁄2 8 15⁄16 61⁄8 7 7⁄8 71⁄8 10 93⁄8 15⁄8 11⁄2

11⁄210 2 9-10 10 2 1⁄2 9 19⁄16 63⁄8 87⁄8 77⁄8 11 91⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4

2 11-10 212 27⁄16 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 101⁄2 13⁄8 73⁄4 95⁄8 87⁄8 13 121⁄4 2 15⁄8

3 11-9 327⁄1614 3 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 111⁄2 13⁄8 91⁄4 107⁄8 101⁄8 15 131⁄2 2 15⁄8

16 3 11-9 12 3 5⁄8 131⁄2 13⁄4 105⁄8 12 111⁄8 17 147⁄8 21⁄2 23 11-9 3

18 12 5⁄8 141⁄2 13⁄4 121⁄8 133⁄8 123⁄8 19 16 21⁄2 237⁄16 11-8 43 11-9 3

20 12 3⁄4 151⁄2 2 131⁄2 15 133⁄8 21 191⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄437⁄16 11-8 4

24 37⁄16 11-8 12 4 3⁄4 171⁄2 21⁄4 161⁄2 181⁄8 153⁄8 25 20 21⁄2 21⁄2

Hanger Bearing Centers

(Min.)

(Min.)

TubularHousing

A BScrew Coupling C D E F G H J K L M N P RDia. Dia. Length Length (Min.)

Std. Length Conveyor Screw

Standard Housing Length

Typical Method of Detailing9″ × 2″ × 15´-0″ Conveyor

Hanger SpacingsConveyor LengthsBare Pipe

Thrust BearingDrive ShaftSeal

Spout Spacing

Housing Lengths

Total Length

9CH2264 — Hanger

9S412-R Screws

9CHT10 Troughs

Tail ShaftBall BearingSeal

Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E

Layout

(Bare Pipe)

H-42

Bolt Patterns

CONVEYORS

U-TroughEndFlanges

FlaredTroughEndFlanges

6 Bolts

8 Bolts 10 Bolts 12 Bolts

4 6 3⁄8 7 35⁄8 11⁄8 31⁄8 31⁄8 31⁄8 X X X6 6 3⁄8 87⁄8 41⁄2 11⁄32 41⁄8 41⁄16 41⁄16 X X X9 8 3⁄8 121⁄2 61⁄8 13⁄16 41⁄8 33⁄4 51⁄8 41⁄8 X X

10 8 3⁄8 131⁄4 63⁄8 21⁄4 31⁄2 43⁄16 51⁄16 41⁄8 X X12 8 1⁄2 157⁄8 73⁄4 11⁄2 55⁄16 41⁄16 73⁄4 53⁄16 X X14 8 1⁄2 177⁄8 91⁄4 217⁄32 55⁄8 515⁄16 6 515⁄16 X X16 8 5⁄8 20 105⁄8 25⁄8 63⁄8 65⁄8 71⁄2 65⁄8 X X18 10 5⁄8 22 121⁄8 223⁄32 515⁄16 57⁄8 57⁄8 57⁄8 57⁄8 X20 10 5⁄8 243⁄8 131⁄2 225⁄32 61⁄4 611⁄16 611⁄16 611⁄16 611⁄16 X24 12 5⁄8 281⁄2 161⁄2 225⁄32 61⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8

Screw Bolts

Diameter Number Diameter A B E F G H J K L

6 3⁄8 6 47⁄16 7 73⁄16 127⁄32 51⁄4 51⁄4 21⁄32 — — —9 3⁄8 8 61⁄4 9 921⁄32 143⁄64 5 5 29⁄16 5 — —

12 1⁄2 8 715⁄16 10 1113⁄16 113⁄16 53⁄4 53⁄4 37⁄8 53⁄4 — —14 1⁄2 10 815⁄16 11 1249⁄64 21⁄16 51⁄8 51⁄8 3 51⁄8 51⁄8 —16 5⁄8 10 10 111⁄2 1411⁄16 215⁄64 51⁄2 51⁄2 33⁄4 51⁄2 51⁄2 —18 5⁄8 10 11 121⁄8 16 25⁄8 63⁄16 63⁄16 215⁄16 63⁄16 63⁄16 —20 5⁄8 10 123⁄16 131⁄2 177⁄8 29⁄32 7 7 311⁄32 7 7 —24 5⁄8 12 141⁄4 161⁄2 2061⁄64 25⁄16 67⁄8 67⁄8 35⁄16 67⁄8 67⁄8 67⁄8

Screw Bolts A B C E F G H J K LDiameter Diameter HolesInches Number Inches

6 Bolts 8 Bolts 10 Bolts 12 Bolts

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

H-43

Bolt Patterns

CONVEYORS

TubularHousingFlanges

Intake&DischargeFlanges

6 bolts 10 bolts

8 bolts 12 bolts

12 bolts 20 bolts

4 6--3⁄8 12--1⁄4 5 7 21⁄4 — 21⁄4 3⁄8 71⁄26 8--3⁄8 12--3⁄8 7 87⁄8 213⁄16 — 3 11⁄16 109 8--3⁄8 12--3⁄8 10 117⁄8 4 — 4 1⁄2 13

10 8--3⁄8 12--3⁄8 11 131⁄4 45⁄16 — 43⁄8 5⁄8 141⁄412 8--1⁄2 12--3⁄8 13 15 51⁄8 — 51⁄4 7⁄8 171⁄4

14 8--1⁄2 20--3⁄8 15 17 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 7⁄8 191⁄416 8--5⁄8 20--3⁄8 17 191⁄2 33⁄4 4 4 7⁄8 211⁄418 10--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 19 22 47⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 11⁄8 241⁄420 10--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 21 243⁄8 47⁄8 43⁄4 43⁄4 11⁄8 261⁄424 12--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 25 281⁄2 55⁄8 55⁄8 51⁄2 11⁄8 301⁄4

Screw Flange BoltsA E Q R S T U

Size Tubular X Discharge Y

6-3 ⁄8

×1

6-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

6-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

6-1 ⁄4

×3 ⁄4

6-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-1 ⁄2

×1

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

2-1 ⁄4

×3 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-1 ⁄2

×1

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

6-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

5-1 ⁄4

×3 ⁄4

6-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

10-1 ⁄2

×1

11-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

6-3 ⁄8

×1

6-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

2-3 ⁄8

×1

2-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

6-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

6-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-3 ⁄8

×1

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

8-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

2-1 ⁄2

×2

2-1 ⁄2

×2

2-1 ⁄2

×2

2-1 ⁄2

×21 ⁄2

2-1 ⁄2

×21 ⁄2

2-5 ⁄8

×23 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×23 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×23 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×13 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×2

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×2

4-5 ⁄8

×21 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄4

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄4

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×2

4-5 ⁄8

×21 ⁄2

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄4

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄4

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-3 ⁄8

×1

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

5-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

10-5 ⁄16

×3 ⁄4

2-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

2-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

2-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

2-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

2-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

2-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

2-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

2-1 ⁄4

×1

2-1 ⁄4

×1

2-3 ⁄8

×1

2-3 ⁄8

×1

2-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

2-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

2-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

8-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

8-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

8-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

8-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

8-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

12-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

12-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

12-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

12-3 ⁄8

×1

12-3 ⁄8

×1

12-3 ⁄8

×1

12-3 ⁄8

×1

12-3 ⁄8

×1

20-3 ⁄8

×1

20-3 ⁄8

×1

20-1 ⁄2

×1

20-1 ⁄2

×1

20-1 ⁄2

×1

10-3 ⁄8

×1

10-3 ⁄8

×1

10-3 ⁄8

×1

10-3 ⁄8

×1

10-3 ⁄8

×1

16-3 ⁄8

×1

16-3 ⁄8

×1

16-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

16-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

16-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄4

H-44

BoltRequirements

CONVEYORS

Flan

ge,T

roug

hFl

ange

,Tub

ularH

ousin

gEn

ds,T

roug

hIn

side

Insid

eDi

scha

rge

Insid

eRe

ctang

ular

Outsi

deTy

peOu

tside

Disc

harg

eEn

ds,T

ubula

rHou

sing

Hang

er,T

roug

hSt

yle60

Style

70St

yle21

6St

yle22

0St

yle22

6St

yle23

0St

yle31

6St

yle32

6Co

vers

,Tro

ugh

(Std

.10

ft.)

Sadd

le—

Feet

Flan

ged

Feet

Sadd

leSp

outs,

Disc

harg

eAt

tach

ingBo

ltsFl

ange

Flan

gew/

Slide

BoltRequirementsRelatedtoConveyorTroughSizes

PartName

46

910

1214

1618

2024

Allb

oltsh

exhe

adca

psc

rews

with

hexn

utsa

ndloc

kwas

hers

.

H-45

CONVEYORS

3-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

3-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

3-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

3-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

3-3 ⁄4

×2

3-3 ⁄4

×21 ⁄4

3-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

3-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

3-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

3-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

3-3 ⁄4

×2

3-3 ⁄4

×21 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×2

4-3 ⁄4

×21 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄8

×11 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×2

4-3 ⁄4

×21 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×2

4-1 ⁄2

×21 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×21 ⁄2

4-3 ⁄4×

23 ⁄44-

3 ⁄4×

31 ⁄42-

3 ⁄8×

11 ⁄22-

1 ⁄2×

13 ⁄42-

5 ⁄8×

22-

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄42-

3 ⁄4×

21 ⁄22-

7 ⁄8×

23 ⁄42-

3 ⁄8×

13 ⁄42-

1 ⁄2×

21 ⁄42-

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄22-

5 ⁄8×

23 ⁄42-

7 ⁄8×

31 ⁄22-

7 ⁄8×

33 ⁄42-

1 ⁄2×

21 ⁄42-

5 ⁄8×

21 ⁄22-

5 ⁄8×

23 ⁄42-

3 ⁄4×

32-

7 ⁄8×

31 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×23 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×23 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×31 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×31 ⁄2

4-3 ⁄4

×33 ⁄4

3 ⁄4×

5-31 ⁄2″

Pipe

3 ⁄8×

21 ⁄161 ⁄2

×3

5 ⁄8×

35 ⁄85 ⁄8

×43 ⁄8

7 ⁄8×

51 ⁄23 ⁄4

×51 ⁄2-

4″Pi

pe

4-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×11 ⁄2

4-3 ⁄4

×13 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×13 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×2

4-5 ⁄8

×21 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×21 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×23 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×3

4-1 ⁄2

×21 ⁄2

4-1 ⁄2

×23 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×3

4-3 ⁄4

×31 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×31 ⁄2

2-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

2-1 ⁄2

×11 ⁄2

2-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

2-5 ⁄8

×13 ⁄4

2-3 ⁄4

×21 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×31 ⁄4

4-5 ⁄8

×31 ⁄2

4-5 ⁄8

×33 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×4

4-3 ⁄4

×43 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×33 ⁄4

4-1 ⁄2

×4

4-5 ⁄8

×4

4-3 ⁄4

×41 ⁄4

4-3 ⁄4

×41 ⁄2

Bear

ings,

End

Disc

harg

eBr

onze

Disc

harg

eBa

llFl

ange

dBr

onze

Flan

ged

Ball

Flan

ged

Rolle

rPi

llow

Bloc

kBro

nze

Pillo

wBl

ockB

allPi

llow

Bloc

k,Ro

ller

Bear

ings,

Thru

stTy

pe“E

”Roll

er

Coup

ling

Bolts

Seals

,Sha

ftsFl

ange

dGl

and

Plat

ew/

Ballo

rBro

nze

Plat

ew/

Rolle

rSp

litGl

and

Was

tePa

ck,w

/Ball

orBr

onze

Was

tePa

ck,w

/Roll

er

BoltRequirements

*See

page

H-86

fors

pecia

lcou

pling

bolts

.Al

loth

erbo

ltshe

xhea

dca

psc

rews

with

hexn

utsa

ndloc

kwas

hers

.

BoltRequirementsRelatedtoShaftCouplingSizes

PartName

111⁄2

227⁄16

337⁄16

H-46

PipeSizes,DimensionsandWeights

CONVEYORS

1⁄8 .405 10S .049 .307 .186340 40S Est .068 .269 .244780 80S Ex. Hvy. .095 .215 .3145

1⁄4 .540 10S .065 .410 .329740 40S Est. .088 .364 .424880 80S Ex. Hvy. .119 .302 .5351

3⁄8 .675 10S .065 .545 .423540 40S Std. .091 .493 .567680 80S Ex. Hvy. .126 .423 .7388

1⁄2 .840 5S .065 .710 .538310S .083 .674 .6710

40 40S Est. .109 .622 .851080 80S Ex. Hvy. .147 .546 1.088

160 .187 .466 1.304XX Hvy. .294 .252 1.714

3⁄4 1.050 5S .065 .920 .683810S .083 .884 .8572

40 40S Std. .113 .824 1.13180 80S Ex. Hvy. .154 .742 1.474

160 .218 .614 1.937XX Hvy. .308 .434 2.441

1 1.315 5S .065 1.185 .867810S .109 1.097 1.404

40 40S Std. .133 1.049 1.67980 80S Ex. Hvy. .179 .957 2.172

160 .250 .815 2.844XX Hvy. .358 .599 3.659

11⁄4 1.660 5S .065 1.530 1.10710S .109 1.442 1.806

40 40S Std. .140 1.380 2.27380 80S Ex. Hvy. .191 1.278 2.997

160 .250 1.160 3.765XX Hvy. .382 .896 5.214

11⁄2 1.900 5S .065 1.770 1.27410S .109 1.682 2.085

40 40S Std. .145 1.610 2.71880 80S Ex. Hvy. .200 1.500 3.631

160 .281 1.338 4.859XX Hvy. .400 1.100 6.408

2 2.375 5S .065 2.245 1.60410S .109 2.157 2.638

40 40S Std. .154 2.067 3.65380 80S Ex. Hvy. .218 1.939 5.022

160 .343 1.689 7.444XX Hvy. .436 1.503 9.029

21⁄2 2.875 5S .083 2.709 2.47510S .120 2.635 3.531

40 40S Std. .203 2.469 5.79380 80S Ex. Hvy. .276 2.323 7.661

160 .375 2.125 10.01XX Hvy. .552 1.771 13.69

3 3.500 5S .083 3.334 3.02910S .120 3.260 4.332

40 40S Est. .216 3.068 7.57680 80S Ex. Hvy. .300 2.900 10.25

160 .438 2.624 14.32

XX Hvy. .600 2.300 18.58

31⁄2 4.000 5S .083 3.834 3.47210S .120 3.760 4.973

40 40S Std. .226 3.548 9.10980 80S Ex. Hvy. .318 3.364 12.50

4 4.500 5S .083 4.334 3.91510S .120 4.260 5.613

40 40S Est. .237 4.026 10.7980 80S Ex. Hvy. .337 3.826 14.98

120 .438 3.624 19.00160 .531 3.438 22.51

XX Hvy. .674 3.152 27.54

5 5.563 5S .109 5.345 6.34910S .134 5.295 7.770

40 40S Est. .258 5.047 14.6280 80S Ex. Hvy. .375 4.813 20.78

120 .500 4.563 27.04160 .625 4.313 32.96

XX Hvy. .750 4.063 38.55

6 6.625 5S .109 6.407 7.58510S .134 6.357 9.289

40 40S Std. .280 6.065 18.9780 80S Ex. Hvy. .432 5.761 28.57

120 .562 5.491 36.39160 .718 5.189 45.30

XX Hvy. .864 4.897 53.16

8 8.625 5S .109 8.407 9.91410S .148 8.329 13.40

20 .250 8.125 22.3630 .277 8.071 24.7040 40S Est. .322 7.981 28.5560 .406 7.813 35.6480 80S Ex. Hvy. .500 7.625 43.39

100 .593 7.439 50.87120 .718 7.189 60.63140 .812 7.001 67.76

XX Hvy. .875 6.875 72.42160 .906 6.813 74.69

10 10.750 5S .134 10.482 15.1910S .165 10.420 18.70

20 .250 10.250 28.0430 .307 10.136 34.2440 40S Std. .365 10.020 40.4860 80S Ex. Hvy. .500 9.750 54.7480 .593 9.564 64.33

100 .718 9.224 76.93120 .843 9.064 89.20140 1.000 8.750 104.1160 1.125 8.500 115.7

NOTE:Weights shown are in pounds per foot, basedon the average wall of the pipe. The followingformula was used in calculating the weightper foot.

W = 10.68 (D — t)tW = Weight in pounds per foot (to 4 digits)D = Outside Diameter in inches (to 3 decimal places)

t = Wall thickness in decimals (to 3 decimal places)All weights are carried to four digits only, the fifthdigit being carried forward if five or over, or droppedif under five.

Nominal Outside InsidePipe Size Diameter I.P.S. Schedule Wall Diameter Wt./Ft.

Inches Inches Inches Inches Pounds

Nominal Outside InsidePipe Size Diameter I.P.S. Schedule Wall Diameter Wt./Ft.

Inches Inches Inches Inches Pounds

H-47

TypicalDriveArrangements

CONVEYORS

The most common types of drives for Screw Conveyors are illustrated below.In addition to those shown, other types availble are: variable speed drives, hydraulic drives, and take-off drives for connectionto other equipment.For special drive requirements, consult our Engineering Department.

(Side View)

(End View)

(Side View)

(Top View)

ScrewDriverReducer

ShaftMountedReducer

GearmotorDrive

Base TypeReducerDrive

Reducer mounts on trough end, and is directly con-nected to the conveyor screw and includes integralthrust bearing, seal gland, and drive shaft. Motormount may be positioned at top, either side, orbelow. Separate drive shaft, end bearing, and sealare not required.

Reducer mounts on conveyor drive shaft. Motor and“V”-Belt drive may be in any convenient location.The torque arm may be fastened to the floor, or fittedto trough end. Requires extended drive shaft, endbearing, and seal.

Note: Requires thrust unit or collars to hold thrust.

Integral motor-reducer with chain drive to conveyordrive shaft. Usually mounted to top of trough bymeans of an adapter plate.

Motor direct-coupled to base type reducer, withchain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mountedon floor or platform as close as possible to conveyor.

H-48

CONVEYORS

4 1 4H206 11⁄4 9-101⁄2 1⁄16 1⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 1⁄2 1⁄4 1.005 1.016 1⁄2 2 13⁄32

6 11⁄2 6H304 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄8 1⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

6 11⁄2 6H308 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄4 1⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

6 11⁄2 6H312 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

9 11⁄2 9H306 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄32 3⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

9 11⁄2 9H312 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

9 2 9H406 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄32 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

9 2 9H412 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

9 2 9H414 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 1⁄4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

10 11⁄2 10H306 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄32 3⁄4 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

10 2 10H412 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

12 2 12H408 21⁄2 11-10 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

12 2 12H412 21⁄2 11-10 1⁄8 5⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

12 27⁄16 12H508 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

12 27⁄16 12H512 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

12 3 12H614 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 7⁄32 1 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

14 27⁄16 14H508 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

14 3 14H614 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 7⁄32 1 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

16 3 16H610 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 5⁄16 5⁄32 11⁄2 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

16 3 16H614 4 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 7⁄32 11⁄2 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

CEMAStandards

ListedScrewDiameterandPitch

CouplingDiameter

PipeSize

Schedule40

LengthFeetandInches

Plus PlusMinus Minus Minimum MaximumInnerEdge

OuterEdge

SizeDesignation

Spacing1st BoltHole

Centers2nd BoltHole

NominalBoltHoleSize

A B C D F G H

DiameterTolerance

PitchTolerance

Thickness Bushing BoreInside Diameter

4 13⁄8 1 5⁄86 2 11⁄2 7⁄89 3 21⁄8 11⁄2

10 33⁄8 21⁄4 13⁄412 4 23⁄4 214 45⁄8 31⁄8 21⁄216 51⁄4 31⁄2 318 6 37⁄8 33⁄820 65⁄8 41⁄4 37⁄824 77⁄8 47⁄8 47⁄8

ScrewDiameter A B C

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

Cut Flight/Cut& FoldedFlightConveyors

Depth of cut “C” is one half the flight width for normalmaximum pipe size. Lengths “A” and “B” are calcu-lated from the developed O.D. for standard pitch.

ADiametertolerance

BThicknessat edges

CPitch

tolerance Flighting fitted snug topipe with intermediate welds

End lugs used on all sizesexcept 4″ dia. conveyor

Length

Carrying Side

Omit First Two Cuts5 Cuts

Per Pitch

Carrying Side

Omit FirstTwo Cuts

5 Cuts PerPitch

HelicoidScrewConveyors

+ 0– 1⁄16″

F GH — Bolt hole

DBore

Appr

oxim

ately

5Equ

alSp

aces

Right Angle Bend

Bend

Line

H-49

CONV

EYOR

S

CEMAStandards

6 11⁄2 6S312 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

11⁄2 9S312 2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄4 1.505 1.516 7⁄8 3 17⁄32

92 9S412 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

2 9S416 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 1⁄4 1⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

10 2 10S412 21⁄2 9-10 1⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

2 12S412 21⁄2 11-10 1⁄8 5⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.005 2.016 7⁄8 3 21⁄32

27⁄16 12S512 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

12 27⁄16 12S516 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

3 12S616 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 12S624 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

27⁄16 14S512 3 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 2.443 2.458 15⁄16 3 21⁄32

14 3 14S616 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 5⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 14S624 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 16S612 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

163 16S616 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 16S624 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 16S632 31⁄2 11-9 1⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1⁄4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 18S612 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

18 3 18S616 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 18S624 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 18S632 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 20S612 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

20 3 20S616 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

3 20S624 31⁄2 11-9 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25⁄32

37⁄16 24S712 4 11-8 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.443 3.467 11⁄2 4 29⁄32

24 37⁄16 24S716 4 11-8 3⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄4 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.443 3.467 11⁄2 4 29⁄32

37⁄16 24S724 4 11-8 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.443 3.467 11⁄2 4 29⁄32

37⁄16 24S732 4 11-8 3⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄2 7⁄8 1⁄2 3.443 3.467 11⁄2 4 29⁄32

ListedScrew

Diameterand

Pitch

Cplng.Dia.

PipeSize

Schedule40

LengthFeetand

InchesPlus PlusMinus Minus Minimum Maximum

SizeDesignation

Spacing1st Bolt

Hole

Centers2nd Bolt

Hole

NominalBoltHoleSize

A B C D F G H

DiameterTolerance

PitchToleranceFlight

Thickness

Bushing BoreInside Diameter

Sectional Screw Conveyors

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

ADiametertolerance

BThickness

of Butt WeldedFlight

CPitch

tolerance Flighting fitted snug topipe with intermediate welds

End lugs on 6″ through 16″sizes. On 18″, 20″ and 24″,end welds or end lugs usedaccording to manufacturer ʼsstandards.

Length

F GH — Bolt hole

DBore

+ 0– 1⁄16″

H-50

CONVEYORS

Components

SECTION III

COMPONENT SECTION III PAGE

Component Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-51Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-53Discharges and Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-57Trough Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-63Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-70End Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-71Thrust Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-72Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-75Conveyor Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-78Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-86Shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-87Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-92Hanger Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-100Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-102Cover Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-104Conveyor Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-105

SEE PRICE LIST FOR ITEMS CARRIEDIN STOCK

H-51

CONV

EYOR

S

ComponentSelection

Required InformationScrew diameterShaft diameterMaterial component groupUnusual material characteristics

Conveyor ScrewsStandard length conveyor screws should be used wheneverpossible to reduce the number of hanger bearings required.

The recommended screws listed in the Component SeriesTable are standard helicoid and sectional screw conveyors. Theuse of helicoid or sectional conveyors is largely a matter of indi-vidual preference.

Right hand screw conveyors pull material toward the end whichis being rotated in a clockwise direction. If the rotation isreversed (counterclockwise), the material is pushed away fromthat end.

In left hand screw conveyors, the material flow is opposite tothat of right hand screws, the direction of rotation beingunchanged.

To determine hand of screw see pages H-38 and H-39.

The material is carried on one face of the conveyor flighting inconveyors which are required to transport material in one direc-tion, therefore, conveyor end lugs are located on the oppositeface to facilitate unimpeded flow of the material. Conveyor sec-tions must be installed in such a manner that all end lugs aretoward the inlet end of the conveyor. Conveyor sections mustnot be turned end for end without reversing the direction of rota-tion, or conversely, the direction of rotation must not be reversedwithout turning the conveyor sections end for end.

Requirements for reversible conveyor screws intended formaterial transport in either direction should be referred to ourEngineering Department.

Flighting should be omitted from the conveyor pipe over the lastdischarge opening to ensure complete discharge of materialwithout carryover.

Continuity of material flow at hanger points is accomplished byopposing adjacent flight ends approximately 180º. (As close to180° as the predrilled holes will allow.)

Conveyor Trough and Tubular HousingStandard trough and housing sections are available in five,six, ten, and 12 foot lengths. Standard five and six foot lengthsshould be used when connecting flanges coincide with dis-charge openings or hanger bearings.

ShaftsThe primary consideration in determining the type and size ofcoupling and drive shafts is whether the shafts selected areadequate to transmit the horsepower required, including anyoverload. Normally, cold-rolled shafts are adequate. However,high-tensile shafts may be required due to torque limitations.Also, stainless steel shafts may be necessary when corrosiveor contaminable materials are to be handled. Conveyorsequipped with non-lubricated hard iron hanger bearingsrequire hardened coupling shafts. Specific shaft size determi-nation is covered in the Torsional Rating Section, page H-27.

Shaft SealsSeveral conveyor end seal types are available to prevent conta-mination of the conveyed material or to prevent the escape ofmaterial from the system.

BearingsHanger Bearing — The purpose of hanger bearings is to pro-vide intermediate support when multiple screw sections areused. Hanger bearings are designed primarily for radial loads.Therefore, adequate clearance should be allowed between thebearings and the conveyor pipe ends to prevent damage by thethrust load which is transmitted through the conveyor pipe.

The hanger bearing recommendations listed in the MaterialCharacteristic Tables are generally adequate for the material tobe handled. Often, however, unusual characteristics of thematerial or the conditions under which the conveyor must oper-ate make it desirable to use special bearing materials.Regarding the use of special bearing materials, consult ourEngineering Department.

End Bearings — Several end bearing types are available, andtheir selection depends on two basic factors: Radial load andthrust load. The relative values of these loads determines endbearing types.

H-52

CONVEYORS

ComponentSelection

Radial load is negligible at the conveyor tail shaft. However,drive ends (unless integrated with the conveyor end plate) aresubject to radial loading due to overhung drive loads, such aschain sprockets or shaft-mounted speed reducers. ScrewConveyor Drive Reducers at the drive end will adequately carryboth thrust and radial loads.

Discharge Spouts and GatesStandard discharge spouts and gates are available for eitherconveyor trough or tubular housing in several designs, operatedeither manually or by remote controls.

In installations where it is possible to overfill the device to whichmaterial is being transported, an additional overflow dischargeopening or overflow relief device should be provided. Consultour Engineering Department for suggested electrical interlockand safety devices to prevent overflow or damage to equip-ment.

It is sometimes found that the material characteristics are suchthat standard component specifications are inadequate. Shouldunusual material characteristics or severe conditions exist, ourEngineering Department should be consulted.

Conveyor EndsA complete line of conveyor ends are available as standard foreither conveyor trough or tubular housing with a choice of manybearing types and combinations.

Special ApplicationsMore common of the unusual material characteristics whichrequire other than the recommended components are:

Corrosive Materials — Components may be fabricated fromalloys not affected by the material or may be coated with a pro-tective substance.

Contaminable Materials — Require the use of oil impregnat-ed, sealed, or dry type hanger bearings. End shafts should besealed to prevent entrance of contaminants from the outside.Due to the necessity for frequent cleaning conveyor compo-nents should be designed for convenient disassembly.

Abrasive Materials— These materials may be handled in con-veyors, troughs, or housings constructed of abrasion resistantalloys with hard surfaced screws. Lining of all exposed surfaceswith rubber or special resins also materially reduces abrasivedamage.

Interlocking or Matting Materials — Conveying with standardcomponents is sometimes possible by the use of special feed-ing devices at the conveyor inlet.

Hygroscopic Materials — Frequently these materials may behandled successfully in a conveyor which is substantially sealedfrom the exterior atmosphere. In extreme cases it is necessaryto provide jacketed trough or housing with an appropriate circu-lating medium to maintain the material at an elevated tempera-ture. Purging of the conveyor with a suitable dry gas is alsoused in some installations.

Viscous or Sticky Materials — Ribbon flight conveyor screwsare most frequently used for conveying these materialsalthough standard components may be specially coated toimprove the flow of material.

Harmful Vapors or Dusts — These materials may be safelyhandled in dust sealed trough, plain tubular housing, or gasket-ed flanged tubular housing with particular attention to shaft seal-ing. Trough or housing exhaust systems have also beensuccessfully used in some installations.

Blending in Transit— Ribbon, cut flight, paddle, or a combina-tion of these screw types may be designed to produce thedesired degree of blending, aeration or mixing.

Explosive Dusts — The danger of this condition may be mini-mized in most installations by the use of components which arefabricated from non-ferrous materials and proper conveyor seal-ing techniques observed. Exhaust systems are also advisablefor the removal of explosive dusts.

Materials Subject to Packing — This condition requires theuse of aerating devices at the conveyor inlet when materials arepulverulent and a special feeder device when material particlesare large or fibrous.

Materials which are Fluid when Aerated — This conditionmay be used to advantage in some installations by declining theconveyor system toward the discharge end.

Degradable Materials — Some particles that are easily brokenor distorted may usually be handled in screw conveyors byreducing the speed and selecting a larger conveyor size suffi-cient to deliver the required volume of material.

Elevated Temperature — Components should be fabricatedfrom high temperature alloys. Should the process be such thatcooling of the material in the conveyor is permissible, jacketedtrough or housing may be used at the inlet end to cool the mate-rial and standard components used after the point where mater-ial temperature has been reduced to a safe degree.

H-53

CONV

EYOR

S

FORMED Commonly used economical trough.FLANGE One piece construction.U-TROUGH Standard lengths in stock.

ANGLE Rigid construction.FLANGE Standard lengths in stock.U-TROUGH

FORMED Loadable to full cross section for feeder applications.FLANGE Minimizes fall back in inclined applications.TUBULAR Easily taken apart for maintenance.TROUGH Can be gasketed for dust tight enclosure.

Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers.

SOLID One piece construction for totally enclosed or inclinedTUBULAR applications.TROUGH Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers.

FLARED Used where materials tend to bridge or when flaredTROUGH inlets are needed.

CHANNEL Adds structural support for longer than standard spans.TROUGH

DROP Used when complete material clean-out is critical.BOTTOM Can be furnished with hingesTROUGH either side and bolts or clamps opposite side.

FORMED Material being conveyed forms its own trough therebyFLANGE reducing trough wear.RECTANGULAR One piece construction.TROUGH

ANGLE The same as formed flange rectangular except topFLANGE flanges are made from structural angle.RECTANGULARTROUGH

JACKETED Jacket allows heating or cooling of material beingTROUGH conveyed.

ConveyorTrough

H-54

CONVEYORS

4 ▫ 16 GA. 4CTA16 53 29 — — 4CTF16 41 23 — — 75⁄8 71⁄44 14 4CTA14 60 33 — — 4CTF14 50 28 — — 5 11⁄4 35⁄8 711⁄16 71⁄44 12 4CTA12 78 42 — — 4CTF12 70 38 — — 73⁄4 71⁄46 ▫ 16 GA. 6CTA16 67 44 — — 6CTF16 55 32 — — 95⁄8 911⁄16

6 14 6CTA14 78 49 — — 6CTF14 67 38 — — 911⁄16 911⁄16

6 12 6CTA12 101 60 — — 6CTF12 91 50 — — 7 11⁄4 41⁄2 93⁄46 10 6CTA10 123 73 — — 6CTF10 117 64 — — 93⁄46 3⁄16 6CTA7 164 86 — — 6CTF7 150 79 — — 97⁄89 16 GA. 9CTA16 113 66 — — 9CTF16 83 51 — — 131⁄8 131⁄49 ▫ 14 9CTA14 127 73 — — 9CTF14 99 59 — — 133⁄16

9 12 9CTA12 156 87 — — 9CTF12 132 75 — — 10 11⁄2 61⁄8 131⁄49 10 9CTA10 176 102 — — 9CTF10 164 91 — — 135⁄16

9 3⁄16 9CTA7 230 124 — — 9CTF7 214 116 — — 133⁄89 1⁄4 9CTA3 286 152 — — 9CTF3 276 147 — — 131⁄2

10 16 GA. 10CTA16 118 69 — — 10CTF16 88 54 — — 141⁄8 141⁄410 ▫ 14 10CTA14 133 76 — — 10CTF14 105 62 — — 143⁄16

10 12 10CTA12 164 92 — — 10CTF12 140 80 — — 11 11⁄2 63⁄8 141⁄410 10 10CTA10 178 102 — — 10CTF10 167 91 — — 145⁄16

10 3⁄16 10CTA7 233 131 — — 10CTF7 217 123 — — 143⁄810 1⁄4 10CTA3 306 163 — — 10CTF3 296 158 — — 141⁄212 ▫ 12 GA. 12CTA12 197 113 236 135 12CTF12 164 95 197 114 171⁄4 171⁄212 10 12CTA10 234 133 281 160 12CTF10 187 117 224 140 13 2 73⁄4 175⁄16

12 3⁄16 12CTA7 294 164 353 197 12CTF7 272 150 326 180 173⁄812 1⁄4 12CTA3 372 203 446 244 12CTF3 357 194 428 233 171⁄214 ▫ 12 GA. 14CTA12 214 121 257 145 14CTF12 183 102 219 122 191⁄4 193⁄814 10 14CTA10 258 143 309 172 14CTF10 207 127 248 152 15 2 91⁄4 195⁄16

14 3⁄16 14CTA7 328 180 394 216 14CTF7 304 168 365 202 193⁄814 1⁄4 14CTA3 418 224 501 269 14CTF3 403 215 483 258 191⁄216 ▫ 12 GA. 16CTA12 238 133 285 160 16CTF12 206 107 247 128 211⁄4 213⁄816 10 16CTA10 288 159 345 191 16CTF10 234 144 281 173 17 2 105⁄8 215⁄16

16 3⁄16 16CTA7 368 200 442 240 16CTF7 345 188 414 226 213⁄816 1⁄4 16CTA3 471 243 565 291 16CTF3 455 228 546 273 211⁄218 ▫ 12 GA. 18CTA12 252 159 302 191 18CTF12 240 133 288 160 241⁄4 241⁄218 10 18CTA10 353 170 423 204 18CTF10 269 165 323 198 19 21⁄2 121⁄8 245⁄16

18 3⁄16 18CTA7 444 243 533 291 18CTF7 394 217 473 260 243⁄818 1⁄4 18CTA3 559 298 671 358 18CTF3 520 275 624 330 241⁄220 ▫ 10 GA. 20CTA10 383 228 460 274 20CTF10 296 190 355 228 265⁄16 261⁄220 3⁄16 20CTA7 484 271 581 325 20CTF7 434 247 521 296 21 21⁄2 131⁄2 263⁄820 1⁄4 20CTA3 612 334 734 401 20CTF3 573 315 687 378 261⁄224 ▫ 10 GA. 24CTA10 443 255 531 306 24CTF10 384 227 461 272 305⁄16 301⁄224 3⁄16 24CTA7 563 319 676 383 24CTF7 514 293 617 352 25 21⁄2 161⁄2 303⁄824 1⁄4 24CTA3 717 363 860 435 24CTF3 678 339 813 406 301⁄2

StandardConveyor Trough

Standard conveyor troughs have a U-shaped steel body with angle iron top flanges or formed top flanges and jig drilled endflanges.

Formed FlangeAngle Flange

ConveyorDiameter

D AngleFlanged

TroughThick.

PartNumber

PartNumber

10´*Length

5´Length

12´Length

6´Length

10´Length

5´Length

12´Length

6´Length

Weight Weight

Angle Flanged Trough Formed Flanged Trough �

Weight Weight A B C E F

▫ Standard GaugeBolt Patterns All troughs available in other materials such as stainless, aluminum,Page H-42 abrasion resistant, etc.

� Double formed flange standardon all sizes through 10 ga.

LGTH.

H-55

CONV

EYOR

S

TubularHousing

4 ▫ 16 GA. 4CHT16 4CHT16-F 43 4CHT16-A 81 71⁄84 14 4CHT14 60 31 4CHT14-F 53 4CHT14-A 89 5 73⁄16 14 12 4CHT12 4CHT12-F 74 4CHT12-A 106 71⁄46 ▫ 16 GA. 6CHT16 50 27 6CHT16-F 60 6CHT16-A 110 95⁄86 14 6CHT14 62 33 6CHT14-F 75 6CHT14-A 122 911⁄16

6 12 6CHT12 85 44 6CHT12-F 103 6CHT12-A 145 7 93⁄4 11⁄46 10 6CHT10 109 56 6CHT10-F 133 6CHT10-A 187 913⁄16

6 3⁄16 6CHT7 145 74 6CHT7-F 168 6CHT7-A 205 97⁄89 16 GA. 9CHT16 72 39 9CHT16-F 84 9CHT16-A 131 125⁄89 ▫ 14 9CHT14 89 47 9CHT14-F 104 9CHT14-A 148 1211⁄16

9 12 9CHT12 122 64 9CHT12-F 143 9CHT12-A 181 123⁄49 10 9CHT10 155 80 9CHT10-F 182 9CHT10-A 214 10 1213⁄16 11⁄49 3⁄16 9CHT7 208 107 9CHT7-F 245 9CHT7-A 267 127⁄89 1⁄4 9CHT3 275 140 9CHT3-F 324 9CHT3-A 334 13

10 16 GA. 10CHT16 79 42 10CHT16-F 91 10CHT16-A 138 135⁄810 ▫ 14 10CHT14 97 52 10CHT14-F 112 10CHT14-A 156 1311⁄16

10 12 10CHT12 133 70 10CHT12-F 154 10CHT12-A 192 133⁄410 10 10CHT10 169 88 10CHT10-F 196 10CHT10-A 228 11 1313⁄16 11⁄410 3⁄16 10CHT7 227 117 10CHT7-F 264 10CHT7-A 286 137⁄810 1⁄4 10CHT3 301 154 10CHT3-F 350 10CHT3-A 360 1412 ▫ 12 GA. 12CHT12 163 88 12CHT12-F 193 12CHT12-A 235 161⁄412 10 12CHT10 208 111 12CHT10-F 247 12CHT10-A 280 165⁄16

12 3⁄16 12CHT7 275 144 12CHT7-F 328 12CHT7-A 347 13 163⁄8 11⁄212 1⁄4 12CHT3 362 188 12CHT3-F 432 12CHT3-A 434 161⁄214 ▫ 12 GA. 14CHT12 187 101 14CHT12-F 217 14CHT12-A 259 181⁄414 10 14CHT10 236 126 14CHT10-F 275 14CHT10-A 308 185⁄16

14 3⁄16 14CHT7 316 166 14CHT7-F 369 14CHT7-A 388 15 183⁄8 11⁄214 1⁄4 14CHT3 416 216 14CHT3-F 486 14CHT3-A 488 181⁄216 ▫ 12 GA. 16CHT12 212 114 16CHT12-F 242 16CHT12-A 310 211⁄416 10 16CHT10 268 142 16CHT10-F 307 16CHT10-A 366 215⁄16

16 3⁄16 16CHT7 358 187 16CHT7-F 411 16CHT7-A 456 17 213⁄8 216 1⁄4 16CHT3 472 244 16CHT3-F 542 16CHT3-A 570 211⁄218 ▫ 12 GA. 18CHT12 242 133 18CHT12-F 280 18CHT12-A 340 231⁄418 10 18CHT10 304 164 18CHT10-F 352 18CHT10-A 402 235⁄16

18 3⁄16 18CHT7 405 214 18CHT7-F 471 18CHT7-A 503 19 233⁄8 218 1⁄4 18CHT3 533 278 18CHT3-F 621 18CHT3-A 631 231⁄220 ▫ 10 GA. 20CHT10 335 188 20CHT10-F 381 20CHT10-A 433 255⁄16

20 3⁄16 20CHT7 446 237 20CHT7-F 510 20CHT7-A 544 21 253⁄8 220 1⁄4 20CHT3 586 307 20CHT3-F 671 20CHT3-A 684 251⁄224 ▫ 10 GA. 24CHT10 399 215 24CHT10-F 445 24CHT10-A 497 295⁄16

24 3⁄16 24CHT7 531 281 24CHT7-F 594 24CHT7-A 629 25 293⁄8 224 1⁄4 24CHT3 699 365 24CHT3-F 784 24CHT3-A 797 291⁄2

▫ Standard GaugeFor Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

Tubular Housing

Weight

Formed Flange Angle Flange

10´Length

Weight10´

Weight10´5´

Length

PartNumber

PartNumber

PartNumber

ConveyorDiameter

TroughThickness A B C

Tubular conveyor housings are inherently dustand weather-tight, and may be loaded to a fullcross section. Conveyors with tubular housingsare rigid and are highly suitable for conveyingmaterial on an incline. Three types shown areavailable.

Tubular housing Flanged tubular housing Angle flanged tubular housing

H-56

CONVEYORS

Flared troughs are used primarily to convey materialswhich are not free-flowing or which have a tendency to stickto the trough.

6 ▫ 14 GA. 6FCT14 9 14 165⁄8 7 31⁄2 106 12 6FCT12 12 163⁄49 ▫ 14 GA. 9FCT14 13 213⁄16

9 12 GA. 9FCT12 14 211⁄49 10 9FCT10 19 18 211⁄4 9 5 109 3⁄16 9FCT7 22 213⁄89 1⁄4 9FCT3 25 211⁄212 ▫ 12 GA. 12FCT12 20 261⁄4 10 61⁄2 1212 10 12FCT10 24 22 261⁄412 3⁄16 12FCT7 32 263⁄812 1⁄4 12FCT3 43 261⁄214 ▫ 12 GA. 14FCT12 23 281⁄4 11 71⁄2 1214 10 14FCT10 27 24 281⁄414 3⁄16 14FCT7 37 283⁄814 1⁄4 14FCT3 49 281⁄216 ▫ 12 GA. 16FCT12 25 321⁄416 10 16FCT10 31 28 321⁄4 111⁄2 81⁄2 1216 3⁄16 16FCT7 39 323⁄816 1⁄4 16FCT3 52 321⁄218 ▫ 12 GA. 18FCT12 27 361⁄418 10 18FCT10 35 31 361⁄4 121⁄8 91⁄2 1218 3⁄16 18FCT7 45 363⁄818 1⁄4 18FCT3 56 361⁄220 ▫ 10 GA. 20FCT10 36 391⁄420 3⁄16 20FCT7 48 34 393⁄8 131⁄2 101⁄2 1220 1⁄4 20FCT3 60 391⁄224 ▫ 10 GA. 24FCT10 41 40 451⁄4 161⁄2 121⁄2 1224 3⁄16 24FCT7 54 453⁄824 1⁄4 24FCT3 69 451⁄2

ConveyorDiameter

TroughThickness

PartNumber

WeightPerFoot

A B C DStandardLengthFoot

▫ Standard Gauge See Page H-42 for Bolt Pattern

FlaredTrough

Length

H-57

CONV

EYOR

S

Dischargesand Gates

Discharge Spout Index

ConveyorDiameter TSD - Plain, Fixed Spout

TSDS - Plain Fixed Spout W/SlideTSDF - Flush End SpoutRPF - Rack & Pinion/Flat Side

Types

RPFD - Rack & Pinion/Flat Slide DustTightRPC - Rack & Pinion/Curved SlideRPCD - Rack & Pinion/Curved Slide DustTight

SpoutThickness16 - 16 Gauge14 - 14 Gauge12 - 12 Gauge10 - 10 Gauge7 - 3/16

14 12TSD

STANDARDDISCHARGESPOUT

STANDARDDISCHARGESPOUT WITHHAND SLIDE

FLUSH ENDDISCHARGESPOUT

FLATSLIDEGATE

CURVEDSLIDE GATE

Most commonly used.Flanged hole drilling is per CEMA Standards.Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.

Standard spout shown above with the addition of theslide and side guides.Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.

Reduces distance from centerline of discharge to end of theconveyor which eliminates ledge at end of trough and prod-uct build-up. Special flush-end trough ends required whenthis style of discharge is used.

Rack & pinion type available with hand wheel, ropewheel, pocket wheel and chain. Discharge spout isincluded when fitted.Flat slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished withpneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators.(Not dust-tight).

Contoured shape of slide eliminates pocket found in flatslide type.Rack & pinion type available with handwheel, or ropewheel, or pocket wheel with chain.Curved slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished withpneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators.(Standard curved slide gate is not dust-tight.)All curved slide gates should be installed at factory.

DUST TIGHTRACK ANDPINION FLATSLIDE

Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and canbe furnished with either flat or curved slide. Handwheelis normally furnished but is also available with chain orrope wheel.

H-58

CONVEYORS

AAF

C

DischargeSpouts

Plain Opening

Fixed Spout

Fixed Spout with Slide Gate

Flush End Spout

Flush end discharge spouts are designed for use at the final discharge point.The end of the spout is comprised of a housing end with bottom flangedrilled with standard discharge flange bolt pattern. Because it is located atthe extreme end of the conveyor, there is no carryover of material past thefinal discharge point. The flush end arrangement eliminates the unneces-sary extension of trough and interior components beyond the actual dis-charge point.

Fixed spouts with slide gates are used where distribution of material is to becontrolled. Bolted flange permits slide to be operated from any side.

Plain spout openings are cut in the trough permitting free material discharge.

Fixed spouts are fabricated in proportion to size and thickness of trough.Can be furnished loose or welded to trough.

4 5 41⁄2 33⁄4 5⁄16 55⁄8 11 21⁄26 7 6 5 5⁄16 65⁄8 14 31⁄29 10 8 71⁄8 5⁄16 8 19 510 11 9 77⁄8 5⁄16 83⁄8 20 51⁄212 13 101⁄2 87⁄8 5⁄16 101⁄8 24 61⁄214 15 111⁄2 101⁄8 5⁄16 111⁄4 27 71⁄216 17 131⁄2 111⁄8 5⁄16 123⁄8 30 81⁄218 19 141⁄2 123⁄8 5⁄16 133⁄8 33 91⁄220 21 151⁄2 133⁄8 3⁄8 143⁄8 36 101⁄224 25 171⁄2 153⁄8 3⁄8 163⁄8 42 121⁄2

4 16-14 ▫ 14 4TSD14 4TSDS14 4TSDF14 2 6 1.54 12 12 4TSD12 4TSDS12 4TSDF12 3 7 2.256 14-12 ▫ 14 6TSD14 6TSDS14 6TSDF14 4 11 3.06 3⁄16 12 6TSD12 6TSDS12 6TSDF12 6 13 4.509 16-14-12-10 ▫ 14 9TSD14 9TSDS14 9TSDF14 8 18 6.09 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 9TSD10 9TSDS10 9TSDF10 13 22 9.7510 14-12-10 ▫ 14 10TSD14 10TSDS14 10TSDF14 10 21 7.510 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 10TSD10 10TSDS10 10TSDF10 16 27 12.012 12-10 ▫ 12 12TSD12 12TSDS12 12TSDF12 17 36 12.7512 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 12TSD7 12TSDS7 12TSDF7 29 48 21.7514 12-10 ▫ 12 14TSD12 14TSDS12 14TSDF12 22 46 16.5014 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 14TSD7 14TSDS7 14TSDF7 38 62 28.5016 12-10 ▫ 12 16TSD12 16TSDS12 16TSDF12 21 49 15.7516 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 16TSD7 16TSDS7 16TSDF7 40 68 30.018 12-10 ▫ 12 18TSD12 18TSDS12 18TSDF12 32 69 24.018 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 18TSD7 18TSDS7 18TSDF7 60 97 45.020 10 ▫ 12 20TSD12 20TSDS12 20TSDF12 40 91 30.020 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 20TSD7 20TSDS7 20TSDF7 67 118 50.2524 10 ▫ 12 24TSD12 24TSDS12 24TSDF12 52 116 39.024 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 24TSD7 24TSDS7 24TSDF7 87 151 65.25

ScrewA B C D G H FDiameter

Part Number Weight

Fixed SpoutFixed Spout

Plain Slide

ScrewDiameter

TroughThickness

Gauge

Spoutand GateThickness

Gauge Plain With Slide

FlushEnd

Spout

FlushEnd

Spout

▫ Standard Gauge � Add –F for FittedFor Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

H-59

CONV

EYOR

S

E

G

A

B

A

H

CDJ

K

DischargeGates

Flat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted to stan-dard discharge spouts at any of the four positionsdesired. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is alsoavailable with chain or rope wheel.

Rack and Pinion Flat Slide

4 5 21⁄2 33⁄4 7 131⁄2 61⁄2 5 51⁄2 126 7 31⁄2 5 81⁄4 16 71⁄2 6 63⁄4 129 10 5 71⁄8 103⁄8 201⁄4 9 91⁄2 87⁄8 12

10 11 51⁄2 77⁄8 111⁄8 231⁄2 101⁄2 10 97⁄8 1212 13 61⁄2 87⁄8 121⁄8 251⁄2 11 121⁄4 107⁄8 1214 15 71⁄2 101⁄8 133⁄8 311⁄4 121⁄2 131⁄4 12 1216 17 81⁄2 111⁄8 143⁄8 335⁄8 131⁄2 141⁄4 13 1218 19 91⁄2 123⁄8 155⁄8 377⁄8 141⁄2 153⁄4 141⁄8 1220 21 101⁄2 133⁄8 1611⁄16 403⁄4 151⁄2 163⁄4 151⁄8 1224 25 121⁄2 153⁄8 1811⁄16 461⁄2 171⁄2 183⁄4 173⁄8 12

4 16-14 ▫ 14 4RPF14 184 12 12 4RPF12 216 16-14-12 ▫ 14 6RPF14 286 3⁄16 12 6RPF12 319 14-12-10 ▫ 14 9RPF14 499 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 9RPF10 5410 14-12-10 ▫ 14 10RPF14 5610 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 10RPF10 6212 12-10 ▫ 12 12RPF12 9412 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 12RPF7 10614 12-10 ▫ 12 14RPF12 10714 3⁄16 -1⁄4 3⁄16 14RPF7 12316 12-10 ▫ 12 16RPF12 11216 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 16RPF7 13118* 12-10 ▫ 12 18RPF12 15718* 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 18RPF7 18520* 10 ▫ 12 20RPF12 18520* 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 20RPF7 21224* 10 ▫ 12 24RPF12 23324* 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 24RPF7 268

ScrewA B C D E G H J

KDiameter Diameter

� Add –F for Fitted

ScrewDiameter

TroughThickness

Gauge

Spoutand Gate

Thickness Gauge

Part NumberRack and

Pinion† �

WeightRack and

Pinion

▫ Standard GaugeFor Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

†All Rack & Pinion Gates 18″ andLarger Have Double Rack & Pinion.

* Handwheel supplied as Standard Assembly— C Chain Wheel— R Rope Wheel

H-60

CONVEYORS

D

AB

EH

F

C

CL

CL

STD. DISCH.SPOUT DRILLING

SEE PAGE H-43

DischargeGates

� Add –F for Fitted▫ Standard Gauge* Hand wheel supplied as Standard Assembly— C Chain Wheel— R Rope Wheel

4 14,16 Cal. ▫ 14 Cal. 4RPC14 20 61⁄4 83⁄4 12 33⁄4 6 41⁄2 124 12 Cal. 12 GA. 4RPC12 22 61⁄4 83⁄4 12 33⁄4 6 45⁄86 16,14,12 GA. ▫ 14 GA. 6RPC14 25 71⁄2 101⁄2 15 5 8 51⁄2 126 3⁄16″ 12 GA. 6RPC12 28 71⁄2 101⁄2 15 5 8 55⁄89 14,12,10 GA. ▫ 14 GA. 9RPC14 46 9 15 201⁄2 71⁄8 83⁄4 7 129 3⁄16″,1⁄4″ 10 GA. 9RPC10 54 9 15 201⁄2 71⁄8 83⁄4 71⁄810 14,12,10 GA. ▫ 14 GA. 10RPC14 53 91⁄2 141⁄2 21 77⁄8 91⁄8 71⁄2 1210 3⁄16″,1⁄4″ 10 GA. 10RPC10 62 91⁄2 141⁄2 21 77⁄8 91⁄8 75⁄812 12,10 GA. ▫ 12 GA. 12RPC12 81 113⁄8 171⁄2 253⁄4 87⁄8 11 81⁄2 1212 3⁄16″,1⁄4″ 3⁄16″ 12RPC7 97 113⁄8 171⁄2 253⁄4 87⁄8 11 85⁄814 10,12 GA. ▫ 12 GA. 14RPC12 95 127⁄8 201⁄2 301⁄4 101⁄8 12 91⁄2 1214 3⁄16″,1⁄4″ 3⁄16″ 14RPC7 114 127⁄8 201⁄2 301⁄4 101⁄8 12 95⁄816 10,12 GA. ▫ 12 GA. 16RPC12 103 143⁄8 231⁄2 36 111⁄8 13 101⁄2 1216 3⁄16″,1⁄4″ 3⁄16″ 16RPC7 116 143⁄8 231⁄2 36 111⁄8 13 105⁄818 10,12 GA. ▫ 12 GA. 18RPC12 157 157⁄8 251⁄2 371⁄4 123⁄8 153⁄8 111⁄2 1218 3⁄16″,1⁄4″ 3⁄16″ 18RPC7 187 157⁄8 251⁄2 371⁄4 123⁄8 153⁄8 115⁄820 12 GA. ▫ 12 GA. 20RPC12 175 173⁄8 281⁄2 39 133⁄8 163⁄8 121⁄2 1220 3⁄16″,1⁄4″ 3⁄16″ 20RPC7 208 173⁄8 281⁄2 39 133⁄8 163⁄8 125⁄824 10 GA. ▫ 12 GA. 24RPC12 220 193⁄8 351⁄2 47 153⁄8 183⁄8 141⁄2 1224 3⁄16″,1⁄4″ 3⁄16″ 24RPC7 265 193⁄8 351⁄2 47 153⁄8 183⁄8 145⁄8

Conveyor Trough Spout Part Weight A B C D E F HDiameter Thickness Thickness Number*� Pounds Diameter

Rack and Pinion Flat SlideFlat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted to standard dischargespouts at any of the four positions desired. Hand wheel is normallyfurnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.

4 5 71⁄2 21⁄2 12 6 7 12 71⁄26 7 10 4 181⁄2 71⁄2 8 12 99 10 121⁄2 5 23 9 11 12 1010 11 13 5 25 10 111⁄2 12 101⁄212 13 15 5 28 111⁄2 13 12 101⁄214 15 151⁄2 51⁄2 31 121⁄2 14 12 101⁄216 17 161⁄2 51⁄2 34 131⁄2 15 12 101⁄218 19 181⁄2 61⁄2 381⁄2 15 161⁄2 12 111⁄220 21 20 7 401⁄2 16 171⁄2 12 1224 25 23 8 471⁄2 18 191⁄2 12 13

4 16-14 14 4RPFD14 27 4RPCD16 304 12 12 4RPFD12 32 4RPCD12 356 16-14-12 14 6RPFD14 42 6RPCD16 466 3⁄16 12 6RPFD12 47 6RPCD12 529 14-12-10 14 9RPFD12 74 9RPCD12 819 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 9RPFD10 81 9RPCD10 89

10 14-12-10 14 10RPFD14 84 10RPCD14 9210 3⁄16-1⁄4 10 10RPFD10 93 104PCD10 10212 12-10 12 12RPFD12 141 12RPCD12 15512 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 12RPFD7 158 12RPCD7 17414 12-10 12 14RPFD12 160 14RPCD12 17614 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 14RPFD7 185 14RPCD7 20416 12-10 12 16RPFD12 168 16RPCD12 18516 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 16RPFD7 197 16RPCD7 21718 12-10 12 18RPFD12 240 18RPCD12 26418 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 18RPFD7 277 18RPCD7 30520 10 12 20RPFD12 278 20RPCD12 30620 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 20RPFD7 318 20RPCD7 35024 10 12 24RPFD12 350 24RPCD12 38524 3⁄16-1⁄4 3⁄16 24RPFD7 402 24RPCD7 442

ScrewA C D E G H

KLDiameter Diameter

H-61

CONV

EYOR

S

DischargeGates

D

A

H

G

E

A

C

G

A

B E

A

L

A

AH

D

K

Dust Tight Rack and PinionFlat SlideDust tight rack and pinions are totallyenclosed and can be furnished with eitherflat or curved slide. Handwheel isnormally furnished but is also availablewith chain or rope wheel.

Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Curved Slide

Flange drilling is standard. See page H-43� Add –F for Fitted

* Handwheel supplied as standard assembly— C Chain Wheel— R Rope Wheel

ScrewDiameter

TroughThickness

Gauge

Spoutand Slide

Thickness Gauge Flat Slide * � Curved Slide * �Weight Weight

Part Number

4 4CPH16 8 33⁄4 5 26 6CPH16 12 43⁄4 7 39 9CPH14 12 63⁄8 10 4

10 10CPH14 12 65⁄8 11 912 12CPH12 18 8 13 1814 14CPH12 18 91⁄2 15 2416 16CPH12 18 107⁄8 17 2618 18CPH12 18 123⁄8 19 5520 20CPH10 18 133⁄4 21 7024 24CPH10 18 163⁄4 25 85

Conveyor PartA B C

WeightDiameter Numer Each

H-62

CONVEYORS

Discharge GateAccessories

Hand WheelDimensions in Inches and Weight in Pounds

12 12HW1 11 2 11⁄8 17⁄8

Chain Wheel 20PW1 11 123⁄4 2 13⁄8 5⁄16 2

Rope Wheel 12RW1 13 125⁄8 21⁄4 15⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄8

WheelDiameter

PartNo. Weight C D E

The hand wheel is regularly furnished to rotate the pinion shaft whenthe slide gate is readily accessible.NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request.

Pocket Wheel & Rope WheelDimensions in Inches and Average Weights in Pounds

WheelDiameter

PartNo. Weight BA C D E

Pocket chain and rope wheels are used to rotate pinion shaft whereremote operation is desired. It is designed to be used with number 3⁄16

pocket chain.NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request.

316 PC Pocket Chain in Stock

1″ Bore1⁄4″ Keyway

1″ Bore1⁄4″ Keyway

Hanger PocketsHanger pockets areused with tubular troughand are mounted on thetrough at bearing con-nections. The hangerpocket forms a “U”shaped section for ashort distance, allowingthe use of standardhangers and providingeasy access to them.

Bolted Top Cover

H-63

CONV

EYOR

S

Trough EndsTrough Ends

ConveyorDiameter

TE — Outside W/O FeetTEF — Outside W/FeetTEI — InsideTER — Inside RectangularTEO — Single Bearing PedestalTEOD — Double Bearing PedestalFTEF — Outside Flared W/FeetFTE — Outside Flared W/O FeetFTEO — Single Bearing Flared PedestalFTDO — Flared Discharge EndTDO — Outside Discharge EndTDI — Inside Discharge EndCHTE — OutsideTubular W/O FeetCHTEF — OutsideTubular W/FeetSCD —Dorris Screw Drive

Type

Coupling Diameter2 — 1" 5 — 2-7/16"3 — 1-1/2" 6 — 3"4 — 2" 7 —3-7/16"

Plate OnlyBearingTypeBB - BallRB - Roller

9 3 -BB -PTEF

U-TROUGH TUBULAR FLARED RECTANGULARTROUGH TROUGH TROUGH

OUTSIDETROUGHENDSWITHFEET

INSIDEPATTERNTROUGHENDS

OUTSIDETROUGHENDS

WITHOUTFEET

DISCHARGETROUGHENDS

OUTBOARDBEARINGTROUGHENDSSINGLE

Most common typeused as trough support

is included.

Trough support notincluded.

Used where space islimited or trough doesnot have end flange.

For end discharge con-veyors. Special flangebearing required.

Used whencompression type

packing gland seal orsplit gland seal

required.

Availableon

application

Availableon

application

Availableon

application

H-64

CONVEYORS

4 1 4TEF2–* 35⁄8 45⁄8 215⁄16 15⁄8 — 17⁄16 53⁄4 1 15⁄8 1⁄4 81⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 4 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

6 11⁄2 6TEF3–* 41⁄2 55⁄8 315⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 11⁄2 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1⁄4 101⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 7 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

9 11⁄2 9TEF3–* 61⁄8 77⁄8 315⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 15⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 12 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

2 9TEF4–* 61⁄8 77⁄8 415⁄16 21⁄2 313⁄16 15⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 12 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

10 11⁄2 10TEF3–* 63⁄8 87⁄8 315⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 13⁄4 91⁄2 13⁄4 27⁄8 1⁄4 143⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 14 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

2 10TEF4–* 63⁄8 87⁄8 415⁄16 21⁄2 313⁄16 13⁄4 91⁄2 13⁄4 27⁄8 1⁄4 143⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 14 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

12 2 12TEF4–* 73⁄4 95⁄8 5 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 171⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 23 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

27⁄16 12TEF5–* 73⁄4 95⁄8 51⁄2 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 171⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 23 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

3 12TEF6–* 73⁄4 95⁄8 55⁄8 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 171⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 23 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

14 27⁄16 14TEF5–* 91⁄4 107⁄8 51⁄2 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 191⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 38 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

3 14TEF6–* 91⁄4 107⁄8 55⁄8 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 191⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 38 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

16 3 16TEF6–* 105⁄8 12 511⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5⁄16 211⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 45 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

18 3 18TEF6–* 121⁄8 133⁄8 511⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 67 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

37⁄16 18TEF7–* 121⁄8 133⁄8 615⁄16 45⁄16 59⁄16 21⁄2 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 67 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

20 3 20TEF6–* 131⁄2 15 53⁄4 37⁄8 51⁄16 21⁄2 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 261⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 120 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

37⁄16 20TEF7–* 131⁄2 15 7 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 261⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 120 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

24 37⁄16 24TEF7–* 161⁄2 181⁄8 7 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 20 21⁄2 41⁄8 3⁄8 301⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 162 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

TroughEnds

Conveyor Shaft � PartDiameter Diameter Number

D

Friction Ball RollerBearing Bearing Bearing

B C E F H J K L M N Weight PSlot


D


B E K L N Weight PSlot

Outside With FeetOutside trough ends with feet are used to supportend bearing, cover and trough. Drilling for bronzeor flanged ball bearing is standard.

Outside Less FeetOutside trough ends less feet are used to supportend bearing and cover when no trough support isrequired. Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ballbearing is standard.

� Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSFP seals –*BB Ball Bearing –*RB Roller Bearing–*BR Bronze Bearing –*P Less Bearing

CONV

EYOR

S

4 1 4TE2–* 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 17⁄16 1⁄4 81⁄8 3⁄8 3 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

6 11⁄2 6TE3–* 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 11⁄2 1⁄4 101⁄8 3⁄8 4 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

9 11⁄2 9TE3–* 61⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 3⁄8 9 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

2 9TE4–* 61⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄4 133⁄4 3⁄8 910 11⁄2 10TE3–* 63⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄4 143⁄4 3⁄8 11 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

2 10TE4–* 63⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄4 143⁄4 3⁄8 11 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

12 2 12TE4–* 73⁄4 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 1⁄2 2027⁄16 12TE5–* 73⁄4 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 1⁄2 20 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

3 12TE6–* 73⁄4 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 171⁄4 1⁄2 2014 27⁄16 14TE5–* 91⁄4 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 191⁄4 1⁄2 35 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

3 14TE6–* 91⁄4 55⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 191⁄4 1⁄2 3516 3 16TE6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 5⁄16 211⁄4 5⁄8 42 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

18 3 18TE6–* 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 60 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

37⁄16 18TE7–* 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 21⁄2 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 6020 3 20TE6–* 131⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 21⁄2 3⁄8 261⁄4 5⁄8 90 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

37⁄16 20TE7–* 131⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 3⁄8 261⁄4 5⁄8 9024 37⁄16 24TE7–* 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 3⁄8 301⁄4 5⁄8 120 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

H-65

CONV

EYOR

S

TroughEnds


D


A B E K N Weight


D


A B C E K N Weight

InsideRectangularRectangular trough ends are used inside of rec-tangular trough. Drilling for bronze bearing orflanged ball bearing is standard.

InsideInside trough ends are used in place of outsidetype where no trough end flanges are required.Drilling for bronze bearings or flanged ball bearingis standard.

� Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSS seals –*BB Ball Bearing –*RB Roller Bearing–*BP Bronze Bearing –*P Less Bearing

4 1 4TER2–* 5 35⁄8 21⁄2 23⁄16 15⁄8 — 2 1⁄4 1⁄4 46 11⁄2 6TER3–* 7 41⁄2 31⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 5⁄16 69 11⁄2 9TER3–* 10 61⁄8 5 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 9

2 9TER4–* 10 61⁄8 5 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 910 11⁄2 10TER3–* 11 63⁄8 51⁄2 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 12

2 10TER4–* 11 63⁄8 51⁄2 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1212 2 12TER4–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 21

27⁄16 12TER5–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 213 12TER6–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 21

14 27⁄16 14TER5–* 15 91⁄4 71⁄2 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 353 14TER6–* 15 91⁄4 71⁄2 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 35

16 3 16TER6–* 17 105⁄8 81⁄2 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5⁄16 5⁄8 4118 3 18TER6–* 19 121⁄8 91⁄2 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 60

37⁄16 18TER7–* 19 121⁄8 91⁄2 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 6020 3 20TER6–* 21 131⁄2 101⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 88

37⁄16 20TER7–* 21 131⁄2 101⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 8824 37⁄16 24TER7–* 25 161⁄2 121⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 125

Bolts - N

Bolts - N

4 1 4TEI2–* 5 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 — 2 1⁄4 1⁄4 36 11⁄2 6TEI3–* 7 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 5⁄16 59 11⁄2 9TEI3–* 10 61⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 9

2 9TEI4–* 10 61⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 910 11⁄2 10TEI3–* 11 63⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 11

2 10TEI4–* 11 63⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1112 2 12TEI4–* 13 73⁄4 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 19

27⁄16 12TEI5–* 13 73⁄4 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 193 12TEI6–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 19

14 27⁄16 14TEI5–* 15 91⁄4 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 343 14TEI6–* 15 91⁄4 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 1⁄2 34

16 3 16TEI6–* 17 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5⁄16 5⁄8 4018 3 18TEI6–* 19 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 58

37⁄16 18TEI7–* 19 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 5820 3 20TEI6–* 21 131⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 83

37⁄16 20TEI7–* 21 131⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 8324 37⁄16 24TEI7–* 25 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 116

B

D

E

D

E

H-66

CONVEYORS

P SLOTL

BOLTS-N

BOLTS-M

F

K

H H

E

R

C

B

BOLTS-M

BOLTS-N

P SLOT

K

J

B

H

D

E

C

F

L

TroughEnds

SingleBearingSingle bearing pedestal type trough ends areconstructed with base for mounting pillow blockbearings and shaft seal or packing gland.

DoubleBearingDouble bearing pedestal type trough ends are foruse with pillow block bearing in conjunction with aflanged bearing providing extra shaft support.

6 11⁄2 6TEO39 11⁄2 9TEO3

2 9TEO410 11⁄2 10TEO3

2 10TEO412 2 12TEO4

27⁄16 12TEO53 12TEO6

14 27⁄16 14TEO53 14TEO6

16 3 16TEO618 3 18TEO6

37⁄16 18TEO720 3 20TEO6

37⁄16 20TEO724 37⁄16 24TEO7

6 11⁄2 6TEOD39 11⁄2 9TEOD3

2 9TEOD410 11⁄2 10TEOD3

2 10TEOD412 2 12TEOD4

27⁄16 12TEOD53 12TEOD6

14 27⁄16 14TEOD53 14TEOD6

16 3 16TEOD618 3 18TEOD6

37⁄16 18TEOD720 3 20TEOD6

37⁄16 20TEOD724 37⁄16 24TEOD7

Conveyor Shaft PartDiameter Diameter Number B C D E F H J K L M N P

Slot Weight

Conveyor Shaft PartDiameter Diameter Number B C E F H K L M N R P

Slot Weight

ConsultFactory

ConsultFactory

H-67

CONV

EYOR

S

6 11⁄2 6FTEF3.* 15 6FTE3–* 13 6FTEO3–* 22 6FTDO3–** 119 11⁄2 9FTEF3–* 22 9FTE3–* 19 9FTEO3–* 31 9FTDO3–** 15

2 9FTEF4–* 27 9FTE4–* 24 9FTEO4–* 36 9FTDO4–** 2012 2 12FTEF4–* 43 12FTE4–* 36 12FTEO4–* 63 12FTDO4–** 28

27⁄16 12FTEF5–* 44 12FTE5–* 37 12FTEO5–* 64 12FTDO5–** 293 12FTEF6–* 56 12FTE6–* 49 12FTEO6–* 76 12FTDO6–** 41

14 27⁄16 14FTEF5–* 52 14FTE5–* 43 14FTEO5–* 75 14FTDO5–** 333 14FTEF6–* 64 14FTE6–* 55 14FTEO6–* 87 14FTDO6–** 45

16 3 16FTEF6–* 85 16FTE6–* 72 16FTEO6–* 125 16FTDO6–** 5618 3 18FTEF6–* 98 18FTE6–* 83 18FTEO6–* 138 18FTDO6–** 63

37⁄16 18FTEF7–* 104 18FTE7–* 89 18FTEO7–* 144 18FTDO7–** 6920 3 20FTEF6–* 133 20FTE6–* 103 20FTEO6–* 196 20FTDO6–** 75

37⁄16 20FTEF7–* 139 20FTE7–* 109 20FTEO7–* 202 20FTDO7–** 8124 37⁄16 24FTEF7–* 179 24FTE7–* 132 24FTEO7–* 250 24FTDO7–** 96

TroughEnds

6 11⁄2 165⁄8 7 55⁄8 33⁄16 23⁄16 33⁄4 11⁄2 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

9 11⁄2 211⁄4 9 77⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 33⁄4 15⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

2 211⁄4 9 77⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 37⁄8 15⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16

12 2 263⁄8 10 95⁄8 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

27⁄16 263⁄8 10 95⁄8 51⁄4 215⁄16 41⁄2 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

3 263⁄8 10 95⁄8 61⁄4 33⁄4 5 2 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

14 27⁄16 283⁄8 11 107⁄8 55⁄16 215⁄16 41⁄2 2 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

3 283⁄8 11 107⁄8 65⁄16 33⁄4 5 2 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 5⁄16 5⁄8 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 11⁄16

16 3 321⁄2 111⁄2 12 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5⁄16 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

18 3 361⁄2 121⁄8 133⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

37⁄16 361⁄2 121⁄8 133⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 55⁄8 21⁄2 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

20 3 391⁄2 131⁄2 15 63⁄8 37⁄8 5 21⁄2 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

37⁄16 391⁄2 131⁄2 15 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

24 37⁄16 451⁄2 161⁄2 181⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 20 21⁄2 41⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 13⁄16

ConveyorDiameter

ShaftDiameter A B C E F H J K M N R P

Slot

D

FrictionBearing

BallBearing

RollerBearing

Part NumberConveyorDiameter

ShaftDiameter Outside

With Feet Weight DischargeWeight WeightWeight OutsideLess Feet Outboard Bearing

Outside With Feet Outside Less Feet Outboard Bearing Discharge

Application: same as standard trough ends except for flared trough.

–*BB Ball Bearing For Bolt Pattern see Page H-42–*BR Bronze Bearing–*RB Roller Bearing–*P Less Bearing

Cons

ultFa

ctory

AAA

NNN

MF

MF

C

B

P SLOTD

DC

PSLOT

PSLOT

KK BB K

EE E

HHJJ

R

A

N B

D

K

PSLOT

E

H-68

TroughEnds

4 1 4TDI2–* 5 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 2 1⁄4 35⁄8 3⁄8 26 11⁄2 6TDI3–* 7 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 41⁄2 3⁄8 39 11⁄2 9TDI3–* 10 61⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 61⁄8 3⁄8 5

2 9TDI4–* 10 61⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 61⁄8 3⁄8 510 11⁄2 10TDI3–* 11 63⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 63⁄8 3⁄8 6

2 10TDI4–* 11 63⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 63⁄8 3⁄8 612 2 12TDI4–* 13 73⁄4 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 12

27⁄16 12TDI5–* 13 73⁄4 51⁄4 213⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 123 12TDI6–* 13 73⁄4 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 73⁄4 1⁄2 12

14 27⁄16 14TDI5–* 15 91⁄4 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 91⁄4 5⁄8 163 14TDI6–* 15 91⁄4 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 0.91⁄4 5⁄8 16

16 3 16TDI6–* 17 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5⁄16 105⁄8 5⁄8 2518 3 18TDI6–* 19 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 2 3⁄8 121⁄8 5⁄8 32

37⁄16 18TDI7–* 19 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 121⁄8 5⁄8 3220 3 20TDI16–* 21 131⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 131⁄2 5⁄8 50

37⁄16 20TDI7–* 21 131⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 131⁄2 5⁄8 5024 37⁄16 24TDI7–* 25 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 161⁄2 5⁄8 76

4 1 4TDO2.* 35⁄8 29⁄16 15⁄8 2 1⁄4 8 35⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9 ⁄16 26 11⁄2 6TDO3–* 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 93⁄4 41⁄2 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 39 11⁄2 9TDO3–* 61⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 133⁄4 61⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 5

2 9TDO4–* 61⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 133⁄4 61⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 510 11⁄2 10TDO3–* 63⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1⁄4 143⁄4 63⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 6

2 10TDO4–* 63⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 2 1⁄4 143⁄4 63⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 × 9⁄16 612 2 12TDO4–* 73⁄4 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 2 1⁄4 171⁄2 73⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 3⁄4 12

27⁄16 12TDO5–* 73⁄4 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 171⁄2 73⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 3⁄4 123 12TDO6–* 73⁄4 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 171⁄2 73⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 3⁄4 12

14 27⁄16 14TDO5–* 91⁄4 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 2 1⁄4 191⁄4 91⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 3⁄4 173 14TDO6–* 91⁄4 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 2 1⁄4 191⁄4 91⁄4 1⁄2 9⁄16 × 3⁄4 17

16 3 16TDO6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5⁄16 211⁄8 105⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 7⁄8 2618 3 18TDO6–* 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 2 3⁄8 231⁄2 121⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 7⁄8 33

37⁄16 18TDO7–* 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 2 3⁄8 231⁄2 121⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 7⁄8 3320 3 20TDO6–* 131⁄2 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 2 3⁄8 263⁄4 131⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 7⁄8 55

37⁄16 20TDO7–* 131⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 263⁄4 131⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 7⁄8 5524 37⁄16 24TDO7–* 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3⁄8 301⁄2 161⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄16 × 7⁄8 81

Conveyor Shaft PartDiameter Diameter Number

D


B E K L M N


D


A B E K M N Weight

WeightPSlot

InsideDischargeInside discharge trough ends are used to supportend bearing and will allow material to discharge oroverflow through the end of the trough. Thistrough end is used inside the trough where notrough end flanges are required. Drilling for threebolt bronze or flanged ball bearing is standard.

OutsideDischargeOutside discharge trough ends are used tosupport end bearing and will allow material todischarge or overflow through the end of thetrough. Drilling for three bolt bronze or flanged ballbearing is standard.

–*BB Ball Bearing–*BR Bronze Bearing_*RB Roller Bearing–*P Less Bearing

P Orificio

Tornillos-N

P Slot

Bolts N

Bolts N

CONV

EYOR

S

H-69

CONV

EYOR

S

TroughEnds

4 1 4CHTEF2–* 4 45⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 53⁄4 1 15⁄8 1⁄4 8 3⁄8 3⁄8 36 11⁄2 6CHTEF3–* 51⁄16 55⁄8 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1⁄4 101⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 59 11⁄2 9CHTEF3–* 65⁄8 77⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 131⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 10

2 9CHTEF4–* 65⁄8 77⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 93⁄8 11⁄2 25⁄8 1⁄4 131⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 1010 11⁄2 10CHTEF3–* 73⁄8 87⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 91⁄2 13⁄4 27⁄8 1⁄4 143⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 12

2 10CHTEF4–* 73⁄8 87⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 91⁄2 13⁄4 27⁄8 1⁄4 143⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 1212 2 12CHTEF4–* 81⁄8 95⁄8 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 161⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 22

27⁄16 12CHTEF5–* 81⁄8 95⁄8 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 161⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 223 12CHTEF6–* 81⁄8 95⁄8 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 121⁄4 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 161⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 22

14 27⁄16 14CHTEF5–* 91⁄8 107⁄8 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 181⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 243 14CHTEF6–* 91⁄8 107⁄8 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 131⁄2 15⁄8 27⁄8 1⁄4 181⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 24

16 3 16CHTEF6–* 105⁄8 12 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5⁄16 211⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 4418 3 18CHTEF6–* 121⁄8 133⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 56

37⁄16 18CHTEF7–* 121⁄8 133⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 16 2 31⁄4 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 5620 3 20CHTEF6–* 131⁄8 15 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 261⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 92

37⁄16 20CHTEF7–* 131⁄8 15 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 191⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 3⁄8 261⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 9224 37⁄16 24CHTEF7–* 151⁄8 181⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 20 21⁄2 41⁄8 3⁄8 301⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8 134

4 1 4CHTE2–* 4 23⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄4 8 3⁄8 26 11⁄2 6CHTE3–* 51⁄16 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 1⁄4 101⁄8 3⁄8 39 11⁄2 9CHTE3–* 65⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 1⁄4 131⁄4 3⁄8 6

2 9CHTE4–* 65⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 1⁄4 131⁄4 3⁄8 610 11⁄2 10CHTE3–* 73⁄8 31⁄4 23⁄16 311⁄16 1⁄4 143⁄4 3⁄8 7

2 10CHTE4–* 73⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄2 313⁄16 1⁄4 143⁄4 3⁄8 712 2 12CHTE4–* 81⁄8 41⁄4 29⁄16 37⁄8 1⁄4 161⁄4 1⁄2 13

27⁄16 12CHTE5–* 81⁄8 51⁄4 215⁄16 47⁄16 1⁄4 161⁄4 1⁄2 133 12CHTE6–* 81⁄8 61⁄4 33⁄4 415⁄16 1⁄4 161⁄4 1⁄2 13

14 27⁄16 14CHTE5–* 91⁄8 55⁄16 215⁄16 47⁄16 1⁄4 181⁄4 1⁄2 193 14CHTE6–* 91⁄8 65⁄16 33⁄4 415⁄16 1⁄4 181⁄4 1⁄2 19

16 3 16CHTE6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 5⁄16 211⁄4 5⁄8 2918 3 18CHTE6–* 121⁄8 63⁄8 313⁄16 5 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 39

37⁄16 18CHTE7–* 121⁄8 73⁄8 45⁄16 59⁄16 3⁄8 241⁄4 5⁄8 3920 3 20CHTE6–* 131⁄8 63⁄8 37⁄8 51⁄16 3⁄8 261⁄4 5⁄8 63

37⁄16 20CHTE7–* 131⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 3⁄8 261⁄4 5⁄8 6324 37⁄16 24CHTE7–* 151⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 3⁄8 301⁄4 5⁄8 87


D


B K L N Weight


D


B C F H J K L M N Weight

–*BB Ball Bearing –*BR Bronze Bearing For Bolt Pattern see Page H-43–*RB Roller Bearing

OutsidewithFeetOutside tubular trough ends with feet are used tosupport end bearing where trough support isrequired. Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ballbearing is standard.

OutsideOutside tubular trough ends less feet are used tosupport end bearings on tubular trough where nofoot or support is required. Drilling for bronze orflanged ball bearing is standard.

Bolts - N

Bolts - N

Bolts - M

H-70

CONVEYORS

FlangeFootTrough feet are used to support trough at troughconnections.

SaddleTrough saddles are used to support trough whereflange feet cannot be used at connections.

TroughEndFlanges

Size Part No.

A A

Trough Thickness B K L N Weight

Thru 10 Ga. 3⁄16 & 1⁄4

Red RubberGasket

Part No.

*Holes for Bolt M Slotted

Saddles—FeetTroughEndFlanges

*–10 used for troughs through 10 ga., –3 used for troughs 3⁄16 and 1⁄4 thick.**Subtract 1/8 when using plate trough.*** For White Rubber Gasket Add WN

Bolt NBolt M

E1/4"

JH

GF NN

PC SR

45° TYP. K

K

(2) M 0 HOLESSLOTTED TO FRONT

4 4TS 4CHTFF 4TFF 1.5 1 1.56 6TS 6CHTFF 6TFF 2.0 2 2.09 9TS 9CHTFF 9TFF 4.5 4.5 4.5

10 10TS 10CHTFF 10TFF 5.0 4.5 5.012 12TS 12CHTFF 12TFF 6.0 5 6.014 14TS 14CHTFF 14TFF 7.0 7 7.016 16TS 16CHTFF 16TFF 8.0 8 7.518 18TS 18CHTFF 18TFF 10 10 9.520 20TS 20CHTFF 20TFF 13 11 12.5124 24TS 24CHTFF 24TFF 15 12 14.5

4 45⁄8 13⁄16 53⁄4 73⁄8 1 15⁄8 3⁄16 1⁄2 3⁄86 55⁄8 13⁄16 81⁄8 10 11⁄4 2 3⁄16 1⁄2 3⁄89 77⁄8 11⁄2 93⁄8 12 11⁄2 25⁄8 3⁄16 1⁄2 3⁄810 87⁄8 11⁄2 91⁄2 123⁄8 13⁄4 27⁄8 3⁄16 1⁄2 3⁄812 95⁄8 11⁄2 121⁄4 15 15⁄8 23⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄214 107⁄8 13⁄4 131⁄2 161⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄216 12 13⁄4 147⁄8 18 2 31⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄818 133⁄8 13⁄4 16 191⁄8 2 31⁄4 1⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄820 15 21⁄4 191⁄4 223⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄824 181⁄8 21⁄4 20 24 21⁄4 4 1⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄8

Part Number Weight

Saddle Tubular Flange Foot Saddle Tubular Flange Foot

ConveyorDiameter

ConveyorC E F G H J K M* NDiameter

4 4TF* 51⁄4 53⁄8 33⁄8 1⁄4 11⁄4 3⁄8 .09 4TFG6 6TF* 71⁄4 73⁄8 41⁄4 1⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄8 1.5 6TFG9 9TF* 101⁄4 101⁄2 57⁄8 1⁄4 13⁄4 3⁄8 2.4 9TFG

10 10TF* 111⁄4 111⁄2 61⁄8 1⁄4 13⁄4 3⁄8 2.6 10TFG12 12TF* 131⁄4 131⁄2 71⁄2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 5.6 12TFG14 14TF* 151⁄4 151⁄2 9 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 6.5 14TFG16 16TF* 171⁄4 171⁄2 103⁄8 1⁄4 2 5⁄8 7.4 16TFG18 18TF* 191⁄4 191⁄2 1113⁄16 1⁄4 21⁄2 5⁄8 10.2 18TFG20 20TF* 211⁄4 211⁄2 133⁄16 1⁄4 21⁄2 5⁄8 11.3 20TFG24 24TF* 251⁄4 251⁄2 161⁄2 1⁄4 21⁄2 5⁄8 15.5 24TFG

EndBearings

H-71

CONV

EYOR

S

Ball BearingFlange Unit

Roller BearingFlange Unit

Bronze Sleeve BearingFlange Unit

Ball BearingPillow Block

Roller BearingPillow Block

Mounted on troughend plate.

Mounted on pedestalof outboard bearing

trough end.

FLAN

GEUN

ITS

PILLOW

BLOC

KS

KEEP THE HOUSING REPLACE THE INSERT.

TROUGH END BEARING HOUSINGSMartin Split Bearing Housings utilize Martin Style 220 Hanger Bearings.

TEBH- Split Bearing Housings will help cut down on a plant’s

repair parts inventory, as well as the cost of the bearing. The

rugged cast iron housing is not subject to wear, only the Style

220 Hanger bearing insert needs to be replaced.

The housings match CEMA standard ball bearing bolt pattern,

so they can be used with most seals.

Split bearing housings are stocked in all Martin stocking

facilities. Call your Martin distributor for more information.

H-72

CONVEYORS

EndBearings

Ball BearingFlangeUnit

RollerBearingFlangeUnit

Ball BearingDischargeUnit

TroughEndBearingHousing

Ball BearingPillowBlock

RollerBearingPillowBlock

1 TEB2BR 23⁄4 33⁄4 2 7⁄16 3⁄811⁄2 TEB3BR 4 53⁄8 31⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄22 TEB4BR 51⁄8 61⁄2 43⁄16 7⁄8 5⁄827⁄16 TEB5BR 55⁄8 73⁄8 415⁄16 1 5⁄83 TEB6BR 6 73⁄4 511⁄16 11⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TEB7BR 63⁄4 91⁄4 61⁄4 11⁄4 3⁄4

Bore Part Number C D E G N Bore Part Number E G H J K L M N

Bore Part Number E G N R S T U W

Bore Part Number E G N R S T U W X

Bore Part Number E G H J K L M N

Bore Part Number C D E G N Bore Part Number C D E G N

Bore Part Number C D E G N

1 TDB2BB 13⁄8 1⁄2 37⁄8 53⁄8 115⁄16 211⁄16 2 3⁄811⁄2 TDB3BB 2 9⁄16 55⁄8 71⁄4 213⁄16 35⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄22 TDB4BB 21⁄8 5⁄8 71⁄4 8 35⁄8 4 3 5⁄827⁄16 TDB5BB 21⁄2 11⁄16 8 97⁄8 4 415⁄16 31⁄2 5⁄83 TDB6BB 31⁄2 7⁄8 81⁄2 11 41⁄4 51⁄2 4 3⁄437⁄16 TDB7BB 4 1 91⁄2 12 43⁄4 6 41⁄2 3⁄4

11⁄2 TPB3R 33⁄8 11⁄4 1⁄2 61⁄4 77⁄8 23⁄8 41⁄4 21⁄82 TPB4R 31⁄2 13⁄8 5⁄8 7 87⁄8 21⁄2 41⁄2 21⁄427⁄16 TPB5R 4 15⁄8 5⁄8 81⁄2 101⁄2 27⁄8 51⁄2 23⁄43 TPB6R 41⁄2 17⁄8 3⁄4 91⁄2 12 31⁄8 61⁄4 31⁄837⁄16 TPB7R 5 21⁄4 7⁄8 11 14 35⁄8 71⁄2 33⁄4

1 TPB2BB 49⁄64 37⁄64 3⁄8 41⁄8 51⁄2 113⁄32 225⁄32 17⁄16 13⁄16

11⁄2 TPB3BB 13⁄32 15⁄16 1⁄2 51⁄2 71⁄4 115⁄16 43⁄16 21⁄8 111⁄16

2 TPB4BB 15⁄32 3⁄4 5⁄8 63⁄8 81⁄8 21⁄4 417⁄32 21⁄4 13⁄42 7⁄16 TPB5BB 15⁄16 7⁄8 5⁄8 73⁄8 91⁄2 23⁄8 513⁄32 23⁄4 163⁄64

3 TPB6BB 11⁄2 11⁄4 7⁄8 9 113⁄4 3 631⁄32 31⁄2 211⁄32

3 7⁄16 TPB7BB 19⁄16 15⁄16 7⁄8 11 14 33⁄8 8 4 231⁄64

1 TDB2BR 2 1⁄2 37⁄8 53⁄8 115⁄16 211⁄16 1 3⁄811⁄2 TDB3BR 31⁄4 9⁄16 55⁄8 71⁄4 213⁄16 35⁄8 11⁄4 1⁄22 TDB4BR 43⁄16 5⁄8 71⁄4 8 35⁄8 4 15⁄8 5⁄827⁄16 TDB5BR 415⁄16 11⁄16 8 97⁄8 4 415⁄16 17⁄8 5⁄83 TDB6BR 511⁄16 7⁄8 81⁄2 11 41⁄4 51⁄2 21⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TDB7BR 61⁄4 1 91⁄2 12 43⁄4 6 21⁄2 3⁄4

1 TEB2BB 23⁄4 33⁄4 13⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄811⁄2 TEB3BB 4 51⁄8 2 9⁄16 1⁄22 TEB4BB 51⁄8 61⁄2 23⁄8 11⁄16 5⁄827⁄16 TEB5BB 55⁄8 7 21⁄2 11⁄16 5⁄83 TEB6BB 6 73⁄4 31⁄2 7⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TEB7BB 63⁄4 87⁄16 4 1 3⁄4

11⁄2 TEBH3 4 51⁄4 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄22 TEBH4 51⁄8 63⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄2 5⁄827⁄16 TEBH5 55⁄8 67⁄8 39⁄16 9⁄16 5⁄83 TEBH6 6 73⁄4 35⁄8 5⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TEBH7 63⁄4 91⁄4 43⁄4 3⁄4 3⁄4

11⁄2 TEB3R 41⁄8 53⁄8 31⁄2 13⁄16 1⁄22 TEB4R 43⁄8 55⁄8 35⁄8 13⁄16 1⁄227⁄16 TEB5R 53⁄8 67⁄8 43⁄16 11⁄2 5⁄83 TEB6R 6 73⁄4 411⁄16 15⁄8 3⁄437⁄16 TEB7R 7 91⁄4 51⁄4 17⁄8 3⁄4

N

RS

W

T

G

E

U

Use #220 Type Hanger Bearings, See Page H-92.

N

HJ

K L

G

M

E

Bolts N

N

C

C

D

D

GE

Bolts N

BOLTS N

R

S

GW

T

U

EX

CD

C D

GE

C

C

D

ND

EG

C

C

D

D EG

N

N

HJ

K L

GE

M

Bolts N

Bolts N

Bolts N

Bolts N

BronzeDischargeUnit

BronzeFlangeUnit

Bolts N

H-73

CONV

EYOR

S

ThrustBearings

TYPE ETHRUSTBEARINGS

Most common and economical thrust unitwhen a screw conveyor type drive is notbeing used.

TYPE HTHRUSTBEARINGS

For heavy duty thrust requirements.

BRONZEWASHER Light duty applications only.

Used inside the trough and when screwused in compression.

H-74

CONVEYORS

ThrustBearings

11⁄2 CT3D CT3E 53⁄8 43⁄4 3⁄4 41⁄8 4 111⁄16 1⁄2 11⁄4 4 22 202 CT4D CT4E 55⁄8 5 3⁄4 43⁄8 41⁄8 111⁄16 1⁄2 11⁄4 41⁄2 32 2927⁄16 CT5D CT5E 67⁄8 51⁄2 3⁄4 53⁄8 411⁄16 2 5⁄8 113⁄16 5 50 443 CT6D CT6E 73⁄4 61⁄2 3⁄4 6 53⁄16 21⁄8 3⁄4 17⁄8 6 73 6037⁄16 CT7D CT7E 91⁄4 71⁄2 3⁄4 7 6 25⁄8 3⁄4 23⁄8 7 111 88

11⁄2 CTH3D 60 CTH3E 52 41⁄2 1⁄4 63⁄4 11⁄8 47⁄8 1 3 7⁄8 1⁄8 71⁄4 53⁄4 13⁄16 3⁄8 × 41⁄4 3⁄4 21⁄2 43⁄42 CTH4D 65 CTH4E 56 41⁄2 1⁄4 63⁄4 11⁄8 47⁄8 1 3 7⁄8 1⁄8 71⁄4 53⁄4 13⁄16 1⁄2 × 41⁄4 3⁄4 21⁄2 43⁄427⁄16 CTH5D 80 CTH5E 66 59⁄16 5⁄16 61⁄4 11⁄4 57⁄16 11⁄2 3 15⁄16 9⁄16 8 61⁄4 11⁄2 5⁄8 × 51⁄4 3⁄4 3 51⁄23 CTH6D 145 CTH6E 119 61⁄8 1⁄4 81⁄4 11⁄2 53⁄8 13⁄8 3 1 3⁄8 10 8 13⁄4 3⁄4 × 53⁄4 1 31⁄2 637⁄16 CTH7D 170 CTH7E 140 71⁄8 3⁄8 81⁄4 11⁄2 75⁄8 23⁄8 4 11⁄4 7⁄8 10 8 13⁄4 7⁄8 × 63⁄4 1 31⁄2 6

A Part Number D Weight

DriveShaft

EndShaft

DriveShaft

EndShaft

DriveShaft

EndShaft

ShaftDiameter

B E G H N T V

ShaftDia.

A B O

C D E F G H J K L M P R S

With DriveShaft

With TailShaft

Part No. Weight Weight

DriveShaft

EndShaftPart No.

Keyway

11⁄2 CTCW3 2.4 CTW3 1 11⁄4 11⁄42 CTCW4 2.8 CTW4 1.25 17⁄16 13⁄427⁄16 CTCW5 3.9 CTW5 1.5 11⁄2 21⁄83 CTCW6 4.6 CTW6 2 11⁄2 23⁄437⁄16 CTCW7 6.1 CTW7 3 15⁄8 31⁄4

B CA

SizeShaft

Washers & CollarStyle A

Washer SetStyle B

Part No. Weight WeightPart No.

Other shaft sizes available are 315⁄16″, 47⁄16″ & 415⁄16″. Please consult factory.

ThrustWashers

HeavyDutyRB EndThrustBearings

TypeEThrustAssemblyType E roller thrust bearings are designedto carry thrust in both directions and carryradial load under normal conditions. Thisdouble roller bearing is furnished with a liptype seal plate and either drive or tail shaftwhichever is applicable to conveyordesign.

Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds

Thrust washers are designed for use wherelight thrust loads prevail. Style A or B mountingmay be used depending on direction of thrust.This unit consists of two steel washers sepa-rated by one bronze washer, and Style B is notrecommended for use in conveyors handlingabrasive materials.

Bolts N

THRUST

THRUST

STYLE - A

THRUST

STYLE - B

P∅ x R. Lg. Bolts(4) Reqʼd

O Keyway THRUST

H

H-75

CONV

EYOR

S

LanternRing

Shaft Seals

WASTEPACKSEAL

Waste pack seals can be furnished with waste packing or in combi-nation with lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between thetrough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestaltype trough ends. An opening is provided at top for repackingwithout removing seal from trough end. Can be used with flangedball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings.

PRODUCTDROP OUTSEAL

This flange type dust seal is designed for insertion between troughend and flanged ball bearing. The cast iron housing is open on allfour sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricantfrom bearing.

PLATESEAL

Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. It is normal-ly furnished with a lip seal. This type seal is normally installedbetween the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately onpedestal type trough ends. Can be used with flanged ball, roller orother standard 4-bolt bearings.

SPLITGLANDSEAL

Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacementand adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal ofthe conveyor. These seals can be installed inside or outside the endplates.

COMPRESSIONTYPE PACKINGGLAND SEAL

Flanged packing gland seals consist of an external housing andan internal gland which is forced into the housing to compressthe packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may beused where minor pressure requirements are desired.

AIRPURGEDSEAL

Air purge shaft seals are arranged for attaching to standard or spe-cial trough ends. A constant air pressure is maintained to preventmaterial from escaping from the trough along the shaft. The airpurge seal is desirable for sealing highly abrasive materials. May bepurged with grease or water.

MartinSUPERPACK SEAL

Martin Super Pack Seal combines the heavy duty waste pack hous-ing with the superior sealing characteristics of a Super Pack Seal.Seal may also be air or grease purged for difficult sealing applica-tions.

H-76

Shaft Seals

11⁄2 PGC3 51⁄4 4 1⁄2 142 PGC4 71⁄8 51⁄8 5⁄8 1827⁄16 PGC5 75⁄8 55⁄8 5⁄8 213 PGC6 81⁄2 6 3⁄4 2737⁄16 PGC7 91⁄4 63⁄4 3⁄4 30

11⁄2 CSS3 43⁄4 23⁄16 17⁄16 21⁄2 57⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄2 52 CSS4 61⁄4 25⁄8 11⁄2 21⁄2 61⁄2 7⁄8 1⁄2 10

27⁄16 CSS5 67⁄8 31⁄16 15⁄8 31⁄4 75⁄8 1 5⁄8 153 CSS6 71⁄2 39⁄16 15⁄8 31⁄4 85⁄8 1 5⁄8 22

37⁄16 CSS7 83⁄4 41⁄8 21⁄8 33⁄4 101⁄4 11⁄4 3⁄4 30

1 CSFP2 1.75 21⁄8 23⁄4 11⁄16 3⁄811⁄2 CSFP3 3.4 257⁄64 4 7⁄8 1⁄22 CSFP4 5.3 33⁄16 51⁄8 7⁄8 5⁄8

27⁄16 CSFP5 5.8 39⁄16 55⁄8 7⁄8 5⁄83 CSFP6 7.2 43⁄8 6 7⁄8 3⁄4

37⁄16 CSFP7 10.3 431⁄32 63⁄4 1 3⁄4

CompressionTypePackingGlandSeal

SplitGlandSeal

FlangedProductDrop-OutSeal

A

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber

B E H

BoltsWeight

A

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber

C D E F G H N Weight

A

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber

Weight B1

C E D

Flanged gland seals consist of an externalhousing and an internal gland which is forcedinto the housing to compress the packing. Thisis the most positive type shaft seal and may beused where pressure requirements are de-sired.

Split gland compression type seals provide foreasy replacement and adjustment of packingpressure on the shaft without removal of theconveyor. These seals are normally installedinside the end plates.

This flange type dust seal is designed for inser-tion between trough end and flanged bearing.The cast iron housing is open on all four sidesfor exit of material that might work past seal orlubricant from bearing.

Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds

*Braided rope graphite packing is standard. Other types available on request.

PACKING

Bolts N

D = SIZEOF BOLT

OPEN

BALL

CONV

EYOR

S

A

L

A

L

H-77

CONV

EYOR

S

Shaft Seals

WastePackSeal

PlateSeal

11⁄2 CSW3 53⁄8 13⁄4 4 41⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 62 CSW4 61⁄2 13⁄4 51⁄8 43⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 827⁄16 CSW5 73⁄8 13⁄4 55⁄8 53⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 103 CSW6 73⁄4 13⁄4 6 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 1337⁄16 CSW7 91⁄4 21⁄4 63⁄4 7 3⁄4 3⁄4 16

AShaft

PartNumber B L Weight

E H Bolts

(–B) (–R) (–B) (–R)

AShaft Diameter

PartNumber B C Weight

E H Bolts

(–B) (–R) (–B) (–R)

Waste pack seals are furnished with wastepacking in combination with lip seal. Thistype seal is normally installed between thetrough end and bearing, but may be usedsepartely on pedestal type trough ends. Anopening is provided at top for repackingwithout removing seal from trough end.

11⁄2 CSP3 53⁄8 1⁄2 4 41⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 22 CSP4 61⁄2 1⁄2 51⁄8 43⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 327⁄16 CSP5 73⁄8 1⁄2 55⁄8 53⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 43 CSP6 73⁄4 1⁄2 6 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 537⁄16 CSP7 91⁄4 3⁄4 63⁄4 7 3⁄4 3⁄4 8

Plate seals are the most common and eco-nomical seal. They are furnished with a lipseal. This type seal is normally installedbetween the trough end and bearing, but maybe used separately on pedestal type troughends. Slotted mounting holes allow use withboth ball and roller flanged bearings.

With Lip Seal

SuperPackSeal

11⁄2 MSP3 53⁄8 13⁄4 4 41⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 62 MSP4 61⁄2 13⁄4 51⁄8 43⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 827⁄16 MSP5 73⁄8 13⁄4 55⁄8 53⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 103 MSP6 73⁄4 13⁄4 6 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 1337⁄16 MSP7 91⁄4 21⁄4 63⁄4 7 3⁄4 3⁄4 16

AShaft

PartNumber B L Weight

E H Bolts

(–B) (–R) (–B) (–R)Martin Super Pack Seal combines theheavy duty waste pack housing with thesuperior sealing characteristics of a SuperPack Seal. Seal may also be air or greasepurged for difficult sealing applications.

With Super Pack Seal

C

A

H-78

CONVEYORS

ConveyorScrews

Flight pitch is reduced to 2/3diameter. Recommended forinclined or vertical applica-tions. Used in screw feeders.Shorter pitch reduces flush-ing of materials which flu-idize.

STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Conveyor screws with pitchequal to screw diameter areconsidered standard. Theyare suitable for a wholerange of materials in mostconventional applications.

TAPERED, STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHTScrew flights increasefrom 2/3 to full diameter.Used in screw feeders toprovide uniform with-drawal of lumpy materials.Generally equivalent toand more economical thanvariable pitch.

SHORT PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT SINGLE CUT-FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

Screws are notched at regu-lar intervals at outer edge.Affords mixing action andagitation of material in tran-sit. Useful for moving mate-rials which tend to pack.

HALF PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Similar to short pitchexcept pitch is reduced to1/2 standard pitch. Usefulfor inclined applications,for screw feeders and forhandling extremely fluidmaterials.

Folded flight segments liftand spill the material.Partially retarded flow pro-vides thorough mixingaction. Excellent for heat-ing, cooling or aeratinglight substances.

END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW

An end disc is the same diameter as thescrew and is welded flush with the end ofthe pipe shaft at its discharge end and, ofcourse, rotates with the screw. The enddisc helps to keep discharging materialaway from the trough end seal.

Price on Application

SINGLE FLIGHT RIBBON

Excellent for conveyingsticky or viscous materi-als. Open space betweenflighting and pipe eliminatecollection and build-upof material.

VARIABLE PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHTFlights have increasingpitch and are used in screwfeeders to provide uniformwithdrawal of fine, freeflowing materials over thefull length of the inlet open-ing.Price on Application

STANDARD PITCH WITH PADDLESAdjustable paddles posi-tioned between screwflights opposed flow toprovide gentle but thor-ough mixing action.

DOUBLE FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCHDouble flight, standardpitch screws providesmooth regular materialflow and uniform move-ment of certain types ormaterials.

PADDLE

Adjustable paddles providecomplete mixing action,and controlled materialflow.



D

CUT & FOLDED FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

H-79

ConveyorScrews

4 4H206 4X 1 13⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32

6 6H304 6 Standard 11⁄2 2 1⁄8 1⁄16

6H308 6 X 11⁄2 2 1⁄4 1⁄8 6S309 11⁄2 2 10 ga.6H312 6 XX 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄16 6S312 11⁄2 2 3⁄16 in.

9 9H306 9 Standard 11⁄2 2 3⁄16 3⁄32 9S307 11⁄2 2 12 ga.9H406 9 Special 2 21⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄32 9S407 2 21⁄2 12 ga.9H312 9 X 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄16 9S312 11⁄2 2 3⁄16 in.9H412 9 XX 2 21⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16 9S412 2 21⁄2 3⁄16 in.9H414 — 2 21⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 9S416 2 21⁄2 1⁄4 in.

10 10H306 10 Standard 11⁄2 2 3⁄16 3⁄32 10S309 11⁄2 2 10 ga.10H412 10 XX 2 21⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16 10S412 2 21⁄2 3⁄16 in.

12 12H408 12 Standard 2 21⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 12S409 2 21⁄2 10 ga.12H508 12 Special 27⁄16 3 1⁄4 1⁄8 12S509 27⁄16 3 10 ga.12H412 12 X 2 21⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16 12S412 2 21⁄2 3⁄16 in.12H512 12 XX 27⁄16 3 3⁄8 3⁄16 12S512 27⁄16 3 3⁄16 in.12H614 — 3 31⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 12S616 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 in.

14 14H508 14 Standard 27⁄16 3 1⁄4 1⁄8 14S509 27⁄16 3 10 ga.14H614 14 XX 3 31⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 14S616 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 in.

16 16H610 16 Standard 3 31⁄2 5⁄16 5⁄32 16S609 3 31⁄2 10 ga.16H614 — 3 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 16S616 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 in.

Helicoid Flight Sectional Flight

ConveyorScrewSize

Designation�

CouplingDiameter,Inches

NominalInside

Diameterof Pipe,Inches

Thicknessof Flight

ConveyorScrewSize

Designation�

FormerDesignation

CouplingDiameter,Inches

NominalInside

Diameterof Pipe,Inches

Thickness ofFlight, Inches

ScrewDiameter,Inches

InnerEdge

OuterEdge

� Size designation: Examples: 12H412 and 12S412.12 = screw diameter in inchesH = helicoid flightS = sectional flight4 = 2 times 2″ coupling diameter

12 = thickness of flight at periphery in increments of 1⁄64″

Helicoid Flight Sectional Flight

Helicoid flights are formed in a special rolling machine byforming a steel strip into a continuous one-piece helix of thedesired diameter, pitch and thickness to fit conveyor screwpipes. The helicoid flight is tapered in cross section, with thethickness at the inner edge approximately twice the thicknessof the outer edge.

Sectional flights are individual flights or turns blankedfrom steel plates and formed into a spiral or helix of thedesired diameter and pitch to fit conveyor screw pipes. Theflights are butt welded together to form a continuous conveyorscrew. Modifications can be furnished, such as, fabricationfrom various metals, different flight thicknesses, other diame-ters and pitches. The buttweld flight is the same thickness inthe full cross section.

Key toConveyorSizeDesignationThe letter “H” indicates screw conveyor with helicoid flighting. The figures to the left of the letters indicate the nominal outside diam-eter of the conveyor in inches. The first figure following the letters is twice the diameter of the couplings in inches. The last two fig-ures indicate the nominal thickness of flighting at the outer edge in 1⁄64″. Thus conveyor 12H408 indicates 12″ diameter helicoidconveyor for 2″ couplings with flighting 8⁄64″ or 1⁄8″ thickness at outer edge. Hand of conveyor is indicated by “R” or “L” following thedesignation.

Comparison Table • helicoid flight and sectional flight conveyor screws

CONVEYORS

H-80

CONVEYORS

ConveyorScrews(Helicoid)

Helicoid Conveyor Screw Flighting

4 1 4H206–* 4HF206–* 13⁄8 15⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 11⁄2 9-101⁄2 40 4 16 1.36 11⁄2 6H304–* 6HF304–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄8 1⁄16 2 9-10 52 5 14 1.4

11⁄2 6H308–* 6HF308–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄8 2 9-10 62 6 28 2.811⁄2 6H312–* 6HF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 72 7 42 4.3

9 11⁄2 9H306–* 9HF306–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 9-10 70 7 31 3.211⁄2 9H312–* 9HF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 101 10 65 6.12 9H406–* 9HF406–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 9-10 91 9 30 3.02 9H412–* 9HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 121 12 60 6.62 9H414–* 9HF414–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 7⁄16 7⁄32 2 9-10 131 13 70 6.3

10 11⁄2 10H306–* 10HF306–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 9-10 81 8 48 4.92 10H412–* 10HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 130 13 76 7.7

12 2 12H408–* 12HF408–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄8 2 11-10 140 12 67 5.72 12H412–* 12HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 11-10 180 15 102 8.627⁄16 12H508–* 12HF508–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 3 11-9 168 14 64 5.427⁄16 12H512–* 12HF512–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16 3 11-9 198 17 96 8.23 12H614–* 12HF614–* 31⁄2 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 11-9 220 18 112 9.3

14 27⁄16 14H508–* 14HF508–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 3 11-9 170 14 84 7.13 14H614–* 14HF614–* 31⁄2 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 11-9 254 22 132 11.2

16 3 16H610–* 16HF610–* 31⁄2 4 5⁄16 5⁄32 3 11-9 228 19 120 10.0� 3 16H614–* 16HF614–* 4 41⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 11-9 285 24 154 11.7

18 � 3 18H610–* 18HF610–* 31⁄2 4 5⁄16 5⁄32 3 11-9 282 24 167 13.9

A

ScrewDiameter

CouplingDiameter

CouplingBearingLength

StandardLength

Feet-Inches

SizePart No.ConveyorMounted

SizePart No.FlightingOnly

B DPipe Size

FlightThickness

H Average Weight

Complete Screw Flighting Only

F

Inside Outside

NominalInside Outside

G StandardLength

PerFoot

StandardLength

PerFoot

–* R For Right Hand–* L For Left Hand� Offered only in full pitch helicoid flighting.

Length Length

6 11⁄2 6S312–* 6SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 75 7.5 1.7 2.011⁄2 6S316–* 6SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 90 8.0 2.2 2.0

9 11⁄2 9S312–* 9SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 95 9.5 4.3 1.3311⁄2 9S316–* 9SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 130 13.0 5.5 1.3311⁄2 9S324–* 9SF324–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄8 2 9-10 160 16.0 7.9 1.332 9S412–* 9SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 115 11.5 4.3 1.332 9S416–* 9SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 130 13.0 5.5 1.332 9S424–* 9SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 2 9-10 160 16.0 7.9 1.33

10 11⁄2 10S312–* 10SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 120 12.0 5.0 1.211⁄2 10S316–* 10SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 135 13.5 6.7 1.211⁄2 10S324–* 10SF324–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄8 2 9-10 165 16.5 8.7 1.22 10S412–* 10SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 2 9-10 120 12.0 5.0 1.22 10S416–* 10SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 2 9-10 135 13.5 6.7 1.22 10S424–* 10SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 2 9-10 165 16.5 8.7 1.2

12 2 12S412–* 12SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 2 11-10 156 13.0 7.2 1.02 12S416–* 12SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 2 11-10 204 17.0 9.7 1.02 12S424–* 12SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 2 11-10 268 22.3 12.7 1.027⁄16 12S509–* 12SF509–* 3 31⁄2 10 Ga. 3 11-9 160 14.0 5.7 1.027⁄16 12S512–* 12SF512–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄16 3 11-9 178 14.8 7.2 1.027⁄16 12S516–* 12SF516–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 3 11-9 210 17.5 9.7 1.027⁄16 12S524–* 12SF524–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 3 11-9 274 22.5 12.7 1.03 12S612–* 12SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 198 16.5 7.2 1.03 12S616–* 12SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 216 18.0 9.7 1.03 12S624–* 12SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 280 24.0 12.7 1.0

A

ScrewDiameter

---CouplingDiameter


StandardLength

Feet-Inches

SizePart No.MountedConveyor


B Pipe Size

FlightThickness

HF Average Weight

DNominalInside Outside

StandardLength

PerFoot

FlightEach

Approx.FlightsPer Foot

H-81

CONV

EYOR

S

ConveyorScrews(Sectional)

Sectional Conveyor Screw Flight

–* R For Right Hand–* L For Left Hand

Length

H-82

CONVEYORS

ConveyorScrews(Sectional)

14 27⁄16 14S512–* 14SF512–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄16 3 11-9 214 18.0 9.9 .8627⁄16 14S516–* 14SF516–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 3 11-9 240 20.0 13.2 .8627⁄16 14S524–* 14SF524–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 3 11-9 330 27.5 19.8 .863 14S612–* 14SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 222 19.0 9.9 .863 14S616–* 14SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 246 21.0 13.2 .863 14S624–* 14SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 342 29.0 19.8 .86

16 3 16S612–* 16SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 234 20.0 14.0 .753 16S616–* 16SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 282 24.0 18.0 .753 16S624–* 16SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 365 31.0 25.5 .753 16S632–* 16SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄2 3 11-9 402 33.5 36.0 .75

18 3 18S612–* 18SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 246 21.0 18.0 .673 18S616–* 18SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 294 25.0 24.0 .673 18S624–* 18SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 425 36.0 34.5 .673 18S632–* 18SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄2 3 11-9 530 44.0 46.0 .6737⁄16 18S712–* 18SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄16 4 11-8 293 24.4 18.0 .6737⁄16 18S716–* 18SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄4 4 11-8 345 28.8 24.0 .6737⁄16 18S724–* 18SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 4 11-8 470 39.2 34.5 .6737⁄16 18S732–* 18SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄2 4 11-8 570 47.5 46.0 .67

20 3 20S612–* 20SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 11-9 300 26.0 20.0 .603 20S616–* 20SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 3 11-9 360 31.0 28.0 .603 20S624–* 20SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 11-9 410 33.4 40.0 .603 20S632–* 20SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄2 3 11-9 506 42.2 56.0 .6037⁄16 20S712–* 20SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄16 4 11-8 310 27.0 20.0 .6037⁄16 20S716–* 20SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄4 4 11-8 370 32.0 28.0 .6037⁄16 20S724–* 20SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 4 11-8 475 40.0 40.0 .6037⁄16 20S732–* 20SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄2 4 11-8 525 45.0 56.0 .60

24 37⁄16 24S712–* 24SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄16 4 11-8 440 37.0 32.0 .5037⁄16 24S716–* 24SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄4 4 11-8 510 43.0 42.0 .5037⁄16 24S724–* 24SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 4 11-8 595 50.0 63.0 .5037⁄16 24S732–* 24SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1⁄2 4 11-8 690 60.0 84.0 .50

A

ScrewDiameter

CouplingDiameter


StandardLength

Feet-Inches



B Pipe Size

FlightThickness

HF Average Weight

D

Inside Outside

StandardLength

PerFoot

FlightEach

Approx.FlightsPer Foot


Sectional Conveyor Screw Flight

Length

H-83

CONV

EYOR

S

ConveyorScrews(Ribbon)

6 11⁄2 6R312–* 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 1 2 9-10 65 6.59 11⁄2 9R316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 11⁄2 2 9-10 100 1010 11⁄2 10R316–* 2 23⁄8 1⁄4 11⁄2 2 9-10 110 1112 2 12R416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 2 2 11-10 180 15

2 12R424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 21⁄2 2 11-10 216 1927⁄16 12R524–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 240 21

14 27⁄16 14R516–* 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 21⁄2 3 11-9 228 1927⁄16 14R524–* 3 31⁄2 3⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 264 223 14R624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 288 25

16 3 16R616–* 31⁄2 4 1⁄4 21⁄2 3 11-9 276 243 16R624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 324 28

18 3 18R624–* 31⁄2 4 3⁄8 3 3 11-9 384 3320 37⁄16 20R724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 3 4 11-8 408 3524 37⁄16 24R724–* 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 3 4 11-8 424 36

A

ScrewDiameter

CouplingDiameter

HCouplingBearingLength

StandardLength

Feet-Inches


BPipe Size

FThickness

GWidth

Flight Size Weight

Complete Screw

Inside OutsidePerFoot

StandardLength

Post Integral (Int)Leg

Ribbon Conveyor Screw

Ribbon flight conveyor screws consist of sec-tional flights, buttwelded together to form a con-tinuous helix. Flights are secured to the pipe bysupporting legs. Both ends of the pipe are pre-pared with internal collars and drilling to acceptcouplings, drive shafts, and end shafts. They areused to convey sticky, gummy, or viscous sub-stances, or where the material tends to adhereto flighting and pipe.


Length

H-84

CONVEYORS

ConveyorScrews

6 6HQ304–* 11⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 1⁄8 1⁄16 2 52 56HQ308–* 1⁄4 1⁄8 2 62 66HQ312–* 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 72 7

9 9HQ306–* 11⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 70 79HQ312–* 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 101 109HQ406–* 2 9′-10 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 91 99HQ412–* 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 121 129HQ414–* 7⁄16 7⁄32 2 131 13

10 10HQ306–* 11⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 3⁄16 3⁄32 2 81 810HQ412–* 2 9′-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 130 13

12 12HQ408–* 2 11′-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄8 2 140 1212HQ412–* 3⁄8 3⁄16 2 180 1512HQ508–* 27⁄16 11′-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 3 168 1412HQ512–* 3⁄8 3⁄16 3 198 1712HQ614–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 220 18

14 14HQ508–* 27⁄16 11′-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄8 3 170 1414HQ614–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 254 22

16 16HQ610–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 5⁄16 5⁄32 3 228 1916HQ614–* 3 11′-9 6QDC4 4 41⁄2 7⁄16 7⁄32 3 285 23.8

A

NominalConveyorDiameter

CouplingDiameter

CapPart

Number


FlightThicknessFt.-In.Size

Part No.MountedConveyor

B C D HStandard-LengthFeet-Inches

End to Endof Pipe

Pipe Size

Inside Outside FInside

GOutside

AverageWeight

PerFoot

StandardLength

QuickDetachable (QD)HelicoidConveyorQ.D. — Quick Detachable conveyor screws are designed for convenient removal from the conveyor assembly. Each section ofscrew has a Q.D. cap at one end of the pipe. By removing this cap, a conveyor screw section can quickly and easily be removedand returned to the conveyor assembly without disturbing the other screw sections. Quick Detachable conveyor can be furnishedboth in helicoid and buttweld construction.

R.H. Shown

Note: Q.D. caps are not recommended on the drive shaft end.–* R For Right Hand–* L For Left Hand

H-85

CONV

EYOR

S

ConveyorScrews

6 6SQ307–* 11⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 12 2 62 6.26SQ309–* 10 65 6.56SQ312–* 3⁄16 2 75 7.56SQ316–* 1⁄4 90 8.0

9 9SQ307–* 11⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 12 73 7.39SQ309–* 10 80 8.09SQ312–* 3⁄16 2 95 9.59SQ316–* 1⁄4 120 139SQ407–* 2 9′-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 12 90 99SQ409–* 10 100 109SQ412–* 3⁄16 2 115 11.59SQ416–* 1⁄4 130 13.09SQ424–* 3⁄8 160 1610SQ309–* 11⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 2 23⁄8 10 2 85 8.5

10 10SQ412–* 2 9′-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 3⁄16 2 120 12.010SQ416–* 1⁄4 135 13.5

12 12SQ409–* 2 11′-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 10 2 140 12.012SQ412–* 3⁄16 156 13.012SQ416–* 1⁄4 204 1712SQ509–* 27⁄16 11′-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 10 3 160 1412SQ512–* 3⁄16 178 1512SQ612–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 191 16.512SQ616–* 1⁄4 3 216 18.012SQ624–* 3⁄8 280 24

14 14SQ509–* 27⁄16 11′-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 10 3 185 1614SQ512–* 3⁄16 214 1814SQ612–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 222 1914SQ616–* 1⁄4 246 2114SQ624–* 3⁄8 342 29

16 16SQ609–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 10 3 210 1816SQ612–* 3⁄16 234 2016SQ616–* 1⁄4 282 2416SQ624–* 3⁄8 365 31

18 18SQ612–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 246 2118SQ616–* 1⁄4 294 2518SQ624–* 3⁄8 425 36

20 20SQ612–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3⁄16 3 300 2620SQ616–* 1⁄4 360 3120SQ724–* 37⁄16 11′-8 7QDC4 4 41⁄2 3⁄8 4 475 40

24 24SQ712–* 37⁄16 11′-8 7QDC4 4 41⁄2 3⁄16 4 410 3724SQ716–* 1⁄4 510 4324SQ724–* 3⁄8 595 50

A

NominalConveyorDiameter

CouplingDiameter

CapPart

Number


FlightThickness


B C D HFStandard LengthFeet-Inches

End to Endof Pipe

Pipe Size

Inside Outside

Average Weight

PerFoot

StandardLength

QuickDetachable (QD)SectionalSpiral Conveyors

R.H. Shown

C F


H-86

CONVEYORS

ConveyorScrew(Components)

1 15⁄8 3⁄8 × 21⁄16 CCB2 .13

11⁄2 23⁄8 1⁄2 × 3 CCB3 .2

2 27⁄8 5⁄8 × 35⁄8 CCB4 .45

27⁄16 31⁄2 5⁄8 × 43⁄8 CCB5 .5

3 4 3⁄4 × 5 CCB6 .85

3 41⁄2 3⁄4 × 51⁄2 CCB6A .9

37⁄16 41⁄2 7⁄8 × 51⁄2 CCB7 1.29

1 11⁄4 CIC2 .58

11⁄2 2 CIC3 2.06

2 21⁄2 CIC4 2.16

27⁄16 3 CIC5 3.72

3 31⁄2 CIC6 4.03

3 4 CIC6A 8.03

37⁄16 4 CIC7 6.52

CouplingDiameter

OutsidePipe

Diameter

BoltSize

PartNumberStandard

WeightEachLbs.

CouplingDiameter

InsidePipe

Diameter

PartNumberStandard

WeightEachLbs.

ConveyorDiameter Intake End

StandardDischarge End

Standard

WeightEachLbs.

6 6CELI–* 6CELD–* .06

9 9CELI–* 9CELD–* .15

10 9CELI–* 9CELD–* .15

12 12CELI–* 12CELD–* .2

14 12CELI–* 12CELD–* .2

16 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4

18 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4

20 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4

24 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4

Part Number

Conveyor coupling bolts are manufacturedfrom special analysis high-torque steel. Closetolerance for a minimum of wear. Lock nuts arefurnished with each bolt.

Internal collars are made from seamless tubingmachined for a press fit in the conveyor pipe.When installed at the factory collars are jigdrilled and plug welded into the pipe. No drillingin replacement collars is furnished allowing forfield drilling to match existing bolt holes.

End lugs are welded opposite the carrying sideof the conveyor flight and provide maximumsupport with minimum obstruction of materialflow.

Coupling Bolts

Internal Collar

Discharge End End Lugs

Feed EndFlow

–* R For Right Hand Flight–* L For Left Hand Flight

H-87

CONV

EYOR

S

H-87

Shaft

Coupling Shafts

Coupling Part

CC — Coupling Shaft Std.*

CCC — Close Coupling Shaft

CHE — Hanger End Shaft*

* Add suffix H if Hardened

Coupling Diameter 2 — 1" 5 — 2-7/16" 3 — 1-1/2" 6 — 3" 4 — 2" 7 —3-7/16"

CC 5

Drive & End Shafts

Drive Shaft NumberDrive Shaft Only1 — #12 — #2 Single Bearing Pedestal3 — #3 Double Bearing Pedestal

TypeCD — Drive ShaftCE — End Shaft

SealType(Delete if without seal)P — PlateW — Waste Pack

Coupling Diameter2 — 1" 5 — 2-7/16"3 — 1-1/2" 6 — 3"4 — 2" 7 —3-7/16"

BearingTypeBB — BallRB — Roller

1 CD 5 BB W

COUPLING

CLOSE

END

HANGEREND

#1DRIVE

SPECIALDRIVE

Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyorscrews and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing. C-1045steel couplings are normally furnished; however couplings withhardened bearing surfaces may be furnished where highly abrasivematerials are being conveyed. Jig drilling allows for ease of installa-tion.

Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where no hang-er is required. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and aretherefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jigdrilled for ease of assembly and close diametral tolerances are heldfor proper bearing operation.

Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor sec-tion to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairs todivide an excessively long conveyor assembly between two drives.

No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates arefurnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

Length, bearing location, seals and keyway location and size asrequired.

H-88

CONVEYORS

No. 1DriveShaft

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used Without Seal*

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seals*

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal*

Shaft PartDiameter Number C G H Weight

Bronze BearingShaft Part

Diameter Number C G H Weight

Ball Bearing




Ball Bearing




Ball Bearing

1 1CD2BB 9 3 3 1.811⁄2 1CD3BB 111⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄4 5.62 1CD4BB 131⁄8 37⁄8 41⁄2 11.527⁄16 1CD5BB 151⁄8 43⁄4 51⁄2 18.03 1CD6BB 165⁄8 55⁄8 6 32.037⁄16 1CD7BB 205⁄8 65⁄8 71⁄4 52.5

1 1CD2BB-P 91⁄2 31⁄2 3 2.011⁄2 1CD3BB-P 123⁄8 43⁄8 31⁄4 6.22 1CD4BB-P 14 43⁄4 41⁄2 12.527⁄16 1CD5BB-P 157⁄8 51⁄2 51⁄2 213 1CD6BB-P 171⁄2 61⁄2 6 3537⁄16 1CD7BB-P 211⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄4 56.5

1 1CD2BB-W 101⁄2 33⁄4 3 2.011⁄2 1CD3BB-W 131⁄4 51⁄4 31⁄4 6.42 1CD4BB-W 147⁄8 55⁄8 41⁄2 13.027⁄16 1CD5BB-W 167⁄8 61⁄2 51⁄2 20.53 1CD6BB-W 183⁄8 73⁄8 6 35.537⁄16 1CD7BB-W 227⁄8 87⁄8 71⁄4 58.4

*Shaft length allows for 1⁄2 hanger bearing length as clearance between end plate and screw**Consult Factory

No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard endplates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of instal-lation.

**Consult Factory

**Consult Factory

1 1CD2B 91⁄2 31⁄2 3 2.011⁄2 1CD3B 123⁄4 43⁄4 31⁄4 6.32 1CD4B 15 53⁄4 41⁄2 13.327⁄16 1CD5B 173⁄8 7 51⁄2 21.03 1CD6B 191⁄8 81⁄8 6 37.037⁄16 1CD7B 23 9 71⁄4 60.4

1 1CD2B-P 10 4 3 2.111⁄2 1CD3B-P 131⁄4 51⁄4 31⁄4 6.62 1CD4B-P 151⁄4 61⁄4 41⁄2 14.127⁄16 1CD5B-P 183⁄8 8 51⁄2 24.33 1CD6B-P 195⁄8 85⁄8 6 38.037⁄16 1CD7B-P 241⁄8 101⁄8 71⁄4 61.0

1 1CD2B-W 11 41⁄4 3 2.211⁄2 1CD3B-W 141⁄2 61⁄2 31⁄4 7.22 1CD4B-W 163⁄4 71⁄2 41⁄2 14.927⁄16 1CD5B-W 191⁄8 83⁄4 51⁄2 23.33 1CD6B-W 207⁄8 97⁄8 6 40.537⁄16 1CD7B-W 257⁄8 117⁄8 71⁄4 66.3

H-89

CONV

EYOR

S

1 2CD2 11 31⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄2 8 2.5

11⁄2 2CD3 161⁄2 5 31⁄4 31⁄2 113⁄4 8.3

2 2CD4 183⁄4 51⁄4 41⁄4 41⁄2 14 17.0

27⁄16 2CD5 217⁄8 6 51⁄2 51⁄2 17 29.0

3 2CD6 231⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄2 181⁄2 49.0

37⁄16 2CD7 27 63⁄4 6 71⁄2 201⁄4 75.0

Drive Shaft Keyways

1 3CD2 13 73⁄4 21⁄4 10 3

11⁄2 3CD3 191⁄4 111⁄4 31⁄4 141⁄2 10

2 3CD4 251⁄4 161⁄4 41⁄4 201⁄2 21

27⁄16 3CD5 287⁄8 183⁄4 51⁄4 24 36

3 3CD6 331⁄2 221⁄4 61⁄4 281⁄2 62

37⁄16 3CD7 391⁄4 251⁄4 71⁄4 321⁄2 95

1 1⁄4 1⁄8

11⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄16

2 1⁄2 1⁄4

27⁄16 5⁄8 5⁄16

3 3⁄4 3⁄8

37⁄16 7⁄8 7⁄16

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C G H J P Weight

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C G H P Weight

No. 2 Drive Shaft

No. 3 drive shafts are used where pedestal typetrough ends with double bearings are furnished.Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

No. 3 Drive Shaft

ShaftDiameter A B

No. 2andNo.3DriveShafts

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C G H J P Weight

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C G H P Weight

No. 2 drive shafts are used where pedestaltype trough ends with single bearing arefurnished. Jig drilling allows for ease ofinstallation.

No. 2 Drive Shaft

No. 3 drive shafts are used where pedestal typetrough ends with double bearings are furnished.Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

No. 3 Drive Shaft

ShaftDiameter A B

H-90

CONVEYORS

1 CC2 1⁄2 1⁄2 2 71⁄2 3 11⁄2 1.511⁄2 CC3 7⁄8 7⁄8 3 111⁄2 43⁄4 2 5.62 CC4 7⁄8 7⁄8 3 111⁄2 43⁄4 2 9.827⁄16 CC5 15⁄16 15⁄16 3 123⁄4 47⁄8 3 15.43 CC6 1 1 3 13 5 3 23.837⁄16 CC7 11⁄2 11⁄4 4 171⁄2 63⁄4 4 44.5

1 CCC2 6 3 1.311⁄2 CCC3 91⁄2 43⁄4 4.82 CCC4 91⁄2 43⁄4 8.527⁄16 CCC5 93⁄4 47⁄8 12.93 CCC6 10 5 20.037⁄16 CCC7 131⁄2 63⁄4 37.0

1 CHE2 45⁄8 15⁄8 1.011⁄2 CHE3 67⁄8 21⁄8 3.52 CHE4 67⁄8 21⁄8 6.227⁄16 CHE5 81⁄8 31⁄4 10.63 CHE6 81⁄4 31⁄4 16.537⁄16 CHE7 111⁄4 41⁄4 29.7

Shafts

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber*

A1 A B C D G Weight

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber C D Weight

ShaftDiameter

PartNumber* C G Weight

Conveyor couplings are used to join individuallengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotationwithin the hanger bearing. Mild steel couplings arenormally furnished; however induction hardenedbearing area couplings may be furnished wherehighly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jigdrilling allows for ease of installation.

Coupling

Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screwswhere no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows forease of installation.

Close Coupling

Hanger end shafts are designed to connect onlyone conveyor section to a hanger bearing. Theseshafts may also be used in pairs to divide an exces-sively long conveyor assembly beween two drives.

Hanger End

*Add — H for Hardened Shaft. Shaft is induction hardened in bearing areaonly to 40-50 RC.

*Add — H for Hardened ShaftShaft is induction hardened in bearingarea only to 40-50 RC.

H-91

CONV

EYOR

S

EndShaft

End Shaft Used Without Seal**

End Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seal**

End Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal**

1 CE2B 61⁄2 31⁄2 1.411⁄2 CE3B 91⁄4 41⁄2 4.52 CE4B 101⁄4 51⁄2 9.027⁄16 CE5B 117⁄8 7 15.43 CE6B 131⁄8 81⁄8 25.637⁄16 CE7B 163⁄8 95⁄8 42.4

Shaft PartDiameter Number* C G Weight


Diameter Number* C G Weight

Ball Bearing




Ball Bearing




Ball Bearing

1 CE2BB-P 61⁄2 31⁄2 1.411⁄2 CE3BB-P 9 41⁄4 4.52 CE4BB-P 93⁄8 45⁄8 8.327⁄16 CE5BB-P 101⁄8 51⁄4 13.13 CE6BB-P 111⁄2 61⁄2 23.037⁄16 CE7BB-P 141⁄8 73⁄8 37.1

1 CE2B-P 7 4 1.511⁄2 CE3B-P 101⁄4 51⁄2 5.12 CE4B-P 111⁄4 61⁄2 10.027⁄16 CE5B-P 127⁄8 8 17.03 CE6B-P 135⁄8 85⁄8 29.837⁄16 CE7B-P 167⁄8 101⁄8 44.0

1 CE2BB 6 3 1.211⁄2 CE3BB 81⁄4 31⁄2 3.82 CE4BB 85⁄8 37⁄8 7.527⁄16 CE5BB 95⁄8 43⁄4 12.43 CE6BB 105⁄8 55⁄8 20.837⁄16 CE7BB 133⁄8 65⁄8 34.4

1 CE2B-W 8 41⁄4 1.611⁄2 CE3B-W 11 61⁄4 5.22 CE4B-W 12 71⁄4 10.427⁄16 CE5B-W 135⁄8 83⁄4 17.63 CE6B-W 147⁄8 97⁄8 28.237⁄16 CE7B-W 185⁄8 117⁄8 48.0

1 CE2BB-W 71⁄2 33⁄4 1.411⁄2 CE3BB-W 10 51⁄4 4.82 CE4BB-W 103⁄8 55⁄8 9.027⁄16 CE5BB-W 113⁄8 61⁄2 14.83 CE6BB-W 123⁄8 73⁄8 24.037⁄16 CE7BB-W 155⁄8 87⁄8 40.2

*Add – H for Hardened Shaft.**Shaft length allows for 1⁄2 hanger bearing length, clearance between end plate and screw.***Consult Factory

End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor sectionand are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. Endshafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametri-cal tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.

***Consult Factory

***Consult Factory

H-92

CONVEYORS

Hangers

Style 226

Style 216

Style 220

Style 230

Style 316

Style 326

No. 226 hangers are designed for flush mounting inside thetrough permitting dust-tight or weather-proof operation. Thistype hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material flow inhigh capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.

No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. Thishanger is flush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tightor weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; however, the hanger can be furnished withother bearings.

No. 220 hangers are designed for mount on top of the troughflanges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proofoperation is not required. This type hanger allows for minimumobstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors.Available with friction type bearing.

No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications wheremounting on top of the trough flanges is required. Hard iron orbronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bear-ings are available.

No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyorswhere abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between thescrew and conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; however, this hanger can be furnished withother bearings.

No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction ofmaterial flow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heatrequires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyortrough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished, butother type bearings are available.

H-93

CONV

EYOR

S

Hangers

Style 60

No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricat-ed and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permits temperaturesup to 245º F. and will allow for up to 4º shaft misalignment. This hang-er is mounted on top of the trough flanges. Grease fitting can be fur-nished if specified.

Style 70

No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricat-ed and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permit temperatures upto 245º F. and will allow for up to 4º shaft misalignment. This hanger ismounted inside the trough. Grease fittings can be furnished if specified.

Style 30

No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyortrough on the noncarrying side and permit a minimum of obstructionof material flow. Available with friction type bearing.

Style 216F

The No. 19B hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18B exceptthey are mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges providesupports for the ends of the cover. They are streamline in design andpermit free passage of the material. They are regularly furnished withArguto oil impregnated wood, hard iron, bronze, or other special capscan be furnished.

Style 19B

No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and aremounted inside of flared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; however, other bearings are available.

Air PurgedHanger

Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abra-sive materials which contribute to shutdowns and hanger bearing fail-ures. Air-swept hangers are available for 9”-24” conveyors. Theyshould not be used when handling hot materials (over 250º F) or wetsticky materials or when handling non abrasive materials when aninexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. In service, air-purgedhangers deliver relatively trouble-free operation. They help solve noisenuisance problems, and they help reduce power requirement becauseof the low coefficient of fraction. Maximum trough loading should notexceed 15%. The air, at approximately 1-1/4 PSI enters the housing atthe top, passes over and around the bearing, and is dissipated aroundthe coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. Thus the bearing isprotected from dust and the material in the trough at all times. Only 3to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.

H-94

CONVEYORS

Hangers

4 1 4CH2202 313⁄16 31⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄4 61⁄2 2 11⁄2 71⁄4 5⁄16 × 3 ⁄4 56 11⁄2 6CH2203 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 83⁄4 21⁄2 2 93⁄4 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 79 11⁄2 9CH2203 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 21⁄2 2 131⁄2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 9

2 9CH2204 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 21⁄2 2 131⁄2 1110 11⁄2 10CH2203 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 141⁄2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 10

2 10CH2204 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 141⁄2 1212 2 12CH2204 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 2 171⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 16

27⁄16 12CH2205 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 3 171⁄2 213 12CH2206 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 3 171⁄2 28

14 27⁄16 14CH2205 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 21⁄2 3 191⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 263 14CH2206 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 21⁄2 3 191⁄2 33

16 3 16CH2206 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 193⁄4 21⁄2 3 211⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 3918 3 18CH2206 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 31⁄2 3 241⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 41

37⁄16 18CH2207 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 31⁄2 4 241⁄2 4920 3 20CH2206 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 31⁄2 3 261⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 43

37⁄16 20CH2207 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 31⁄2 4 261⁄2 5124 37⁄16 24CH2207 161⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 281⁄4 31⁄2 4 301⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 57

4 1 4CH2262 5 35⁄8 31⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄4 11⁄16 2 11⁄2 5⁄16 × 3⁄4 56 11⁄2 6CH2263 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄4 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 79 11⁄2 9CH2263 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 9

2 9CH2264 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 1110 11⁄2 10CH2263 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 10

2 10CH2264 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 1212 2 12CH2264 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 16

27⁄16 12CH2265 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 3 213 12CH2266 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 3 28

14 27⁄16 14CH2265 15 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 263 14CH2266 15 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 33

16 3 16CH2266 17 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 3918 3 18CH2266 19 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 41

37⁄16 18CH2267 19 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 4920 3 20CH2266 21 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 43

37⁄16 20CH2267 21 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 5124 37⁄16 24CH2267 25 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 15⁄8 31⁄2 4 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 57

Style220No. 220 hangers are designed for mounting on top ofthe trough flanges and may be used where dust-tightor weather proof operation is not required. This typehanger allows for minimum obstruction of materialflow in high capacity conveyors. Available with fric-tion type bearing.

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearingsNOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number

Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number* B C D E F H K L M Weight

Slot Each

Style 226No. 226 hangers are designed for flush mountinginside the trough permitting dust-tight or weather-proof operation. This type hanger allows for minimumobstruction of material flow in high capacity convey-ors. Also available with friction type bearing.

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number

A B C D E F H KConveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number*

M WeightSlot Each

Pipe Tap 1⁄8″

M SLOTBolts E

Pipe Tap 1⁄8″

M SLOTBolts E

H-95

CONV

EYOR

S

6 11⁄2 6CH2163 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄4 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 59 11⁄2 9CH2163 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 7

2 9CH2164 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 910 11⁄2 10CH2163 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 8

2 10CH2164 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 21⁄2 2 1012 2 12CH2164 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 14

27⁄16 12CH2165 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 3 183 12CH2166 13 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 21⁄2 3 21

14 27⁄16 14CH2165 15 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 233 14CH2166 15 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 25

16 3 16CH2166 17 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 2818 3 18CH2166 19 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 34

37⁄16 18CH2167 19 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 4420 3 20CH2166 21 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 36

37⁄16 20CH2167 21 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 4724 37⁄16 24CH2167 25 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 15⁄8 31⁄2 4 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 53

6 11⁄2 6CH2303 41⁄2 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 83⁄4 21⁄2 2 93⁄4 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 69 11⁄2 9CH2303 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 21⁄2 2 131⁄2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 8

2 9CH2304 61⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 21⁄2 2 131⁄2 1010 11⁄2 10CH2303 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 141⁄2 7⁄16 × 11⁄16 9

2 10CH2304 63⁄8 41⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 141⁄2 1112 2 12CH2304 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 2 171⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 15

27⁄16 12CH2305 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 3 171⁄2 203 12CH2306 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 21⁄2 3 171⁄2 25

14 27⁄16 14CH2305 91⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 173⁄4 21⁄2 3 191⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 243 14CH2306 91⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 173⁄4 21⁄2 3 191⁄2 29

16 3 16CH2306 105⁄8 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 193⁄4 21⁄2 3 211⁄2 9⁄16 × 15⁄16 3518 3 18CH2306 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 31⁄2 3 241⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 34

37⁄16 18CH2307 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 31⁄2 4 241⁄2 4720 3 20CH2306 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 31⁄2 3 261⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 40

37⁄16 20CH2307 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 31⁄2 4 261⁄2 4924 37⁄16 24CH2307 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 281⁄4 33⁄4 4 301⁄2 11⁄16 × 111⁄16 55

Hangers

Style216No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty appli-cations. This hanger is flush mounted inside thetrough permitting dust tight or weather proof opera-tion. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally fur-nished; however, the hanger can be furnished withother bearings.


Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number* A B C D E F H K M Weight

Slot Each

Style 230No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty appli-cations where mounting on top of the trough flange isrequired. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normallyfurnished; however, other bearings are available.


B C D E F H K LConveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number*

M WeightSlot Each

Pipe Tap 1⁄8″M SLOT

Bolts E

H-96

CONVEYORS

Hangers

6 11⁄2 6CH3163 6CH3263 7 41⁄2 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄4 41⁄2 29 11⁄2 9CH3163 9CH3263 10 61⁄8 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 41⁄2 2

2 9CH3164 9CH3264 10 61⁄8 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 41⁄2 210 11⁄2 10CH3163 10CH3263 11 63⁄8 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 41⁄2 2

2 10CH3164 10CH3264 11 63⁄8 6 3⁄16 3⁄8 1 41⁄2 212 2 12CH3164 12CH3264 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄4 5 2

27⁄16 12CH3165 12CH3265 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄4 5 33 12CH3166 12CH3266 13 73⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄4 5 3

14 27⁄16 14CH3165 14CH3265 15 91⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 13⁄8 5 33 14CH3166 14CH3266 15 91⁄4 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 13⁄8 5 3

16 3 16CH3166 16CH3266 17 105⁄8 61⁄2 1⁄4 1⁄2 13⁄8 5 318 3 18CH3166 18CH3266 19 121⁄8 61⁄2 1⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8 51⁄4 3

37⁄16 18CH3167 18CH3267 19 121⁄8 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8 51⁄4 420 3 20CH3166 20CH3266 21 131⁄2 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8 51⁄4 3

37⁄16 20CH3167 20CH3267 21 131⁄2 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 15⁄8 51⁄4 424 37⁄16 24CH3167 24CH3267 25 161⁄2 7 1⁄4 5⁄8 13⁄4 51⁄4 4

9 9CHAPH3 11⁄2 15 10 3⁄8 41⁄2 61⁄8 11⁄4 1 2 1⁄49CHAPH4 2 20 3⁄8

12 12CHAPH4 2 30 13 1⁄2 5 71⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 2 1⁄412CHAPH5 27⁄16 52 312CHAPH6 3 68 3

14 14CHAPH5 27⁄16 60 15 1⁄2 5 91⁄4 11⁄4 13⁄8 3 3⁄814CHAPH6 3 74

16 16CHAPH6 3 77 17 1⁄2 5 105⁄8 11⁄4 13⁄8 3 1⁄818 18CHAPH6 3 91 19 5⁄8 6 121⁄8 13⁄4 15⁄8 3 1⁄220 20CHAPH6 3 105 21 5⁄8 6 131⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄8 3 1⁄2

20CHAPH7 37⁄16 140 424 24CHAPH7 37⁄16 155 25 5⁄8 6 161⁄2 13⁄4 15⁄8 4 1⁄2

A B C D E F H K

A B C D F H L T

ConveyorDiameter

CouplingSize Style

316*Style326*

Part Number

ScrewDiameter

PartNumber

ShaftDia.

WeightEach

Space required on coupling for hanger. Dimensions in inches.Air supply should be clean and dry. Weight in pounds.

AirPurgedHangerAir purged hangers are recommendedwhen handling dusty and abrasive materi-als which contribute to shut-downs andhanger bearing failures. They should notbe used when handling hot materials (over250°F) or wet sticky materials or whenhandling nonabrasive materials when aninexpensive hanger will do the job satisfac-torily. Maximum trough loading should notexceed 15%. The air, at approximately 11⁄4PSI, enters the housing at the top, passesover and around the bearing, and is dissi-pated around the coupling shaft on bothsides of the housing. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. ofair per minute is required to keep eachhanger bearing clean.

Style316No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy dutyuse in conveyors where abnormal heatrequires unequal expansion between thescrew and conveyor trough. Hard iron orbronze bearings are normally used; however,this hanger can be furnished with other bear-ings.

Style326No. 326 hangers are designed to permit mini-mum obstruction of material flow and are usedin conveyors where abnormal heat requiresunequal expansion between the screw and theconveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearingsare normally used, but other type bearings areavailable.

Pipe Tap 1⁄8″

Bolts E

Pipe Tap 1⁄8″

Bolts E

B - BoltSize

StandardCouplingDrilling


H-97

CONV

EYOR

S6 11⁄2 6CH216F3 14 7 4 3⁄16 3⁄8 7⁄8 21⁄2 2 9 7⁄16 × 3⁄49 11⁄2 9CH216F3 18 9 4 3⁄16 3⁄8 7⁄8 21⁄2 2 14 7⁄16 × 3⁄4

2 9CH216F4 1712 2 12CH216F4 22 10 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄8 21⁄2 2 24 9⁄16 × 3⁄4

27⁄16 12CH216F5 3 283 12CH216F6 32

14 27⁄16 14CH216F5 24 11 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄8 21⁄2 3 31 9⁄16 × 3⁄43 14CH216F6 34

16 3 16CH216F6 28 111⁄2 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄8 21⁄2 3 38 9⁄16 × 3⁄418 3 18CH216F6 31 121⁄8 5 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 52 11⁄16 × 7⁄8

37⁄16 18CH216F7 4 6120 3 20CH216F6 34 131⁄2 5 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 55 11⁄16 × 7⁄8

37⁄16 20CH216F7 4 6424 37⁄16 24CH216F7 40 161⁄2 5 1⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 71 11⁄16 × 7⁄8

6 11⁄2 6CH303 31⁄2 41⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄8 5⁄16 31⁄8 1⁄2 2 39 11⁄2 9CH303 5 57⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 41⁄4 1⁄2 2 6

2 9CH304 5 57⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄8 41⁄4 1⁄2 2 810 11⁄2 10CH303 51⁄2 63⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄8 1⁄2 43⁄8 3⁄4 2 8

2 10CH304 51⁄2 63⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 43⁄8 3⁄4 2 912 2 12CH304 61⁄2 71⁄2 11⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 51⁄2 3⁄4 2 12

27⁄16 12CH305 61⁄2 71⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 51⁄2 3⁄4 3 183 12CH306 61⁄2 71⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 51⁄2 3⁄4 3 20

14 27⁄16 14CH305 71⁄2 9 2 1⁄2 5⁄8 67⁄8 7⁄8 3 203 14CH306 71⁄2 9 2 1⁄2 5⁄8 67⁄8 7⁄8 3 22

16 3 16CH306 81⁄2 103⁄8 2 5⁄8 5⁄8 8 1 3 3218 3 18CH306 91⁄2 117⁄8 2 3⁄4 5⁄8 9 11⁄4 3 30

37⁄16 18CH307 91⁄2 117⁄8 3 3⁄4 5⁄8 9 11⁄4 4 3320 3 20CH306 101⁄2 131⁄4 2 3⁄4 5⁄8 101⁄4 11⁄4 3 32

37⁄16 20CH307 101⁄2 131⁄4 3 3⁄4 5⁄8 101⁄4 11⁄4 4 3824 37⁄16 24CH307 121⁄2 161⁄4 3 3⁄4 3⁄4 123⁄4 11⁄2 4 46

A B C D E F G H

A B C D E F H K

Hangers

Style30No. 30 hangers are designed for side mountingwithin the conveyor trough on the non-carryingside and permit a minimum of obstruction of mater-ial flow. Available with friction type bearing.


Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Diameter Number*

WeightEach

Style 216FNo. 216F hangers are designed forheavy duty applications and aremounted inside of flared trough.Hard iron or bronze bearings arenormally furnished; however, otherbearings are available.


Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Diameter Number*

Weight MEach Slot

Bolts E

1⁄8″ Pipe Tap

M SlotBolts E

C

H-98

CONVEYORS

6 11⁄2 6CH603 93⁄4 41⁄2 4 3⁄16 3⁄8 83⁄4 111⁄16 2 7 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

9 11⁄2 9CH603 131⁄2 61⁄8 4 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 111⁄16 2 8 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

2 9CH604 131⁄2 61⁄8 4 1⁄4 3⁄8 121⁄4 13⁄4 2 9 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

10 11⁄2 10CH603 141⁄2 63⁄8 4 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 111⁄16 2 9 7⁄16 × 15⁄16

2 10CH604 141⁄2 63⁄8 4 1⁄4 3⁄8 131⁄4 13⁄4 2 10 7⁄16 × 15⁄16

12 2 12CH604 171⁄2 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄2 12 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

27⁄16 12CH605 171⁄2 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 163⁄64 21⁄2 20 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

3 12CH606 171⁄2 73⁄4 5 3⁄8 1⁄2 153⁄4 211⁄16 21⁄2 30 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

14 27⁄16 14CH605 191⁄2 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 163⁄64 21⁄2 21 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

3 14CH606 191⁄2 91⁄4 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 173⁄4 211⁄32 21⁄2 32 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

16 3 16CH606 211⁄2 105⁄8 5 1⁄2 1⁄2 193⁄4 211⁄32 21⁄2 35 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

18 3 18CH606 241⁄2 121⁄8 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 221⁄4 211⁄32 31⁄2 40 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

20 3 20CH606 261⁄2 131⁄2 6 1⁄2 5⁄8 241⁄4 211⁄32 31⁄2 45 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

24 37⁄16 24CH607 301⁄2 161⁄2 6 5⁄8 5⁄8 281⁄4 231⁄64 33/4 58 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

6 11⁄2 6CH703 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄16 111⁄16 11/2 7 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

9 11⁄2 9CH703 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1 3⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄16 13⁄4 8 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

2 9CH704 10 61⁄8 41⁄2 1 3⁄8 1⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 910 11⁄2 10CH703 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1 3⁄8 1⁄4 111⁄16 13⁄4 9 7⁄16 × 11⁄16

2 10CH704 11 63⁄8 41⁄2 1 3⁄8 1⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 1012 2 12CH704 13 73⁄4 5 11⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 13⁄4 21⁄8 12 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

27⁄16 12CH705 13 73⁄4 5 11⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 163⁄64 21⁄8 203 12CH706 13 73⁄4 5 11⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄8 211⁄32 21⁄8 30

14 27⁄16 14CH705 15 91⁄4 5 13⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 163⁄64 21⁄4 21 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

3 14CH706 15 91⁄4 5 13⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄4 3216 3 16CH706 17 105⁄8 5 13⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄4 35 9⁄16 × 15⁄16

18 3 18CH706 19 121⁄8 6 11⁄2 5⁄8 1⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄2 40 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

20 3 20CH706 21 131⁄2 6 11⁄2 5⁄8 1⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄2 45 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

24 37⁄16 24CH707 25 161⁄2 6 15⁄8 5⁄8 5⁄8 211⁄32 25⁄8 58 11⁄16 × 111⁄16

A B C D E F H J

A B C D E F G H

Hangers

*For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number

*For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number

Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number*

Weight MEach Slot

Style 70No. 70 hangers are furnished with aheavy duty, permanently lubricatedand sealed, self aligning ball bear-ing which permits temperatures upto 245º F. and will allow for up to 4ºshaft misalignment. This hanger ismounted inside the trough. Greasefitting can be furnished if specified.

Conveyor Coupling PartDiameter Size Number*

Weight MEach Slot

Style 60No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavyduty, permanently lubricated and sealed,self-aligning ball bearing which permits tem-peratures up to 245º F. and will allow for upto 4º shaft misalignment. This hanger ismounted on top of the trough flanges.Grease fitting can be furnished if specified.

M SlotBolts E

M SlotBolts E

H-99

CONV

EYOR

S

6 11⁄2 6CH19B3 8.5 97⁄8 41⁄2 15⁄16 7⁄8 83⁄4 1⁄2 61⁄2 1⁄49 11⁄2 9CH19B3 13 131⁄2 61⁄8 13⁄4 1 121⁄4 1⁄2 91⁄2 1⁄4

2 9CH19B4 15.5 131⁄2 61⁄8 13⁄4 1 121⁄4 1⁄2 91⁄2 1⁄410 11⁄2 10CH19B3 14 141⁄2 63⁄8 13⁄4 1 131⁄4 1⁄2 101⁄2 1⁄4

2 10CH19B4 101⁄212 2 12CH19B4 24 17 73⁄4 2 11⁄4 153⁄4 1⁄2 121⁄2 1⁄4

27⁄16 12CH19B5 24.5 17 73⁄4 23⁄4 11⁄2 153⁄4 1⁄2 121⁄2 1⁄43 12CH19B6 121⁄2

14 27⁄16 14CH19B5 37 191⁄4 91⁄4 23⁄4 13⁄4 173⁄4 1⁄2 141⁄2 1⁄43 14CH19B6 141⁄4

16 3 16CH19B6 45 211⁄4 105⁄8 3 13⁄4 193⁄4 5⁄8 161⁄2 1⁄418 3 18CH19B6 48.5 233⁄4 121⁄8 3 15⁄8 221⁄4 5⁄8 181⁄2 1⁄420 37⁄16 20CH19B7 60.0 261⁄4 131⁄2 4 113⁄16 241⁄4 3⁄4 20 1⁄4

A B C D F JConveyor BearingDiameter Bore

HBolt

PPipePart Number Weight

Style 19BThe No. 19-B Hanger is similar in con-struction to the No. 18-B except theyare mounted on top of the troughangles. Built-in ledges provide supportsfor the ends of the cover. They arestreamlined in design and permit freepassage of the material.Top half is furnished with bronze bear-ing. Bottom half can be supplied in oilimpregnated wood, hard iron, or otherspecial caps may be furnished onrequest.

Hangers

P = Sizeof Pipe

H = Sizeof Bolts

H-100

CONVEYORS

ScrewConveyorHangerBearingSelectionApplication

1 Higher temperature ceramics are available.

BEARING MATERIALMAXIMUM

OPERATINGTEMP. (ºF)

STYLES AVAILABLEMATERIAL FDA

COMPLIANTSELFLUBE

SOME SUGGESTED USES COMMENTS

Martin MSB 300º 220, 216 Yes Food Engineered PTFE

Ertalyte® 200º 220, 216 Yes Food / SugarRegistered Trademark of QuadrantEngineering Products

Gatke 400º 220, 216 ChemicalFiberglass fabric. Good for higherspeeds.

Martin HARD IRON 500º 220 YesGhemical, Cement,

AggregateRequires Hardened Shaft

CAST HARD IRON 500º 220, 216, 19BLiime, Cement, Salt,

Gypsum

Requires hardened shaft.Can be noisy. Lubricationrequired in some applications.

WOOD 160º 220, 216, 19B Yes Grain, Feed, Fertilizer Good general purpose.

Martin BRONZE 850º 220 YesGrain, Feed,Processing

High quality bearings. High loadcapacity.

NYLON 101 250º 220 Yes Yes Food and Grain For dry applications.

NYLATRON GS 250º 220, 19B YesChemical, Handling,

Grain, FeedVery low load capacity.

UHMW 225º 220, 216 Yes Yes FoodMaterial USDA approved. Does notswell in water.

STELLITE 1000º 220, 216Chemical, Cement,

AggregateRequires Stellite insert in shaft.

INDUSTRIAL GRADEENGINEERED NYLON

160º 220 Yes Grain, Feed, Fertilizer Economical replacement for wood.

WHITE MELAMINE 190º 220 Yes FoodSuitable for repeat use in food contactapplications at temps not exceeding190ºF.

FOOD GRADE ENGI-NEERED NYLON

300º 220 Yes Yes Food, Grain, Fertilizer For dry application.

BALL BEARING 180º 60, 70 Non-abrasive applications General purpose use.

Martin HDPE 200º 220 Yes YesGrain, Feed, Chemical

HandlingRecommended for non-abrasiveapplications

CERAMIC 1 1,000º 220, 216 Yes Chemical, Cement, Food Requires hardened shafts.

Martin URETHANE 200º 220 YES Grain, Chemical, Fertilizer Good general purpose.

H-101

CONV

EYOR

S

11⁄2 CHB18B3*

18B 2 CHB18B4*

27⁄16 CHB18B5*

19B 3 CHB18B6*

37⁄16 CHB18B7*

216 11⁄2 CHB2163*

2 CHB2164*

230 27⁄16 CHB2165*

3 CHB2166*

316 37⁄16 CHB2167*

11⁄2 CHB2203*

2 CHB2204*

27⁄16 CHB2205*

3 CHB2206*

37⁄16 CHB2207*

11⁄2 CHB603

2 CHB604

27⁄16 CHB605

3 CHB606

37⁄16 CHB607

220

226

326

30

60

70

*H—Hard Iron *W—Wood *BR – Bronze *U—UHMW *G—Gatke *ER – Ertalyte® *C—Ceramic * St—Stellite * UR - Urethane* Oil hole is furnished on hard iron and bronze standard.

*H — Cast Hard Iron with oil hole *W — Wood *N — Nylatron *P – HDPE *G—Gatke *ER – Ertalyte®

MHI — Hard iron (oil impregnated) *MCB — Melamine (Furnished Less Flanges) *C – Ceramic *WN – White Nylon

*MBR — Bronze (oil impregnated) *U — UHMW *UR – Urethane * MSB-PTFE — 1-1/2" through 2-7/16"

Note: New style bearings are available with slinger shield one side.

*W—Wood *H—Hard Iron *N—Nylatron *G—GatkeNote: Furnished as bottom cap only

Hanger Type Shaft Diameter Part Number Bearing




HangerBearings

BallBearing

BallBearing

Ertalyte® is a Registered Trademark of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products

H-102

CONVEYORS

TroughCovers

Trough Cover

ConveyorDiameter

CoverThickness16 — 16 GA.14 — 14 GA.12 — 12 GA10 — 10 GA.

Lengthof Cover

TypeTCP — PlainTCS — Semi FlangedTCF — FlangedTCH — Hip RoofTSC — Shroud

14 TCP 14 -12

It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor components andconveyor assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger OccupationalSafety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute Safety Code.

Flanged CoversMost commonly used.Can be supplied with gaskets and butt straps for dust tight applications.Semi-flanged must be furnished if spring clamps are used.

Flat Covers Usually used only to cover conveyor for safety.

FlaredTroughCovers

HipRoofCovers

ShroudCovers

DomedCovers

FeederShrouds

Usually flanged type and heavier gauges because of span.

Hip roof covers are similar to conventional flanged covers except they arepeaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded endplate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediatejoints are usually buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recom-mended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. Theyare also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.

Used to approximate tubular cross section for inclined or feeder applica-tions.

Domed covers are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter asthe trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to the trough top rails. They areused where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed isrequired. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints arebuttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover.

Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clear-ance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation.Lengths are sufficient to prevent flushing of the majority of materials beinghandled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge.

H-103

CONV

EYOR

S

s ÑdXgKÑÑ

TroughCover

4 4TCP16 16 1.5 8 4TCS16 ▫ 16 2.1 71⁄4 4TCF16 ▫ 16 1.9 83⁄8 4TCH16 ▫ 16 2.0* 4TCS14 14 2.6 4TCF14 14 2.4 4TCH14 14 2.5 83⁄86 6TCP16 16 2.0 93⁄4 6TCS16 ▫ 16 2.3 93⁄4 6TCF16 ▫ 16 2.1 103⁄8 6TCH16 ▫ 16 2.3 103⁄8* 6TCS14 14 3.8 6TCF14 14 2.6 6TCH14 14 2.89 9TCP14 14 3.5 133⁄8 9TCS14 ▫ 14 4.1 133⁄8 9TCF16 16 3.2 14 9TCH16 16 3.3 14

9TCS12 12 5.7 9TCF14 ▫ 14 3.9 9TCH14 ▫ 14 4.19TCS10 10 7.3 9TCF12 12 5.5

* 9TCF10 10 7.110 10TCP14 14 3.8 143⁄8 10TCS14 ▫ 14 4.4 143⁄8 10TCF16 16 3.4 15 10TCH16 16 3.5 15

10TCS12 12 6.1 10TCF14 ▫ 14 4.2 10TCH14 ▫ 14 4.310TCS10 10 7.8 10TCF12 12 5.9

* 10TCF10 10 7.612 12TCP14 14 4.6 171⁄2 12TCS14 ▫ 14 5.1 173⁄8 12TCF14 ▫ 14 4.9 18 12TCH14 ▫ 14 5.0 18

12TCS12 12 7.1 12TCF12 12 6.9 12TCH12 12 7.1** 12TCS10 10 9.0 12TCF10 10 8.814 14TCP14 14 5.1 191⁄2 14TCS14 ▫ 14 5.6 193⁄8 14TCF14 ▫ 14 5.4 197⁄8 14TCH14 ▫ 14 5.5 197⁄8

14TCS12 12 7.8 14TCF12 12 7.6 14TCH12 12 7.7** 14TCS10 10 9.9 14TCF10 10 9.716 16TCP14 14 5.6 211⁄2 16TCS14 ▫ 14 6.1 213⁄8 16TCF14 ▫ 14 5.9 217⁄8 16TCH14 ▫ 14 6.1 217⁄8

16TCS12 12 8.5 16TCF12 12 8.3 16TCH12 12 8.5** 16TCS10 10 10.8 16TCF10 10 10.618 18TCP12 12 8.9 241⁄2 18TCS12 ▫ 12 9.6 241⁄2 18TCF14 14 6.7 25 18TCH14 14 6.8 25

18TCS10 10 12.3 18TCF12 ▫ 12 9.4 18TCH12 ▫ 12 9.5** 18TCF10 10 12.120 20TCP12 12 9.7 261⁄2 20TCS12 ▫ 12 10.3 261⁄2 20TCF14 14 7.2 27 20TCH14 14 7.4 27

20TCS10 10 13.3 20TCF12 ▫ 12 10.1 20TCH12 ▫ 12 10.4** 20TCF10 10 13.124 24TCP12 12 11.1 301⁄2 24TCS12 ▫ 12 11.8 301⁄2 24TCF14 14 8.3 31 24TCH14 14 8.4 31

24TCS10 10 15.1 24TCF12 ▫ 12 11.6 24TCH12 ▫ 12 11.8** 24TCF10 10 14.9

Plain Cover PlainSemi-Flanged Cover Flanged Cover Hip Roof Cover

Thick-nessGa.

PartNumber

Wt.PerFt.

DThick-nessGa.

PartNumber

Wt.PerFt.

DThick-nessGa.

PartNumber

Wt.PerFt.

DThick-nessGa.

PartNumber

Wt.PerFt.

D

ConveyorDiameter

For average applications where dust confinement is not a problem, 2´-0″ centers or 10 fasteners per 10´-0″ section are generally satisfactory. For commercially dusttight 1´-0″ centers or 20 fasteners per 10´-0″ section are suggested.*L — Standard lengths are 5´-0″ & 10´-0″ **L — Standard lengths are 5´, 6´, 10´ & 12´-0″▫ — Standard gauge

Plain Cover

Semi-flanged Cover

Flanged Cover

Hip Roof Cover

Type 1 Type 2

End Trough Cover —Type 1 Intermediate Trough Cover —Type 2

Type 3

End Trough Cover — Type 3

All conveyor troughs should have some type of cover not only to keep material inside thetrough and to protect material in the trough from outside elements, but trough definitelyshould be covered as a safety measure, preventing injuries by keeping workers clear ofthe moving parts inside the conveyor trough. See H-123, Safety.

H-104

CONVEYORS

4 4CIF 4CID 1.8 5 71⁄2 71⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 21⁄4 — 21⁄4 11⁄4 3⁄16 1⁄46 6CIF 6CID 5.0 7 10 10 11⁄16 11⁄16 213⁄16 — 3 11⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄89 9CIF 9CID 6.8 10 13 13 1⁄2 1⁄2 4 — 4 11⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄8

10 10CIF 10CID 7.4 11 141⁄4 141⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 45⁄16 — 43⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄16 3⁄812 12CIF 12CID 12.1 13 171⁄4 171⁄4 3⁄4 7⁄8 51⁄8 — 51⁄4 2 3⁄16 3⁄814 14CIF 14CID 13.7 15 191⁄4 191⁄4 3⁄4 7⁄8 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 2 3⁄16 3⁄816 16CIF 16CID 15.8 17 211⁄4 211⁄4 3⁄4 7⁄8 33⁄4 4 4 2 3⁄16 3⁄818 18CIF 18CID 29.0 19 241⁄4 241⁄4 1 11⁄8 47⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 21⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄220 20CIF 20CID 31.8 21 261⁄4 261⁄4 1 11⁄8 47⁄8 43⁄4 43⁄4 21⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄224 24CIF 24CID 37.2 25 301⁄4 301⁄4 1 11⁄8 55⁄8 55⁄8 51⁄2 21⁄2 3⁄16 1⁄2

B F G H J K L

CoverAccessories

ConveyorDiameter

FlangedConveyor InletsThe two styles of flanged conveyor inlets aredesigned for either bolting or welding to flat orflanged conveyor trough cover. The inlet size andbolt arrangement is the same as the standard con-veyor discharge spout.

Detach-ableInlet

Detach-ableInlet

DetachableInlet

FixedInlet

FixedInlet

FixedInlet

Weight

Part Number

CSC—2 21⁄4 1 13⁄16 11⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 5⁄8 .42

A B C D E F G

4—24 QTC 6 to 8 713⁄16 215⁄16 125⁄32 2 11⁄4 5⁄16 5⁄8

A B C D E F G

SPCA—1 11⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 11⁄4 13⁄16 3⁄8 7⁄8 3⁄8 11⁄4 .50

C E

SPC—1 5⁄16 3⁄16 1⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄8 11⁄8 3 1 9⁄32 .38

A B C D E F G H J Wt.

SPCA—1 11⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 11⁄4 13⁄16 3⁄8 7⁄8 3⁄8 11⁄4 .50

A B C D E F G H J Wt.

SpringClampsSpring Clamps are used to attach plain and semi-flanged covers to trough. These clamps are normally riveted to the trough flange and will pivot to allowremoval of cover.

SpringClampswithCoverBracketSpring Clamps with cover brackets are designed to attach to the top side of semi-flanged and plain covers.

ScrewClampsScrew Clamps are a simple and effective means of attaching flanged or flat covers to trough.Screw Clamps available in mild steel, stainless steel and zinc plated.

ToggleClamps

Spring Clamps

Spring Clamps with Brackets

Screw Clamps

Quick acting toggle clamps are used to attach covers for quick accessibil-ity. Normally this type clamp is attached by welding the front or top ofclamp to the trough and can be adjusted to fit all sizes of trough, whileallowing 90° to clear working area.

ClampNo.

Wt.

No. Requiredper 10´ SectionConveyor Part Number

ClampNo.

ClampNo.

Spring Clamp

Spring Clamp with Cover Bracket

Screw Clamp

Fixed Type

L Bolts

DetachableType

CoverGasketsRed Sponge *White

Rubber Rubber RubberConv.Dia. Size Size Size

4.6 RR125 SP75 WN1251⁄8 X 11⁄4 1⁄8 X 3⁄4 1⁄8 X 11⁄4

9,10 RR150 SP100 WN1501⁄8 X 11⁄2 1⁄8 X 1 1⁄8 X 11⁄2

12, 14, 16 RR200 SP150 WN2501⁄8 X 2 1⁄8 X 11⁄2 1⁄8 X 2

18, 20, 24 RR250 SP200 WN2501⁄8 X 21⁄2 1⁄8 X 2 1⁄8 X 21⁄2

Toggle Clamps* FDA Approved

H-105

CONV

EYOR

S

FeederShrouds

4 4TFS14 4FFS14 5 35⁄8 — 2 — 4 5⁄8 — 8 1⁄4 16 6TFS14 6FFS14 7 41⁄2 7 3 14 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 12 5⁄16 1

6TFS12 6FFS12 7 41⁄2 7 3 14 6 3⁄4 3⁄4 12 5⁄16 19 9TFS14 9FFS14 10 61⁄8 9 3 18 6 7⁄8 3⁄4 18 3⁄8 2

9TFS7 9FFS7 10 61⁄8 9 3 18 6 7⁄8 3⁄4 18 3⁄8 210 10TFS14 10FFS14 11 63⁄8 — 21⁄2 — 5 7⁄8 — 20 3⁄8 3

10TFS7 10FFS7 11 63⁄8 — 21⁄2 — 5 7⁄8 — 20 3⁄8 312 12TFS12 12FFS12 13 73⁄4 10 3 22 6 11⁄8 1 24 3⁄8 3

12TFS7 12FFS7 13 73⁄4 10 3 22 6 11⁄8 1 24 3⁄8 314 14TFS12 14FFS12 15 91⁄4 11 31⁄2 24 7 11⁄8 1 28 3⁄8 3

14TFS7 14FFS7 15 91⁄4 11 31⁄2 24 7 11⁄8 1 28 3⁄8 316 16TFS12 16FFS12 17 105⁄8 111⁄2 4 28 8 11⁄8 1 32 3⁄8 3

16TFS7 16FFS7 17 105⁄8 111⁄2 4 28 8 11⁄8 1 32 3⁄8 318 18TFS12 18FFS12 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 41⁄2 31 9 13⁄8 13⁄8 36 3⁄8 3

18TFS7 18FFS7 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 41⁄2 31 9 13⁄8 11⁄8 36 3⁄8 320 20TFS10 20FFS10 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 4 34 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 40 3⁄8 4

20TFS7 20FFS7 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 4 34 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 40 3⁄8 424 24TFS10 24FFS10 25 161⁄2 161⁄2 4 40 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 48 3⁄8 5

24TFS7 24FFS7 25 161⁄2 161⁄2 4 40 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 48 3⁄8 5

14 Ga.14 Ga.12 Ga.14 Ga.

3⁄16″

14 Ga.3⁄16″

12 Ga.3⁄16″

12 Ga.3⁄16″

12 Ga.3⁄16″

12 Ga.3⁄16″

10 Ga.3⁄16″

10 Ga.3⁄16″

A C D E L T S

B

U U U

ScrewDiameterInches

ShroudThickness

Part No. F

Flared Flared Flared

FeederShroudsShrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtainproper feed regulation. Lengths are sufficient to prevent flushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges areproportioned to trough size and gauge.

S = Spaces at E inchesBOLTS - T

Flared trough U-trough

H-106

CONVEYORS

ConveyorShrouds

ConveyorShroudsConveyor shroud covers are used to form a tubular cross section within the conveyor trough. This arrangement gives the featuresof a tubular housing while allowing removal of the shroud for easy access and cleaning. Flat or flanged covers can be used over theshroud cover when it is objectionable for the recess in the shroud to be exposed to dust or weather. Various types of shrouds arefurnished to fit various applications. These types are described below.

Type 1

Type 1 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and flanged ends at both ends. This type is used when shroud is full length oftrough or between hangers.

Type 2

Type 2 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rails and flanged ends on one end over trough end; other end is plain. This typeshroud is used at an inlet opening or next to a hanger at the plain end.

Type 3

Type 3 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and both ends closed and no flanges over ends. This type shroud is usedbetween hangers.

Type 4

Type 4 Shroud cover has no flanges at sides or ends. Bolt holes are provided along sides, for bolting through side of trough. Thisallows flush mounting with top of trough and a cover may be used over the shroud. This shroud is used mostly for short lengthswhen installed ahead of an inlet opening.

H-107

CONV

EYOR

S

SpecialFeatures

SECTION IV

SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV

Covers ....................................................................................................................................H-108

Trough Ends ...........................................................................................................................H-109

Trough.....................................................................................................................................H-110

Conveyor Screws ....................................................................................................................H-113

Discharges ..............................................................................................................................H-118

Inlets........................................................................................................................................H-119

Special FeaturesThe information presented in this section gives descriptions and functions of the most commonlyused special features available in the design of conveyor systems.These special features will greatly broaden the range of uses for screw conveyor when added tothe many standard features available. Standard features and components are always moredesirable and practical in the design of a screw conveyor system; however, one or more ofthese special features may sometimes be required in special applications for a workable or moreefficient system.

H-108

CONVEYORS

CoversOVERFLOW COVER sections are used as a safety relief tohandle overflow over the discharge in cases where the dischargemay become plugged. It is a short section of flanged or flat coverhinged across the width to the adjoining cover. The cover is notattached to the trough in order that it can be raised by pressurefrom within the trough.

SHROUD COVERS are designed to fit inside a standardconveyor trough of a Screw Feeder or inclined conveyor, andcreate a tubular trough effect. This cover has an advantage overtubular trough in that ease of access is combined with theconvenience of using standard hangers and accessories. Anadditional flat cover may be required over the shroud to preventaccumulation of dust or water in the recessed portion of theshroud cover.

EXPANDED METAL COVERS can be furnished where cover isrequired for safety but constant visual inspection is required.STANDARD COVERS of any design can be furnished in heaviergauges, when needed to support weight.

DOME COVERS are half circle domes rolled to the same insidediameter as the trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to thetrough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heatfrom the material being conveyed is required. End sections havea welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrapconnected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the

DUST SEAL COVERS are flanged down on all four sides tomatch channel sections fabricated on the sides, ends, and crosschannels of special dust seal troughs. The length of the covershould not exceed one-half the length of the trough section.

HINGED COVERS may be constructed from conventional flatcovers or most special covers. They are equipped with a hinge onone side for attaching to the trough and are bolted or clamped tothe trough on the other side. Hinged covers are used inapplications where it is not desirable to have a loose cover, suchas in high areas above walkways where the cover might fall.

HIP ROOF COVERS are similar to conventional flanged coversexcept they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the centerof the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section ateach end of the trough while intermediate joints are usuallybuttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommendedfor outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture.They are also often used in applications where a more rigidcover is required.

H-109

CONV

EYOR

S

TroughEnds

SHELF-TYPE TROUGH ENDS are furnished with outboard bearing pedestals for mounting pillow block bearings. The bearings aremounted away from the trough end plate allowing ample room to protect the bearing when handling abrasive or hot materials. Thisarrangement allows the use of most any type shaft seal desired. Either one or two bearings can be used.

BLIND TROUGH ENDS are used on the tail end (normally the inlet end) of a conveyor, when sealing the end shaft is extremelydifficult. A hanger is used inside the trough to support the tail shaft without the shaft projecting through the trough end.

A blind trough end plate can also be furnished with a dead shaft welded to the end plate. For this type the screw is bushed with anantifriction bearing to carry the radial load of the screw. When required, a grease fitting can be furnished through the dead shaft forlubricating the bearing.

H-110

CONVEYORS

Trough

PERFORATED BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with aperforated bottom, and is used as a screening operation or drainsection when liquids are present in the conveyed material. Thesize of the perforations in the trough will vary depending on thematerial and application.

RECTANGULAR TROUGH is made with a flat bottom and can beformed from a single sheet or with sides and bottom of separatepieces. This type trough is frequently used in handling abrasivematerials capable of forming a layer of material on the bottom ofthe trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting thetrough from undue wear. Also in handling hot materials, thematerial will form its own internal insulation with this type trough.

TAPERED BOTTOM TROUGH is used to prevent a dead spacein the trough at the small end of a tapered conveyor screw. Withsome materials the tapered trough is necessary to preventbridging in the trough, or contamination of the material.

TUBULAR TROUGH is furnished in either solid tube constructionor split tube construction with flanges for bolting or clamping thetwo halves together. This trough is a complete tube enclosureand is used for weather-tight applications, for loading to full crosssections, and for inclined or vertical applications where fall backnecessitates the housing to operate at a full loading.

WIDE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional constructionexcept with a wider clearance between the outside of theconveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type trough isused when it is desirable to form a layer of conveyed material inthe trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting thetrough from undue wear. By using a wide clearance or oversizetrough, a greater capacity than using a standard conveyor screwcan be obtained for some materials that travel as a mass. Whenwide clearance trough is required, it is more economical to use astandard conveyor screw and the next larger size standard

BULK HEAD is a plate or baffle shaped to the contour of theinside of the trough and is normally welded or bolted six to twelveinches from the trough end. The bulk head protects the endbearing and drive unit from heat while handling hot materials,when the pocket formed is filled with packing or insulation. Thebulk head can be used in the same manner to prevent damage toseals and bearings when handling extremely abrasive materials.

EXPANSION JOINT is a connection within a length of trough toallow for expansion caused by hot materials being conveyed.The expansion joint is constructed with bolts fastened in slots toallow for expansion or with a telescoping type slip joint. Thenumber of joints and amount of expansion will depend on theapplication.

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-111

CONV

EYOR

S

Trough

CLOSE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional constructionexcept with a closer clearance between the outside of theconveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type troughleaves less material in the trough and is often used when agreater clean-out of conveyed material is required. This typetrough also minimizes fall back of certain materials in an inclinedconveyor.

DROP BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with either a bolted orclamped and completely removable drop bottom, or hinged onone side with bolts or clamps on the opposite side. This designoffers ease in cleaning of the trough and screw conveyor, and isoften used when handling food products where internalinspection and cleaning of the screw conveyor is necessary.

DUST SEAL TROUGH (Sometimes referred to as SAND SEALTROUGH) has Z-bar top flanges and formed channel crossmembers making a continuous channel pocket around the top ofthe trough into which a special flanged cover is set. The channelis filled with sand or dust of the product being conveyed, thuscreating an effective seal against the escape of dust from withinthe conveyor.

CLOSE


CHANNEL SIDE TROUGH is made with separate detachabletrough bottoms, bolted or clamped to formed or rolled steelchannels. The channels may be of any reasonable length to spanwidely spaced supports. This type of trough is occasionally usedfor easy replacement of trough bottoms, and to facilitate repairswhen conveyor screw and hangers are not accessible from thetop. The channel side trough can also be used without a bottomfor filling bins and hoppers.

HIGH SIDE TROUGH is of conventional construction except thatthe trough sides extend higher than standard from the center lineto the top of the trough. This type trough is frequently used inconveying materials which mat together and travel as a mass ontop of the conveyor screw. High side trough will confine this typematerial in the trough, but still affords the necessary expansionroom.

JACKETED TROUGH consists of a formed jacket continuouslywelded to the trough. This type trough is widely used for heating,drying or cooling of materials. Pipe connections are provided forsupply and discharge of the heating or cooling media. Specialconstruction must be provided for higher pressures.

H-112

CONVEYORS

Trough

HOLD DOWN ANGLES are used to hold the conveyor screw in the trough when the conveyor is operated without intermediatehangers or when chunks of material may tend to ride under the conveyor screw and push it up. The angle is constructed of formedor regular angle iron and is attached to one side of the full length of trough far enough above the conveyor screw to allow approxi-mately one-half inch clearance between the bottom angle and the conveyor screw.

INSULATED CONVEYOR TROUGH is used when handling hot or cold materials. There are many types of insulation materials andarrangements that can be used.

RIDER BARS are flat bars one to one and one-half inches in width running part of length or full length of the trough. Two or fourbars are normally used and are spaced an equal distance apart along the curved bottom of the trough. The bars are used to sup-port the conveyor screw to prevent wear on the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used. Rider bars are sometimesreferred to as Rifling Bars when they are used to assist in conveying materials that tend to stick to the conveyor screw and rotatewith it.

SADDLE TYPE WEAR PLATES are plates curved to the contour of the inside of the trough and of slightly less thickness than theclearance between the conveyor screw and trough. The plates are made in lengths of approximately one and one-half times thepitch of the conveyor screw and are normally spaced at intervals equal to the distance between hangers. They are used to supportthe conveyor screw to prevent damage to the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used.

SCREW ROTATION


STRIKE OFF PLATE (Shroud Baffle) is a single plate bolted ver-tically to the upper portion of the trough and is cut out to the con-tour of the screw. This plate is used to regulate the flow ofmaterial from an inlet by preventing flooding across the top of theconveyor screw.

H-113

CONVEYORS

ConveyorScrews

6 19 11⁄2

12 214 216 21⁄218 21⁄220 324 3

SPLIT FLIGHT COUPLINGS permit installation or removal of individual sections of conveyor screw without disturbing adjoiningsections. When they are installed on both sides of each hanger, sections of screw can be removed without disturbing the hangers.These must be furnished complete with matching shafts.

WEAR FLIGHTS, or wearing shoes, attached with countersunk bolts to the carrying side of conveyor screw flights are used for han-dling highly abrasive materials and are easily replaceable.

QUICK DETACHABLE KEY CONVEYOR SCREW is designed for easy removal from the conveyor trough. Each section of screw isprovided with a removable key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor screw section and coupling with ahanger can be quickly removed without disturbing other components.

Screw Diameter Standard Width of Application

HARD SURFACED FLIGHTS sometimes called abrasive resistant conveyors can be furnished using one of many hardsurfacingprocesses. The hard surfaced area is normally an outer portion of the face of the flight on the carrying side of the conveyor screw.This process is applied to the conveyor screw to resist wear when handling highly abrasive materials.

NOTE: Weld-on typenormally 1⁄16″thick.

Helicoid Sectional

Width of Application Chart

H-114

CONVEYORS

SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are of regular construction except that the pitch of the flights is reduced. They are recom-mended for use in inclined conveyors of 20 degrees slope and over, and are extensively used as feeder screws, and for controllingcross sectional loading in the balance of a conveyor when short pitch is used at the inlet opening.

TAPERING FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS are frequently used as feeder screws for handling friable lumpy material from bins orhoppers and also to draw the material uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.

STEPPED DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREWS consist of flights of different diameters, each with its regular pitch, mounted in tan-dem on one pipe or shaft. They are frequently used as feeder screws, with the smaller diameter located under bins or hoppers toregulate the flow of material.

STEPPED PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are screws with succeeding single or groups of flights increasing in pitch and are usedas feeder screws to draw free-flowing materials uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.

CONE SCREW to withdraw material evenly from a hopper or bin. Constant pitch reduces bridging. Requires less start-up horse-power.

ConveyorScrews

H-115

CONVEYORS

DOUBLE FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS of regular pitch promote a smooth gentle flow and discharge of certain materials. Doubleflight can be used at hanger points only, for smooth flow past hangers.

DOUBLE FLIGHT SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS assure more accurate regulation of feed and flow in screw feeders andeffectively deter flushing action of fluid materials.

MULTIPLE RIBBON FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS. This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon flights of different diame-ters and opposite hand, mounted one within the other on the same pipe or shaft by rigid supporting lugs. Material is moved forwardby one flight and backward by the other, thereby inducing positive and thorough mixing. (Made per customer specifications.)

BREAKER PINS. The breaker pin is a rod approximately the same in length as the diameter of the conveyor screw and is insertedthrough the diameter of the pipe over the discharge to help break up lump materials.

CONTINUOUS WELDING of the conveyor screw flight to the pipe can be furnished with welding one side or both sides. This weld-ing is added to prevent stripping of flight from the pipe under extreme loads. The continuous welding can also be added to fill theslight crack between the flight and pipe for sanitary purposes.

ConveyorScrews

H-116

CONVEYORS

ConveyorScrews

BEARING SHOES (Nylon, Teflon, Brass, and other bearing type materials.) Bearing shoes are used in place of internal bearingsand are bolted to the conveyor screw. They are made from bearing type material, and when attached to the conveyor screw flight,the bearing shoe projects beyond the outer edge of flighting and rotates with the screw thereby preventing metal to metal contactbetween the conveyor screw and the trough. The bearing shoes extend around the helix slightly more than one pitch and arespaced along the screw at approximately the same intervals as internal bearings.

EXTERNAL SLEEVES OR BOLT PADS are added to the outside diameter of conveyor screw pipe at the end where the couplingsare attached to reinforce the pipe at the bolt area.

KICKER BARS are flat bars projecting from the conveyor screw pipe extending to the outside diameter of the screw over the dis-charge spout and are used to assist the discharge of materials.

MULTIPLE HOLE DRILLING of the conveyor screw pipe and shafts will increase the torque rating of the bolted sections.

External Sleeves Bolt Pads

H-117

CONVEYORS

ConveyorScrews

OPPOSITE HAND FLIGHTS are short sections (approximately one-half pitch) of flight added to the conveyor screw beyond the dis-charge point and are the opposite hand of the rest of the screw. This flight opposes the flow of material that tends to carry past thedischarge spout and pack at the end plate and forces the material back to the spout for discharge.

ODD DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREW is of conventional construction except oversize or undersize in diameter. This type con-veyor screw is used to provide a close clearance or wide clearance between the screw and trough and enable the use of standardcomponent parts.

END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW. This disc is welded flush with the end of the conveyor screw pipe and is the same diameteras the screw. It rotates with the conveyor screw and assists in relieving the thrust of the conveyed material against the end plateshaft seal.

CLOSE COUPLED CONVEYOR SCREW. This type screw forms a continuous helix when two or more conveyor screws are closecoupled by drilling the shaft of each to align the connecting flight.

ROTARY JOINTS FOR COOLING AND HEATING are attached to one or both end shafts to provide a flow of heating or coolingmedia through the conveyor screw pipe.

DISC

H-118

CONVEYORS

DischargesANGULAR DISCHARGES can be furnished when necessary forcertain applications. This type discharge is normally used oninclined conveyors when it is necessary that the discharge beparallel to ground level, or at other times when material must bedischarged to one side.

LONGER THAN STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUTS areapproximately one and one-half times the length of the standarddischarge spouts. This discharge is used with materials hard todischarge due to the material trying to convey past the dischargeopening. This discharge is also used when operating high speedconveyors.

ROUND DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished where required forattaching tubular attachments, or when one conveyor dischargesinto another conveyor at an angle other than a right angle. Byusing a round discharge and round inlet the connection is easilymade.

FLUSH END DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished with a specialtrough end plate constructed on trough end side of the spout.This type spout offers a complete discharge without a ledge at theend plate for material build up. It is used primarily in handling foodproducts, where infestation may occur.

AIR OPERATED FLAT SLIDE GATES are similar in action andpurpose to rack and pinion gates. The gate movement is accom-plished by an air cylinder. These gates are usually employedwhen remote control and automatic operation is desired.

LEVER OPERATED GATES are a modification of standard slidedischarges with a lever attached for opening and closing thegates. This attachment provides a leverage for ease of operationand a convenient means for quick opening and closing.

ENCLOSED DUST-TIGHT OR WEATHER-PROOF rack and pin-ion discharge spouts can be furnished in either flat or curved slideand are similar in construction to conventional rack and pinionslide gates except that the slide, rack, and pinion are fullyenclosed in a housing.

H-119

CONVEYORS

AIR OPERATED CURVED SLIDE GATES are similar to standardrack and pinion gates except they are operated with an air cylin-der. The air operated gate is usually used for remote control andautomatic operation. These gates can also be furnished in dust-tight or weather-proof construction with the cylinder and gate fullyenclosed in the housing.

CUSHION CHAMBER INLETS (DEAD BED INLETS) serve thesame purpose as the deflector plate inlet, but are constructedwith a ledge that forms a cushion for materials fed into the con-veyor.

SIDE INLETS are equipped with a gate to furnish a means of reg-ulating or stopping the inlet flow to relieve the conveyor screwfrom excessive material pressures. When using the side inlet, thescrew rotation should be toward the inlet opening to assure aconstant flow rate.

HAND SLIDE INLET GATES are normally used when multipleinlets are required. These inlets must be adjusted or closed man-ually to assure proper feed to the conveyor.

Dischargesand Inlets

ROUND INLET SPOUTS are used for tubular attachments orwhen connecting the discharge of one conveyor to the inlet ofanother at other than a right angle. This type connection is easilymade with round discharges and inlets.

DEFLECTOR PLATE INLETS are used when materials fall verti-cally into the inlet creating the possibility of impact damage orabrasion to the conveyor screw. The rectangular inlet is equippedwith deflector plates, or baffles, that dampen the impact of thematerial in order to feed the conveyor more gently.

HANGER POCKETS are used with tubular trough, mounted ontop of the tubular trough at hanger bearing points. The hangerpocket forms a U-shape section for a short length, allowing theuse of standard conveyor hangers and providing easy access tothe hanger.

H-120

CONVEYORS

Caution: All Martin Conveyors must be assembled and maintained in accordance with this section. Failure to follow theseinstructions may result in serious personal injury or property damage.

Installation& Maintenance

SECTIONVGeneral

All standard screw conveyor components are manufactured in conformity with Industry Standards. Special components are usu-ally designed and manufactured to the particular job specifications.

Screw conveyors may be ordered either as complete units or by individual components. Complete units are normally shopassembled and then match marked and disassembled for shipment and field re-assembly. When components only are ordered,shipment is made as ordered, and these components must be sorted out and aligned in field assembly.

Because shop assembled screw conveyors are pre-aligned and match marked at the factory, they are easier to assemble in thefield and require the minimum installation time. When individual components are ordered, more careful alignment and assembly arerequired. More time is required for field installation. Assembly bolts are not included with parts orders but are included with pre-assembled units.

InstallationReceiving

Check all assemblies or parts with shipping papers and inspect for damage. Specifically check for dented or bent trough, bentflanges, bent flighting, bent pipe or hangers or damaged bearings. If any components are severely damaged in shipment, claimsshould be filed immediately with the carrier. NOTE: Handle Carefully! Fork lifts should have spreader bars to lift max. 24ʼ lengths ofassembled conveyors. Lift points should not exceed 10 - 12 feet.

ErectionFor shop assembled conveyors, units are match marked and shipped in longest sections practical for shipment. Field assembly

can be accomplished by connecting match marked joints, and in accordance with packing list, and/or drawing if applicable. In fielderection, the mounting surfaces for supporting the conveyor must be level and true so there is no distortion in the conveyor. Shimsor grout should be used when required. Check for straightness as assembly is made.

For conveyor assemblies purchased as parts or merchandise, assemble as follows: Place conveyor troughs in proper sequencewith inlet and discharge spout properly located. Connect the trough flanges loosely. Do not tighten bolts. Align the trough bottom cen-ter-lines perfectly using piano wire (or equivalent) then tighten flange bolts. Tighten all anchor bolts.

Piano Wire — Stretch Tight Angle Clip

Trough Joint

Assembly of conveyor screws should always begin at the thrust end. If the unit does not require a thrust unit, assemblyshould begin at the drive end. If a thrust end is designated, assemble trough end and thrust bearing. Insert the end, or driveshaft, in the end bearing. Do not tighten set screws until conveyor assembly is completed.

Place the first screw section in the trough, slipping the end, or drive shaft, into the pipe end. Secure tightly with coupling bolts.Install so that conveyor end lugs are opposite the carrying side of the flight.

Place a coupling shaft into the opposite end of conveyor pipe. Tighten coupling bolts.Insert coupling shaft into hanger bearing and clamp hanger to trough.Assemble alternately, conveyor screws, couplings and hangers until all screws are installed.

INSTALLATIONANDMAINTENANCESECTIONVInstallation and Erection......................................................................................................... H-120Operation and Maintenance................................................................................................... H-121Hazardous Operations ........................................................................................................... H-121Warning & Safety Reminder................................................................................................... H-122

H-121

CONVEYORS

Installation& Maintenance

H-121

1) With Hangers: Assemble screw section so that flighting at each end is approximately 180° from ends of flighting of adjacentsections. Also, adjust conveyor screw and thrust unit so that hangers are equally spaced between adjacent screws.

2) Without Hangers: (close coupled) Assemble screws so that flighting at adjoining ends of screw sections align to produce acontinuous helix surface. (Note coupling holes have been drilled in assembly to allow for flight alignment.)

Remove hanger clamps and bolt hanger to trough with the bearing centered between conveyor screws.Install trough covers in proper sequence. Properly locate inlet openings. Handle covers with reasonable care to avoid warping or

bending.Attach covers to trough with fasteners provided.Install drive at proper location and in accordance with separate instructions or drawing provided.Check screw rotation for proper direction of material travel after electrical connections have been made but before attempting to

handle material. Incorrect screw rotation can result in serious damage to the conveyor and to related conveying and drive equip-ment.

If necessary, reconnect electrical leads to reverse rotation of conveyor and direction of material flow.

OperationLubricate all bearings and drives per service instructions. Gear reducers are normally shipped without lubricant. Refer to service

instructions for lubrication.In start-up of the conveyor, operate several hours empty as a break in period. Observe for bearing heat up, unusual noises or

drive misalignment. Should any of these occur, check the following and take necessary corrective steps. (Non-lubricated hangerbearings may cause some noise.)

1) When anti-friction bearings are used, check for proper lubrication. Insufficient or excess lubricant will cause high operatingtemperatures.

2) Misalignment of trough ends, screws, hangers and trough end can cause excessive maintenance and poor life expectancy.3) Check assembly and mounting bolts; tighten if necessary.Do not overload conveyor. Do not exceed conveyor speed, capacity, material density or rate of flow for which the conveyor and

drive were designed.If the conveyor is to be inoperative for a prolonged period of time, operate conveyor until cleared of all material. This is particu-

larly important when the material conveyed tends to harden or become more viscous or sticky if allowed to stand for a period oftime.

It may be necessary to recenter hanger bearings after running material in conveyor.

MaintenancePractice good housekeeping. Keep the area around the conveyor and drive clean and free of obstacles to provide easy access

and to avoid interference with the function of the conveyor and drive.Establish routine periodic inspections of the entire conveyor to insure continuous maximum operating performance.To replace conveyor screw section, proceed as follows:1) Removal of a section, or sections, usually must proceed from the end opposite the drive. Make sure drive and electrical

power are disconnected before starting to disassemble.2) Remove the trough end, sections of screws, coupling shafts and hangers until all sections have been removed or until the

damaged or worn section is reached and removed.3) To reassemble follow the above steps in reverse order.4) Quick detachable conveyor screws can be removed at intermediate locations without first removing adjacent sections.Replacement parts can be identified from a copy of the original packing list or invoice.The coupling bolt contains a lock nut that may become damaged when removed. It is recommended practice to replace them

rather than re-use them when changing conveyor screw sections.

HazardousOperationsScrew conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to operate handling hazardous materials or in a hazardous envi-

ronment.Hazardous materials can be those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel if they are not com-

pletely and thoroughly contained in the conveyor housing. Special construction of screw and conveyor housing with gaskets andspecial bolted covers can sometimes be used for handling this type of material.

Special conveyors are not made or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels.

H-122

CONVEYORS

Warning&SafetyReminder






on the caution labels affixed to the equip-ment.6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part ofyour body, in the conveyor.7. Never walk on conveyor covers, gratingor guards.8. Do not use conveyor for any purposeother than that for which it was intended.9. Do not poke or prod material into the con-veyor with a bar or stick inserted through theopenings.10. Keep area around conveyor drive andcontrol station free of debris and obstacles.11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy(materials or devices that could cause con-veyor components to move without powerapplied) before opening the conveyor12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed con-veyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.13. Do not attempt field modification of con-veyor or components.14. Conveyors are not normally manufac-tured or designed to handle materials thatare hazardous to personnel. These materi-als which are hazardous include those thatare explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwisedangerous to personnel. Conveyors may bedesigned to handle these materials.Conveyors are not manufactured ordesigned to comply with local, state or fed-eral codes for unfired pressure vessels. Ifhazardous materials are to be conveyed orif the conveyor is to be subjected to internalor external pressure, manufacturer shouldbe consulted prior to any modifications.CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking











H-123

CONVEYORS

BucketElevators

SECTION VI

BUCKETELEVATORSSECTIONVI

Introduction............................................................................H-124Standard Features Series 100 & 700 ....................................H-125Elevator Selection Procedure ................................................H-126Materials Table ......................................................................H-127Centrifugal Discharge Elevator

Series 100 and 200 Chain............................................H-128Series 100 and 200 Belt...............................................H-129

Continuous Discharge ElevatorsSeries 700 and 800 Chain............................................H-130Series 700 and 800 Belt...............................................H-131

Mill duty Centrifugal Discharge ElevatorsSeries MDC26 and MDC30 Chain ...............................H-132Series MDB30 Belt.......................................................H-133Series DRB30 Belt .......................................................H-134

Super Capacity Continuous Discharge ElevatorsSeries SC700 Chain.....................................................H-135

Bucket Elevator DimensionsElevator Sketch............................................................H-136Dimensions, 100 & 700 Belt & Chain ...........................H-137

Buckets and Chain ................................................................H-138Bucket Punching....................................................................H-139Calculations for Numbers of Buckets ....................................H-140High Speed Grain Centrifugal Disc. Elevator

Series 500 Belt.............................................................H-141

H-124

CONVEYORS

IntroductionMartin designs and manufactures various types of bucket ele-vators to efficiently handle most varieties of dry, free-flowingbulk materials. High design standards, quality manufacturing,the best possible service through many branch locations and anexcellent distributor network assure many years of economical,trouble-free service.

This catalog is designed to make a preliminary selection of abucket elevator. It shows the variety of elevators manufactured byMartin. Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martindistributor for a recommendation.

Types

CentrifugalDischarge ContinuousDischarge

Centrifugal discharge typeelevators are offered as:Series 100 (boot take up)and Series 200 (head takeup). Either series is avail-able with buckets mountedon chain or belt and willhandle free-flowing materi-als with small to mediumsize lumps. The standardinlet chute and standardcurved bottom plate directthe material into the buck-ets and reduce the “dig-ging” action. The speed ofthe elevator is sufficient todischarge the material bycentrifugal force.

Many types of drives andelevator materials of con-struction are available.

Continuous discharge ele-vators are offered as: Series700 (boot take up) andSeries 800 (head take up).Either series is availablewith buckets mounted onchain or belt and will handlefree-flowing material, slug-gish material or materialsthat are abrasive. Theclosely spaced fabricatedbuckets, with extendedsides, form a “chute” todirect material into thebucket. At the discharge,the bucket configurationallows the material to dis-charge by gravity over theback of the proceedingbucket.

Various materials of con-struction and thicknessesare available.

CentrifugalDischarge -MillDuty ContinuousDischarge -SuperCapacityCentrifugal Mill Duty type elevators areoffered with style “AC” centrifugal dischargebuckets mounted on a single strand ofchain, or on a belt. Chain units have a sin-gle row of buckets mounted on a singlestrand of chain. Belt type units may have asingle or double row of buckets bolted toheavy duty rubber covered belting. Productis centrifugally discharged as materialpasses over the head wheel or pulley. Ahead mounted traction wheel is utilized inthe chain type units, where practical.Lagged pulleys are standard for belt typeunits. Housing construction is heavy dutyfor severe service.

Continuous Discharge Super Capacity typeelevators are offered with style “SC” contin-uous discharge buckets mounted betweentwo strands of chain. These units are usedwhere higher capacities, severe duty, orhigher shaft centers are required. Housingconstruction is heavy duty for severeservice.

High-SpeedCentrifugalGrainSeries 500 (double leg) andSeries 400 (single leg)high-speed centrifugal dis-charge bucket elevatorsare specially designed toeconomically handle grainand other free-flowingmaterials. These elevatorsare not self-supporting;therefore, intermediate sup-ports must be provided byothers.

Although the charts in thiscatalog are based on onetype of bucket, many otherstyles are available. Forspecific recommendationscontact your local MartinService Center or MartinConveyor Division distribu-tor for a recommendation.

H-125

CONVEYORS

StandardFeaturesSeries100andSeries700

1. Shaft Mount Type Drive . . . . . . . . . . Furnished as standard. Othertypes available. Backstops arerequired to prevent reverse rota-tion. Various types are available.

2. Split Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge

3. Inspection Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near side

4. Head Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 12 gauge steel withbearing pedestal structurally rein-forced

5. Discharge Spout (Style 1 shown) . . . Fabricated of 10 gauge plate steelwith externally adjustable 4-plybelting throat lip (not shown).Style 2 (45°) available. Wear linersavailable.

6. Intermediate Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixture welded 12 gauge casingcontinuously welded for dust tightconstruction. Sides are crosscrimped for additional stiffness.Vertical corner angles are fulllength.

7. Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 3⁄16 inch thick platesteel

8. Clean Out Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolted for easy removal

9. Curved Bottom Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduces build-up in boot

10. Take-Up Ball Bearing Screw Type . . For positive take-up tension.Available with roller bearings.Internal gravity type alsoavailable.

11. Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 3⁄16 inch thick platesteel.

ElevatorNumber100 thru800Series

Example — B43-139

Mounting Bucket Size Series Unit No.

B 43 1 39

B = Belt 43 = 4 × 3 1 = 100 Unit 39C = Chain 64 = 6 × 4 2 = 200

85 = 8 × 5 5 = 500106 = 10 × 6 7 = 700

Etc. 8 = 800

B43-139 is a belt (B) elevator with 4″ × 3″ (43) buckets, centrifugal dis-charge type with boot take up (Series 100), Unit 39. Specifications maybe found on pages H-129.

H-126

CONVEYORS

ElevatorSelection

GeneralTo properly select a bucket elevator, the following factors must be deter-mined:1.Volumetric Capacity— in cubic feet per hour. Bucket elevators must

be uniformly and continuously fed. The volumetric capacity used forselection must be the maximum the elevator will experience. UseTable 1-1 for conversions if necessary.

2.Centers or Lift— in feet3.Lump Size and Lump Class — Lump size is the largest particle

dimension, and lump class is the percentage these lumps representof the whole.

4.Material Characteristics— See Material Classification Code Chart.5.Operating Conditions — Conditions affecting operation include

location (indoors, outdoors), number of hours per day operation, etc.

ProcedureThe following steps should be followed to select an elevator:1.Determine proper elevator series — See material table for recom-

mendation.2.Select Elevator Number — For the series selected, refer to the

Capacity chart, and select an elevator number for which the capacityin cubic feet per hour listed equals or exceeds the required volumetriccapacity. If the required volumetric capacity of centers exceed thoselisted, contact the Martin for a recommendation.

3.Check Lump Size/Lump Class — Check actual lump size/lumpclass against that listed for the elevator number selected. If the actuallump size/lump class is larger than that listed, choose a larger eleva-tor where the actual is equal to or less than that listed.

4.Determine Horsepower Requirements— Consult Martin.5.List Specifications — Refer to capacity, horsepower and dimension

charts for the elevator number selected. List the specifications for thepreliminary selection of the elevator.

Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin, distributor fora recommendation.To To cubic feet per hour

convert (CF or FT3/HR)Tons per hour (short) CFH = TPH × 2000

TPH Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)Pounds per hour CFH = Pounds per hour

Lbs/hour Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)Bushels per hour CFH = BPH × 1.24BPH

Material Classification Code ChartMajor Class Material Characteristics Included Code Description

Density Bulk Density, Loose Actual Lbs/CF

No. 200 Sieve (.0029″) and Under A200Very Fine No. 100 Sieve (.0059″) and Under A100No. 40 Sieve (.016″) and Under A40

Fine No. 6 Sieve (.132″) and Under B6

Size 1⁄2″ and Under (6 Sieve to 1⁄2″) C1⁄2Granular 3″ and Under (1⁄2 to 3″) D37″ and Under (3″ to 7″) D7

16″ and Under (0″ to 16″) D16Lumpy Over 16″ To Be SpecifiedX = Actual Maximum Size DX

Irregular Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc. EVery Free Flowing 1

Flowability Free Flowing 2Average Flowability 3Sluggish 4Mildly Abrasive 5

Abrasiveness Moderately Abrasive 6Extremely Abrasive 7

` Builds Up and Hardens FGenerates Static Electricity GDecomposes — Deteriorates in Storage HFlammability JBecomes Plastic or Tends to Soften KVery Dusty L

Miscellaneous Aerates and Becomes a Fluid MExplosiveness N

Properties Stickiness — Adhesion OContaminable, Affecting Use P

or Degradable, Affecting Use QGives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes R

Hazards Highly Corrosive SMildly Corrosive THygroscopic UInterlocks, Mats or Agglomerates VOils Present WVery Light and Fluffy — May Be Windswept YElevated Temperature Z

TABLE 1-1

H-127

CONVEYORS

MaterialsTable

Alfalfa Meal 14-22 B6-45WY F, HAlmonds, Broken 27-30 C1⁄2-35Q C, F, HAlmonds, Whole Shelled 28-30 C1⁄2-35Q FAlum, Fine 45-50 B6-35U A, FAlum, Lumpy 50-60 B6-25 A, FAlumina 55-65 B6-27MY GAluminum Chips, Dry 7-15 E-45V FAluminum Oxide 60-120 A100-17M FAshes, Coal, Dry — 3″ 35-40 D3-46T CAsphalt, Crushed — 1⁄2″ 45 C1⁄2-45 A, C, FBakelite, Fine 30-45 B6-25 FBaking Powder 40-55 A100-35 FBauxite, Crushed — 3″ 75-85 D3-36 A, C, FBeans, Castor,

Whole Shelled 36 C1⁄2-15W A, C, F, HBeans, Navy, Dry 48 C1⁄2-15 A, C, F, HBentonite, Crude 34-40 D3-45X A, CBentonite — 100 Mesh 50-60 A100-25MXY A, CBoneblack 20-25 A100-25Y FBonemeal 50-60 B6-35 A, CBones, Crushed 35-50 D3-45 A, C, F, HBones, Ground 50 B6-35 A, C, F, HBorax, Fine 45-55 B6-25T A, CBran, Rice-Rye-Wheat 16-20 B6-35NY A, CBrewerʼs Grain, spent, dry 14-30 C1⁄2-45 A, CBrewerʼs Grain, spent, wet 55-60 C1⁄2-45T A, CBuckwheat 37-42 B6-25N ECalcium Oxide

(See Lime, unslaked) — — —Cast Iron, Chips 130-200 C1⁄2-45 FCement, Clinker 75-95 D3-36 A, FCement, Portland 94 A100-26M A, FChalk, Crushed 75-95 D3-25 A, FChalk, Pulverized 67-75 A100-25MXY A, FCharcoal, Lumps 18-28 D3-45Q FCinders, Coal 40 D3-36T A, FClay, Brick, Dry, Fines 100-120 C1⁄2-36 BCoal, Anthracite,

Sized — 1⁄2″ 49-61 C1⁄2-25 A, FCoal, Bituminous, Mined,

Slack 43-50 C1⁄2-45T A, FCoffee, Green Bean 25-32 C1⁄2-25PQ A, FCoffee, Roasted Bean 20-30 C1⁄2-25PQ A, FCoke, Breeze 25-35 C1⁄2-37 B, DCoke, Loose 23-35 D7-37 DCoke, Petrol, Calcined 35-45 D7-37 DCopra, Cake, Ground 40-45 B6-45HW A, C, F, GCopra, Cake, Lumpy 25-30 D3-35HW A, C, FCopra, Lumpy 22 E-35HW A, C, FCopra, Meal 40-45 B6-35HW A, C, F, GCork, Granulated 12-15 C1⁄2-35JY F, HCorn, Cracked 40-50 B6-25P F, HCorn Germ 21 B6-35PY A, CCorn Grits 40-45 B6-35P A, CCornmeal 32-40 B6-35P A, CCorn Shelled 45 C1⁄2-25 ECorn Sugar 30-35 B6-35PU A, CCottonseed, Cake, Lumpy 40-45 D7-45HW A, CCottonseed, Dry, Delinted 22-40 C1⁄2-25X B, DCottonseed, Dry,

Not Delinted 18-25 C1⁄2-45XY B, DCottonseed, Hulls 12 B6-35Y F, GCottonseed, Meal, Extracted 35-40 B6-45HW A, CCottonseed, Meats, Dry 40 B6-35HW A, CDistillerʼs Grain, Spent Dry 30 B6-35 A, CDolomite, Crushed 80-100 C1⁄2-36 A, FEbonite, Crushed 63-70 C1⁄2-35 FFeldspar, Ground 65-80 A100-37 A, C, F,

Feldspar, Powder 100 A200-36 F, HFlaxseed 43-45 B6-35X EFlaxseed Cake

(Linseed Cake) 48-50 D7-45W CFlaxseed Meal

(Linseed Meal) 25-45 B6-45W A, CFullerʼs Earth, Dry, Raw 30-40 A40-25 B, DFullerʼs Earth, Oily, Spent 60-65 C1⁄2-450W B, DGlass, Batch 80-100 C1⁄2-37 B, DGranite, Fine 80-90 C1⁄2-27 FGypsum, Calcined 55-60 B6-35U A, C, F, HGypsum, Calcined,

Powdered 60-80 A100-35U A, FGypsum, Raw — 1″ 70-80 D3-25 FHops, Spent, Dry 35 D3-35 A, CHops, Spent, Wet 50-55 D3-45V A, CIce, Crushed 35-45 D3-35Q A, FIlmenite Ore 140-160 D3-37 A, C, F, GLime, Ground, Unslaked 60-65 B6-35U A, C, F, GLime, Hydrated 40 B6-35LM FLime, Pebble 53-56 C1⁄2-25HU A, FLimestone, Agricultural 68 B6-35 A, C, F, HLimestone, Crushed 85-90 DX-36 F, HMalt, Dry, Ground 20-30 B6-35NP A, CMalt, Meal 36-40 B6-25P A, CMalt, Dry Whole 20-30 C1⁄2-35N A, CMarble, Crushed 80-95 B6-37 FMilk, Malted 27-30 A40-45PX AOats 26 C1⁄2-25MN EOats, Rolled 19-24 C1⁄2-35NY A, COxalic Acid Crystals —

Ethane Diacid Crystals 60 B6-35QS B, DPhosphate Rock, Broken 75-85 DX-36 A, C, F, HPhosphate Rock, Pulverized 60 B6-36 A, C, F, HPotash (Muriate) Dry 70 B6-37 A, C, FPumice — 1⁄8″ 42-48 B6-46 FRice, Bran 20 B6-35NY ERice, Grits 42-45 B6-35P A, CRice, Hulled 45-49 C1⁄2-25P ERye 42-48 B6-15N ESalt Cake, Dry Coarse 85 B6-36TU A, C, F, HSalt, Dry Fine 70-80 B6-36TU F, HSand Dry Bank (Damp) 110-130 B6-47 B, GSand Dry Bank (Dry) 90-110 B6-37 B, GSand Foundry (Shake Out) 90-100 D3-37Z B, GShale, Crushed 85-90 C1⁄2-36 B, HSlag, Blast Furnace

Crushed 130-180 D3-37Y FSlate, Crushed — 1⁄2″ 80-90 C1⁄2-36 FSoda Ash, Heavy 55-65 B6-36 A, CSoda Ash, Light 20-35 A40-36Y F, HSodium Phosphate 50-60 A-35 A, FSoybean, Cake 40-43 D3-35W CSoybean, Cracked 30-40 C1⁄2-36NW ASoybean, Flake, Raw 18-25 C1⁄2-35Y A, CSoybean, Flour 27-30 A40-35Mn B, DSoybean Meal, Cold 40 B6-35 A, CSoybean Meal, Hot 40 B6-35T A, CSoybeans, Whole 45-50 C1⁄2-26NW ESugar Beet, Pulp, Dry 12-15 C1⁄2-26 F, HSugar Beet, Pulp, Wet 25-45 C1⁄2-35X F, HSugar, Raw 55-65 B6-35PX A, CTrisodium Phosphate,

Granular 60 B6-36 A, FWheat 45-48 C1⁄2-25N EWheat, Cracked 40-45 B6-25N A, CWheat, Germ 18, 28 B6-25 A, CWood Chips, Screened 10-30 D3-45VY B, D

Material DensityLBS/FT3

MaterialCode

RecommendedElevatorSeries*

Material DensityLBS/FT3

MaterialCode

RecommendedElevatorSeries*

*Elevator Series DesignationA = Series 100 Chain D = Series 200 Belt G = Series 700 BeltB = Series 100 Belt E = Series 500 Belt H = Series 800 ChainC = Series 200 Chain F = Series 700 Chain

ELEVATOR CAPACITY BUCKETS CHAIN MAX. LUMP SIZE NOM. CASING SIZE HEAD SPROCKET BOOT SPROCKETMax. Number Number Pitch Shaft

Number C.F.H. Width Proj. Depth Spacing No. Pitch F.P.M. 100% 10% Width Depth Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM Te.eth Diameter Diameter

C43-101 73 4 2 3/4 3 9.25 977 2.308 125 1/2 1 8 18 10 7.50 63.7 10 7.50 1.5000C64-102 280 6 4 4 1/4 13 C188 2.609 225 1/2 2 1/2 9 3/4 35 24 20.00 43 18 15.00 1.5000C85-103 473 8 5 5 1/2 16 N102B 4.000 200 3/4 3 11 3/4 35 14 18.00 42.4 10 13.00 1.5000C85-104 532 8 5 5 1/2 16 N102B 4.000 225 3/4 3 11 3/4 39 16 20.50 41.9 10 13.00 1.5000C85-105 532 8 5 5 1/2 16 HSB102B 4.000 225 3/4 3 11 3/4 39 16 20.50 41.9 10 13.00 1.5000C85-107 591 8 5 5 1/2 16 N102B 4.000 250 3/4 3 11 3/4 42 19 24.25 39.4 14 18.00 2.0000C85-108 591 8 5 5 1/2 16 HSB102B 4.000 250 3/4 3 11 3/4 42 19 24.25 39.4 14 18.00 2.0000C106-110 891 10 6 6 1/4 16 N102B 4.000 220 1 3 1/2 13 3/4 42 16 20.50 41 12 15.50 2.0000C106-111 891 10 6 6 1/4 16 HSB102B 4.000 220 1 3 1/2 13 3/4 42 16 20.50 41 12 15.50 2.0000C106-112 900 10 6 6 1/4 18 N110 6.000 250 1 3 1/2 13 3/4 48 13 25.00 38.2 11 21.25 2.0000C106-113 900 10 6 6 1/4 18 HSB110 6.000 250 1 3 1/2 13 3/4 48 13 25.00 38.2 11 21.25 2.0000C106-116 1013 10 6 6 1/4 16 N102B 4.000 250 1 3 1/2 13 3/4 48 19 24.25 39.4 16 20.50 2.0000C127-117 1425 12 7 7 1/4 18 HSB110 6.000 250 1 1/4 4 15 3/4 48 13 25.00 38.2 9 17.50 2.0000C127-120 1568 12 7 7 1/4 18 HSB110 6.000 275 1 1/4 4 15 3/4 54 16 30.75 34.2 12 23.25 2.4375C147-123 1569 14 7 7 1/4 19 N111 4.760 240 1 1/4 4 17 3/4 48 16 24.50 37.4 12 18.25 2.4375C127-119 1603 12 7 7 1/4 16 N102B 4.000 250 1 1/4 4 15 3/4 48 19 24.25 39.4 14 18.00 2.0000C147-124 1656 14 7 7 1/4 18 HSB110 6.000 240 1 1/4 4 17 3/4 48 13 25.00 36.7 9 17.50 2.4375C127-122 1763 12 7 7 1/4 16 N102B 4.000 275 1 1/4 4 15 3/4 54 24 30.50 34.4 19 24.25 2.4375C147-127 1798 14 7 7 1/4 19 N111 4.760 275 1 1/4 4 17 3/4 54 20 30.50 34.4 16 24.25 2.4375C147-126 1863 14 7 7 1/4 16 N102B 4.000 240 1 1/4 4 17 3/4 48 19 24.25 37.8 14 18.00 2.4375C147-128 1898 14 7 7 1/4 18 HSB110 6.000 275 1 1/4 4 17 3/4 54 16 30.75 34.2 12 23.25 2.4375C147-130 2135 14 7 7 1/4 16 N102B 4.000 275 1 1/4 4 17 3/4 54 24 30.50 34.4 19 24.25 2.4375C168-131 2319 16 8 8 1/2 19 N111 4.760 240 1 1/2 4 1/2 19 3/4 48 16 24.50 37.4 11 17.00 2.4375C168-132 2448 16 8 8 1/2 18 HSB110 6.000 240 1 1/2 4 1/2 19 3/4 48 12 23.00 39.9 9 17.50 2.4375C168-133 2657 16 8 8 1/2 19 N111 4.760 275 1 1/2 4 1/2 19 3/4 54 20 30.50 34.4 14 21.25 2.4375C168-134 2805 16 8 8 1/2 18 HSB110 6.000 275 1 1/2 4 1/2 19 3/4 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 2.4375C188-136 2808 18 8 8 1/2 18 HSB110 6.000 240 1 1/2 4 1/2 21 3/4 48 12 23.00 39.9 9 17.50 2.4375C188-138 3218 18 8 8 1/2 18 HSB110 6.000 275 1 1/2 4 1/2 21 3/4 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 2.4375C208-140 3024 20 8 8 1/2 18 HSB110 6.000 240 1 1/2 4 1/2 23 3/4 48 12 23.00 39.9 9 17.50 2.4375C208-142 3465 20 8 8 1/2 18 HSB110 6.000 275 1 1/2 4 1/2 23 3/4 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 2.4375C248-146 4703 24 8 8 1/2 18 HSB833 6.000 275 1 1/2 4 1/2 28 3/4 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 2.4375C2410-150 6518 24 10 10 1/2 18 HSB833 6.000 275 2 4 1/2 30 3/4 60 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 2.4375

H-128

CentrifugalDischargeChain

CONVEYORS

All Dimensions in inches.Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.

Series100Chain (Series200 is forHeadTake-up)Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-flowing dry materials with smallto medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

BucketsCapacities and horsepower listed are for style “AA” buckets. Style “A”, “AA-RB” and “Salem” can be fur-nished. Style “C” may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specificrecommendation.

ChainCentrifugal discharge chain type elevators are furnished with either combination chain for light to mediumservice or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for medium to severe service or when a higher chain working load isrequired.

#100ChainCentrifugalDischargeBucket Elevator

ELEVATOR CAPACITY BUCKETS BELT MAX. LUMP SIZE NOM. CASING SIZE HEAD PULLEY BOOT PULLEYNumber Max.C.F.H. Width Proj. Depth Spacing Width F.P.M. 100% 10% Width Depth Diameter RPM Diameter Shaft Dia.

B43-139 95 4 2-3/4 3 8 5 140 1/4 1 8 18 8.00 62.9 8.00 1.5000

B64-141 293 6 4 4.25 13 7 235 1/4 2-1/2 11-3/4 35 20.00 43.8 16.00 1.5000

B64-140 324 6 4 4.25 13 7 260 1/2 2-1/2 11-3/4 39 24.00 40.5 16.00 1.5000

B85-142 543 8 5 5.5 16 9 230 3/4 3 13-3/4 39 20.00 42.9 14.00 2.0000

B85-143 591 8 5 5.5 16 9 250 3/4 3 13-3/4 42 24.00 39 16.00 2.0000

B106-144 911 10 6 6.25 16 11 225 1 3-1/2 15-3/4 42 20.00 41.9 16.00 2.0000

B106-145 1,013 10 6 6.25 16 11 250 1 3-1/2 15-3/4 48 24.00 39 20.00 2.0000

B127-146 1,425 12 7 7.25 18 13 250 1-1/4 4 17-3/4 48 24.00 39 20.00 2.4375

B127-147 1,596 12 7 7.25 18 13 280 1-1/4 4 17-3/4 54 30.00 35.1 24.00 2.4375

B147-148 1,691 14 7 7.25 18 15 245 1-1/4 4 19-3/4 48 24.00 38.2 20.00 2.4375

B147-149 1,932 14 7 7.25 18 15 280 1-1/4 4 19-3/4 54 30.00 35.1 24.00 2.4375

B168-150 2,550 16 8 8.5 18 17 250 1-1/2 4-1/2 22-3/4 48 24.00 39 20.00 2.4375

B168-152 2,856 16 8 8.5 18 17 280 1-1/2 4-1/2 22-3/4 54 30.00 35.1 24.00 2.4375

B188-160 2,925 18 8 8.5 18 19 250 1-1/2 4-1/2 24-3/4 48 24.00 39 20.00 2.4375

B208-164 3,150 20 8 8.5 18 21 250 1-1/2 4-1/2 26-3/4 48 24.00 39 20.00 2.4375

B188-162 3,276 18 8 8.5 18 19 280 1-1/2 4-1/2 24-3/4 54 30.00 35.1 24.00 2.4375

B208-166 3,528 20 8 8.5 18 21 280 1-1/2 4-1/2 26-3/4 54 30.00 35.1 24.00 2.4375

B127-146S 4,489 12 7 7.25 16 24 350 1-1/4 4 28 66 42.00 31.5 30.00 2.4375

B248-168 4,788 24 8 8.5 18 25 280 1-1/2 4-1/2 30-3/4 54 30.00 35.1 24.00 2.4375

B2410-170 6,636 24 10 10.5 18 25 280 1-1/2 4-1/2 30-3/4 60 30.00 35.1 24.00 2.4375

H-129

CONV

EYOR

S

CentrifugalDischargeBelt

All Dimensions in inches.Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.

Series100Belt (Series200 is forHeadTake-up)Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle a variety of relatively free-flowing dry materials withsmall to medium lump sizes that are mildly, moderately or extremely abrasive.

BucketsCapacities listed are for style “AA” buckets. Style “A”, “AA-RB” and “Salem” can be furnished. Style “C” mayalso be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.

BeltCentrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting orrubber covered ply belts specifically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belts and cov-ers are available.

#100Belt CentrifugalDischargeBucket Elevator

H-130

CONVEYORS

ContinuousDischargeChain

All Dimensions in inches.Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.

Series700Chain (Series800 is forHeadTake-up)Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators will handle various free-flowing dry or sluggish materialswhich contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately, or extremely abrasive.

BucketsCapacities listed are for a medium-front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style buck-ets are available. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.

ChainContinuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with combination chain for mild to moderateservice or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for moderate to severe service or when a higher chain working load isrequired.

#700ChainContinuousDischargeBucket Elevator


Number C.F.H. Width Proj. Depth Spacing No. Pitch F.P.M. 100% 10% Width Depth Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM Teeth Diameter Diameter

C85-766 567 8 5 7-3/4 8 N102B 4.000 120 3/4 2-1/2 11-3/4 39 16 20.50 22.4 11 14.25 1.5000

C85-767 567 8 5 7-3/4 8 HSB102B 4.000 120 3/4 2-1/2 11-3/4 39 16 20.50 22.4 11 14.25 1.5000

C105-768 729 10 5 7-3/4 8 N102B 4.000 120 3/4 2-1/2 13-3/4 39 16 20.50 22.4 11 14.25 2.0000

C105-769 729 10 5 7-3/4 8 HSB102B 4.000 120 3/4 2-1/2 13-3/4 39 16 20.50 22.4 11 14.25 2.0000

C107-770 1,013 10 7 11-5/8 12 N110 6.000 125 1 3 13-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 10 19.50 2.0000

C107-771 1,013 10 7 11-5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1 3 13-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 10 19.50 2.0000

C127-772 1,226 12 7 11-5/8 12 N110 6.000 125 1 3 15-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 10 19.50 2.4375

C127-773 1,226 12 7 11-5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1 3 15-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 10 19.50 2.4375

C147-774 1,423 14 7 11-5/8 12 N110 6.000 125 1 3 17-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 10 19.50 2.4375

C147-775 1,423 14 7 11-5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1 3 17-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 10 19.50 2.4375

C128-776 1,547 12 8 11-5/8 12 N110 6.000 125 1-1/4 4 15-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C128-777 1,547 12 8 11-5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1-1/4 4 15-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C148-778 1,828 14 8 11-5/8 12 N110 6.000 125 1-1/4 4 17-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C148-779 1,828 14 8 11-5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1-1/4 4 17-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C168-781 2,109 16 8 11-5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1-1/2 4-1/2 19-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C188-783 2,363 18 8 11-5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1-1/2 4-1/2 22-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C208-785 2,784 20 8 11-5/8 12 HSB833 6.000 125 1-1/2 4-1/2 24-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C248-787 3,375 24 8 11-5/8 12 HSB833 6.000 125 1-1/2 4-1/2 28-3/4 48 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C2010-786 3,881 20 10 11-5/8 12 HSB833 6.000 125 2 4-1/2 24-3/4 54 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

C2410-788 4,669 24 10 11-5/8 12 HSB833 6.000 125 2 4-1/2 28-3/4 54 13 25.00 19.1 9 17.50 2.4375

H-131

CONV

EYOR

S

ContinuousDischargeBelt

All Dimensions in inches.Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.

Series700Belt (Series800 is forHeadTake-up)Continuous Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators will handle various free-flowing dry or sluggish materialswhich contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately, or extremely abrasive.

BucketsCapacities listed are for a medium front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style buck-ets are available. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.

BeltContinuous Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting orrubber covered ply belts specifically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belt and covers areavailable.

#700Belt ContinuousDischargeBucket Elevator


B85-790 756 8 5 7-3/4 8 9 160 3/4 2-1/2 11-3/4 39 20.00 29.8 14.00 1.5000

B105-791 972 10 5 7-3/4 8 11 160 3/4 2-1/2 13-3/4 39 20.00 29.8 14.00 1.5000

B107-792 1296 10 7 11-5/8 12 11 160 1 3 13-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.0000

B127-793 1570 12 7 11-5/8 12 13 160 1 3 15-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.0000

B147-794 1822 14 7 11-5/8 12 15 160 1 3 17-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.0000

B128-795 1980 12 8 11-5/8 12 13 160 1-1/4 4 15-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.0000

B148-796 2340 14 8 11-5/8 12 15 160 1-1/4 4 17-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.4375

B168-797 2700 16 8 11-5/8 12 17 160 1-1/2 4-1/2 19-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.4375

B188-798 3024 18 8 11-5/8 12 19 160 1-1/2 4-1/2 22-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.4375

B208-720 3564 20 8 11-5/8 12 21 160 1-1/2 4-1/2 24-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.4375

B248-722 4320 24 8 11-5/8 12 25 160 1-1/2 4-1/2 28-3/4 48 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.4375

B2010-724 4968 20 10 11-5/8 12 21 160 1-1/2 4-1/2 24-3/4 54 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.4375

B2410-726 5976 24 10 11-5/8 12 25 160 1-1/2 4-1/2 28-3/4 54 24.00 24.9 20.00 2.4375

H-132

CONVEYORS

Mill DutyCentrifugalDischargeChainSeriesMDC26&MDC30ChainMill Duty Centrifugal Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators handle a variety of relatively free flowing drymaterials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive. Extensively used in thecement industry.

BucketsCapacities listed are for style “AC” buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, fluffy materials.

ChainMill Duty Centrifugal Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty steel knucklechain for medium to severe service, selected for required work loads.

MillDutyChainCentrifugalDischargeBucket Elevator

All Dimensions in inches.Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.Internal gravity take-ups are standard.



MDC26 -128A 2,226 12 8 8-1/2 18 HSB833 6.000 265 1-1/2 4 20 56 26 27.00 37.5 13 25.03 3.000

MDC26 -148A 2,624 14 8 8-1/2 18 HSB833 6.000 265 1-1/2 4 22 56 26 27.00 37.5 13 25.03 3.000

MDC26 -168A 3,021 16 8 8-1/2 18 HSB833 6.000 265 1-3/4 4-1/2 24 56 26 27.00 37.5 13 25.03 3.000

MDC26 -128B 3,339 12 8 8-1/2 12 HSB833 6.000 265 1-1/2 4 20 56 26 27.00 37.5 13 25.03 3.000

MDC26 -148B 3,935 14 8 8-1/2 12 HSB833 6.000 265 1-1/2 4 22 56 26 27.00 37.5 13 25.03 3.000

MDC26 -168B 4,532 16 8 8-1/2 12 HSB833 6.000 265 1-3/4 4-1/2 24 56 26 27.00 37.5 13 25.03 3.000

MDC26-1810A 4,929 18 10 10-1/2 18 HSB856 6.000 265 2 5 26 64 26 27.25 37.1 13 25.05 3.000

MDC30 - 168B 5,387 16 8 8-1/2 12 HSB833 6.000 315 1-3/4 4-1/2 24 60 30 31.00 38.8 15 28.81 3.000

MDC26-2010A 5,470 20 10 10-1/2 18 HSB856 6.000 265 2 5 28 64 26 27.25 37.1 13 25.05 3.000

MDC30-1810A 5,859 18 10 10-1/2 18 HSB856 6.000 315 2 5 26 68 30 31.25 38.5 15 28.82 3.000

MDC30-2010A 6,502 20 10 10-1/2 18 HSB856 6.000 315 2 5 28 68 30 31.25 38.5 15 28.82 3.000

MDC26-2410A 6,758 24 10 10-1/2 18 HSB856 6.000 265 2 5 32 64 26 27.25 37.1 13 25.05 3.000

MDC26-1810B 7,394 18 10 10-1/2 12 HSB859 6.000 265 2 5 26 64 26 28.00 36.2 13 25.05 3.000

MDC30-2410A 8,033 24 10 10-1/2 18 HSB856 6.000 315 2 5 32 68 30 31.25 38.5 15 28.82 3.000

MDC26-2010B 8,204 20 10 10-1/2 12 HSB859 6.000 265 2 5 28 64 26 28.00 36.2 13 25.05 3.000

MDC30-1810B 8,789 18 10 10-1/2 12 HSB859 6.000 315 2 5 26 68 30 32.00 37.6 15 28.82 3.000

MDC30-2010B 9,,752 20 10 10-1/2 12 HSB859 6.000 315 2 5 28 68 30 32.00 37.6 15 28.82 3.000

MDC26-2410B 10136 24 10 10-1/2 12 HSB859 6.000 265 2 5 32 64 26 28.00 36.2 13 25.05 3.000

MDC30-2410B 12,049 24 10 10-1/2 12 HSB859 6.000 315 2 5 32 68 30 32.00 37.6 15 28.82 3.000

H-133

CONV

EYOR

S

Mill DutyCentrifugalDischargeBelt

All Dimensions in inches.Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.Screw take-ups are standard.

SeriesMDB30BeltMill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various relatively freeflowing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

BucketsCapacities listed listed are for style “AC” buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, fluffy materials.

BeltMill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty rubber covered plybelts or 100% polyester carcass PVC belts specifically selected for elevator service.

MillDutyBelt CentrifugalDischargeBucket Elevator


MDB30-128A 2,520 12 8 8-1/2 18 14 300 1-1/2 4 22 58 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-148A 2,970 14 8 8-1/2 18 16 300 1-1/2 4 24 58 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-168A 3,420 16 8 8-1/2 18 18 300 1-3/4 4-1/2 26 58 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-128B 3,780 12 8 8-1/2 12 14 300 1-1/2 4 22 58 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-148B 4,455 14 8 8-1/2 12 16 300 1-1/2 4 24 58 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-168B 5,130 16 8 8-1/2 12 18 300 1-3/4 4-1/2 26 58 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-1810A 5,580 18 10 10-1/2 18 20 300 2 5 28 64 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-2010A 6,192 20 10 10-1/2 18 22 300 2 5 30 64 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-2410A 7,650 24 10 10-1/2 18 26 300 2 5 34 64 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-1810B 8,370 18 10 10-1/2 12 20 300 2 5 28 64 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-2010B 9,288 20 10 10-1/2 12 22 300 2 5 30 64 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

MDB30-2410B 11,475 24 10 10-1/2 12 26 300 2 5 34 64 30.00 37.6 24.00 3.0000

H-134

CONVEYORS

DoubleRowMillDutyCentrifugalDischargeBelt

SeriesDRB30BeltDouble Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various rel-atively free flowing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

BucketsCapacities listed are for a double row of style “AC” buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, fluffymaterials.

BeltDouble Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty rubbercovered ply belts or 100% polyester carcass PVC belts specifically selected for elevator service.

DoubleRowMillDutyBelt CentrifugalDischargeBucket Elevator

All Dimensions in inches.Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.Screw take-ups are standard.


DRB30-128A 8,316 12 8 8-1/2 10 26 275 1-1/2 4 34 58 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

DRB30-1210A 9,207 12 10 10-1/2 12 26 275 1-1/2 4 34 62 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

DRB30-148A 9,801 14 8 8-1/2 10 30 275 1-1/2 4 38 58 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

DRB30-1410A 10,841 14 10 10-1/2 12 30 275 1-1/2 4 38 62 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

DRB30-168A 11,286 16 8 8-1/2 10 34 275 1-3/4 4-1/2 42 58 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

DRB30-1610A 12,499 16 10 10-1/2 12 34 275 1-3/4 4-1/2 42 62 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

DRB30-1810A 15,345 18 10 10-1/2 12 38 275 2 4-1/2 46 62 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

DRB30-2010A 17,028 20 10 10-1/2 12 42 275 2-1/4 4-3/4 50 62 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

DRB30-2410A 21,038 24 10 10-1/2 12 50 275 2-1/2 5 58 62 30.00 34.4 30.00 3.000

H-135

CONV

EYOR

S

SuperCapacityContinuousDischargeChain

SeriesSC700ChainSuper Capacity Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various freeflowing dry materials ranging from fines to lumps, moderate to extremely abrasive, and those that tend topack.

BucketsCapacities listed are for style “SC” continuous fabricated steel buckets, mounted between two strands ofchain.

ChainSuper Capacity Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with two strands of heavyduty steel knuckle chain for moderate to severe service, selected for required work loads.

SuperCapacityContinuousDischargeBucket Elevator

All Dimensions in inches.Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.Internal gravity take-ups are standard.



SC700-128 2,250 12 8.75 11.625 12 6102-1/2 12 100 2 4 26 56 8 31.36 12.2 6 23.96 2.4375

SC700-148 2,700 14 8.75 11.625 12 6102-1/2 12 100 2 4 28 56 8 31.36 12.2 6 23.96 2.4375

SC700-168 3,150 16 8.75 11.625 12 6102-1/2 12 100 2-1/2 6 30 56 8 31.36 12.2 6 23.96 3.0000

SC700-188 3,600 18 8.75 11.625 12 6102-1/2 12 100 2-1/2 6 32 56 8 31.36 12.2 6 23.96 3.0000

SC700-208 4,050 20 8.75 11.625 12 6102-1/2 12 100 2-1/2 6 34 56 8 31.36 12.2 6 23.96 3.0000

SC700-1612 5,625 16 12.75 17.625 18 9124 9 125 3-1/2 8 33 68 12 34.77 13.7 12 34.77 3.0000

SC700-2012 7,125 20 12.75 17.625 18 9124 9 125 3-1/2 8 37 68 12 34.77 13.7 12 34.77 3.0000

SC700-2412 8,250 24 12.75 17.625 18 9124 9 125 3-1/2 8 41 68 12 34.77 13.7 12 34.77 3.0000

SC700-3012 10,500 30 12.75 17.625 18 9124 9 125 3-1/2 8 47 68 12 34.77 13.7 12 34.77 3.0000

SC700-3612 12,375 36 12.75 17.625 18 9124 9 125 3-1/2 8 53 68 12 34.77 13.7 12 34.77 3.4375

SC700-4212 14,437.5 42 12.75 17.625 18 9150 9 125 3-1/2 8 60 68 12 34.77 13.7 12 34.77 3.4375

SC700-4812 16,500 48 12.75 17.625 18 9150 9 125 3-1/2 8 66 68 12 34.77 13.7 12 34.77 3.4375

H-136

CONVEYORS

Bucket ElevatorDimensions

LiftStd.Intermediate10´-0″

OverallHeight

ShaftCenters

AnchorBoltPlan

Take-Up

HeadShaftDia.

Y

U

H

K

J G

F

L

N

MM

L

TSA

PA

Z D-1AsReqʼd11⁄2″

V

R

AB

H-137

CONV

EYOR

S

Bucket ElevatorDimensions

8 18 9 6 271⁄4 363⁄4 42 9 6 10 6 15 8 171⁄2 36 14 9 201⁄4 13

93⁄4 35 13 9 261⁄2 43 72 171⁄2 141⁄2 131⁄2 13 293⁄4 10 281⁄2 42 191⁄2 171⁄2 301⁄2 13

113⁄4 39 14 9 261⁄2 43 72 191⁄2 161⁄2 151⁄2 13 311⁄2 10 301⁄2 42 211⁄2 191⁄2 321⁄2 14

113⁄4 35 13 9 261⁄2 43 72 171⁄2 141⁄2 151⁄2 13 293⁄4 10 281⁄2 42 191⁄2 171⁄2 301⁄2 14

113⁄4 39 14 9 261⁄2 43 72 191⁄2 161⁄2 151⁄2 13 311⁄2 10 301⁄2 42 211⁄2 191⁄2 321⁄2 14

113⁄4 42 16 9 321⁄2 50 72 21 18 151⁄2 13 323⁄4 10 331⁄4 42 24 21 361⁄4 141⁄2

133⁄4 39 14 9 261⁄2 43 72 191⁄2 161⁄2 171⁄2 13 311⁄2 10 301⁄2 42 211⁄2 191⁄2 321⁄2 15

133⁄4 42 16 9 321⁄2 50 72 21 18 171⁄2 13 323⁄4 10 331⁄4 42 24 21 361⁄4 151⁄2

133⁄4 48 19 9 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 171⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 16

153⁄4 42 16 9 321⁄2 50 72 21 18 191⁄2 13 321⁄4 10 331⁄4 42 24 21 361⁄4 17

153⁄4 48 19 9 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 191⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 17

153⁄4 54 21 10 39 601⁄2 72 27 24 191⁄2 17 381⁄4 17 411⁄2 48 31 27 45 181⁄4

28 64 26 10 293⁄4 601⁄2 72 32 29 301⁄2 261⁄4 36 17 461⁄2 48 361⁄2 32 53 24

173⁄4 48 19 10 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 211⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 18

173⁄4 54 21 10 39 601⁄2 72 27 24 211⁄2 17 381⁄4 17 411⁄2 48 31 27 45 191⁄4

193⁄4 48 20 10 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 231⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 19

193⁄4 54 21 10 39 601⁄2 72 27 24 231⁄2 17 381⁄4 17 411⁄2 48 31 27 45 20

223⁄4 48 19 10 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 261⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 21

223⁄4 54 21 10 39 601⁄2 72 27 24 261⁄2 17 381⁄4 17 411⁄2 48 31 27 45 22

C43-101 B43-139

C64-102

B64-140

C85-103 B64-141C85-104 C85-766C85-105 B85-790 C85-767C85-107C85-108

C105-768B105-791 B85-142 C105-769

C106-110C106-111 B85-143C106-112C106-113 C107-770C106-116 B107-792 C107-771

B106-144C127-772C127-773

C127-117 B127-793 C128-776C127-119 B128-795 B106-145 C128-777C127-120C127-122

B127-146SC147-774

C147-123 C147-775C147-124 B147-794 C148-778C147-126 B148-796 B127-146 C148-779C147-127C147-128C147-130 B127-147C168-131 C168-780C168-132 B168-797 B147-148 C168-781C168-133C168-134 B147-149

C188-782B188-798 B168-150 C188-783

B168-152

A B F G H J K L M N P R S T U V Y Z D-1�

Casing Boot Head

Dimensions� (In Inches)

Elevator Elevator Elevator ElevatorNumber Number Number NumberChain Belt Belt Chain

1NOT certified for construction.2Normal maximum for largest headshaft listed.For units not shown, contact Martin.

100 & 700 Belt & Chain

12 83⁄4 115⁄8 49⁄16 22 29 39 49 .35 .5414 83⁄4 115⁄8 49⁄16 23 31 41 51 .41 .6316 83⁄4 115⁄8 49⁄16 25 34 45 56 .46 .7216 12 175⁄8 61⁄2 43 58 76 95 1.11 1.5518 83⁄4 115⁄8 49⁄16 27 36 48 60 .52 .8120 83⁄4 115⁄8 49⁄16 29 39 52 65 .58 .9020 12 175⁄8 61⁄2 49 67 88 110 1.40 1.9424 12 175⁄8 61⁄2 55 75 104 130 1.68 2.3330 12 175⁄8 61⁄2 65 88 117 146 2.11 2.9136 12 175⁄8 61⁄2 73 99 132 165 2.53 3.49

NOTE: All dimensions are inside to inside of bucket.

Style AADuctile iron buckets forgeneral use with most types ofrelatively free flowing materialin centrifugal dischargeelevators. Can be mounted onchain or belt and furnished invarious plastic materials.

Style CFabricated buckets are usedin centrifugal dischargeelevators to handle materialsthat tend to pack or stick, suchas sugar, clay, salt or wetgrains.

ContinuousMedium front non-overlappingfabricated steel buckets areused in continuous dischargeelevators for general service.Heavier gauges should beused when handling abrasivematerials. Available fabricatedfrom various materials. Highfront continuous buckets areavailable also. Plastic bucketsavailable in most sizes.

AC Welded SteelHigh front for greater capacity.Hooded back for closerspacing. Typical in cement,gypsum powder or otherpowdery materials. Ventingavailable for clean filling anddischarge. Mounted on chainor belt.

ChainCombination chains, C-, havecast block links and steelconnecting side bars. All steel(steel knuckle), SS, arefabricated of steel.Attachments are availableeither on the connecting sidebars or block link.

Bucket Size Weight Capacity

Lbs. cu. ft.A B C X — X

Bucket Size Weight Capacity

Lbs. cu. ft.A B C X — X

CapacityBucket Size

Weightcu.Lbs.ft.

A B C 12 Ga. 10 Ga. 3⁄16″ 1⁄4″ X — X

Bucket Size, Inches Weight Cap. Cu. Feet^Filled Filled

L P D 3/16” 1/4” to Line to LineLength Proj. Depth Steel Steel X-X X-Y

Average Rated Wt. Per Ft. Lbs Dimension in InchesPitch Ultimate Working Attachment Every Attachment Pin Side Barrel or

Chain No. in Inches Strength Lbs. Value Lbs. Other Pitch Number Diameter Bar Knuckle Dia.

H-138

CONVEYORS

BucketsandChain

4 23⁄4 3 1.0 .016 4 41⁄4 2.7 .038 5 51⁄2 4.8 .0710 6 61⁄4 7.7 .1212 7 71⁄4 12.0 .1914 7 71⁄4 13.9 .2316 8 81⁄2 21.8 .34

6 41⁄2 4 2.0 .0268 41⁄2 4 2.8 .03510 5 4 4.0 .05212 5 4 4.8 .06114 7 51⁄2 8.5 .13816 7 51⁄2 10.5 .158

8 5 73⁄4 5.1 6.3 8.7 — .07010 5 73⁄4 5.9 7.4 10.2 — .09010 7 115⁄8 9.3 11.9 16.5 — .18012 7 115⁄8 10.4 13.4 18.6 — .21814 7 115⁄8 11.6 14.9 20.7 — .25312 8 115⁄8 11.2 14.4 20.0 26.1 .27514 8 115⁄8 12.4 16.0 22.2 29.1 .32516 8 115⁄8 13.7 17.6 24.5 32.0 .37518 8 115⁄8 14.9 19.2 26.7 35.0 .420

12 8 81⁄2 18.25 24.30 .231 .30314 8 81⁄2 20.30 27.00 .271 .35616 8 81⁄2 22.48 29.98 .311 .40818 10 101⁄2 31.15 38.95 .488 .69120 10 101⁄2 33.68 42.10 .542 .76824 10 101⁄2 39.67 52.69 .651 .92127 12 12 1⁄2 53.84 71.46 1.072 1.474

nEMnozñrN

vEMvoxqñrN

ZU¼

z

´ ´

º

zMzéytSNk

nMnozñrN

vEMvoxqñrN

´ ´

ºSC Welded SteelMounted between two strandsof chain. Suitable for theheaviest materials. Designedfor super capacity elevators.Typical in asphalt andconcrete applications. Designoffers increased capacity.

Bucket Size, Inches Weight Cap. Cu. Feet*10 Filled Filled

L P D A Gauge 3/16” 1/4” 5/16” to Line to LineLength Proj. Depth Inches Steel Steel Steel Steel X-X X-Y

*Note: Actual capacity depends on angle of repose of material handled andinclination of elevator.

^Weights do not include bolt reinforcing plates. Bolt reinforcing plates are rec-ommended if less than 8 bolts are used. Vent holes in bottom are optional instyle “AC” buckets.

C-977 2.308 11,000 1830 2.2 K-1 7⁄16 3⁄16 × 7⁄8 7⁄8C-188 2.609 14,000 1950 4.8 K-2 1⁄2 1⁄4 × 11⁄8 7⁄8C-102B 4.0 24,000 4000 7.8 K-2 5⁄8 3⁄8 × 11⁄2 11⁄32

C-110 6.0 24,000 4000 7.3 K-2 5⁄8 3⁄8 × 11⁄2 15⁄16

C-111 4.76 36,000 5,950 10.7 K-2 3⁄4 3⁄8 × 13⁄4 115⁄32

SS-102B 4.0 40,000 6,290 9.0 K-2 5⁄8 3⁄8 × 11⁄2 1SS-110 6.0 40,000 6290 8.6 K-2 5⁄8 3⁄8 × 11⁄2 11⁄4

H-139

BucketPunching (Belt)CEMAStandard (FormerlyP1 thruP9)

CONV

EYOR

S

B1 B2 B3 B4

B5 B6 B7 B8

6 B-1 43⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄4 B-1 4-3⁄8 1 1⁄4 — — — —8 B-2 31⁄16 7⁄8 1⁄4-5⁄16 B-6 3 7⁄8 1⁄4 -5⁄16 B-6 3 1⁄4-5⁄16

10 B-2 41⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄4-5⁄16 B-6 31⁄2 7⁄8 1⁄4 -5⁄16 B-6 31⁄2 1⁄4-5⁄16

12 B-3 33⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄4-5⁄16 B-6 41⁄2 7⁄8 1⁄4 -5⁄16 B-6 41⁄2 1⁄4-5⁄16

14 B-4 3 7⁄8 1⁄4-5⁄16 B-7 4 7⁄8 5⁄16 B-7 4 5⁄16

16 B-5 27⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄4-5⁄16 B-7 41⁄2 7⁄8 5⁄16 B-7 41⁄2 5⁄16

18 — — — — — — — — B-7 5 5⁄16

BucketLength

Salemand Other SimilarLight Buckets

M.I. & Steel BucketsStyle A, AA, AA-RB, B, C, etc.

ContinuousBuckets

Punch A B C* Punch A B C* Punch A B C*

*C = Bolt Diameter. See Chart on Page H-140.

C-977 K-1 1 — 3 — 3⁄8C-188 K-2 1 11⁄4 43⁄16 23⁄4 3⁄8C-102B K-2 3⁄4 13⁄4 55⁄16 2 3⁄8C-110 K-2 7⁄8 13⁄4 55⁄16 33⁄8 3⁄8C-111 K-2 3⁄4 25⁄16 61⁄4 21⁄8 3⁄8SS-102B K-2 3⁄4 13⁄4 55⁄16 2 3⁄8SS-110 K-2 7⁄8 13⁄4 55⁄16 33⁄8 3⁄8

Chain AttachmentNumber Number A B C D E

7 × 5 B2 211⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄49 × 5 B2 35⁄8 13⁄4 1⁄49 × 6 B2 35⁄8 2 1⁄4

11 × 6 B3 3 2 1⁄412 × 6 B3 33⁄8 2 1⁄414 × 7 B4 3 2 5⁄16

BucketSize

High Speed Grain

Punch A B C

BucketPunching—Chain

Style AA, C, SC, etc. Continuous

PlatformsHead section service plat-forms are of structural steel,angle hand rails and heavynon-skid grating. The platformmounts securely to the eleva-tor head section. Various sizesand configurations are avail-able. Rest platforms are alsoavailable and required at 30´intervals.

Ladders/Safety CagesLadders with safety cages areavailable. They are construct-ed of heavy gauge steel andsized to provide easy accessto platforms. Ladders withsafety cage are easily boltedto the elevator casings.

C BOLTS

1″ 1″ 1″

B=

DEPT

H–1

2

B

E BOLT DIA

Consult Martin for “AC” and “SC” Bucket Punching.

H-140

Formulas forCalculatingNumberofBuckets,BucketBolts,WashersandLengthofChainorBelt

CONVEYORS

C43-101 4 × 3 91⁄4 1.5 + (2.58 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄4 × 1 2 × (No. of Buckets) C-77 K1- 4th 2.31´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C64-102 6 × 4 13 4.4 + (1.85 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄4 × 1 2 × (No. of Buckets) C-188 K1-5th 4.79´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C85-103 8 × 5 16 2.75 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2-4th 3.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C85-104 8 × 5 16 3.5 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2-4th 4.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C85-105 8 × 5 16 3.5 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-102B K2-4th 4.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C85-107 8 × 5 16 4.25 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 4th 5.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C85-108 8 × 5 16 4.25 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-102B K2 - 4th 5.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C106-110 10 × 6 16 3.75 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 4th 5.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C106-111 10 × 6 16 3.75 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-102B K2 - 4th 5.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C106-112 10 × 6 18 4.33 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-110 K2 - 3rd 6.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C106-113 10 × 6 18 4.33 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 3rd 6.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C106-116 10 × 6 16 4.5 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8× 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 4th 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C127-117 12 × 7 18 4.0 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 3rd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C127-119 12 × 7 16 4.25 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 4th 5.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C127-120 12 × 7 18 5.0 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 3rd 7.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C127-122 12 × 7 16 5.5 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 4th 7.33´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C147-123 14 × 7 19 3.79 + (1.26 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-111 K2 - 4th 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C147-124 14 × 7 18 4.0 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 3rd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C147-126 14 × 7 16 4.25 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 4th 5.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C147-127 14 × 7 19 4.74 + (1.26 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-111 K2 - 4th 7.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C147-128 14 × 7 18 5.0 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 3rd 7.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C147-130 14 × 7 16 5.5 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 4th 7.33´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C168-131 16 × 8 19 3.48 + (1.26 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-111 K2 - 4th 5.55´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C168-132 16 × 8 18 3.66 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 3rd 5.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C168-133 16 × 8 19 4.51 + (1.26 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-111 K2 - 4th 7.13´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C168-134 16 × 8 18 4.66 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 3rd 7.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)

B85-790 8 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 7.88 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄4 × 3⁄4 5 × (No. of Buckets) 9 15 + (No. of Bolts) 8´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B105-791 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 6.5 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 1 5 × (No. of Buckets) 11 15 + (No. of Bolts) 7´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B107-792 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 5.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 1 5 × (No. of Buckets) 11 15 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B127-793 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 5.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 × (No. of Buckets) 13 15 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B147-794 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 5.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄4 7 × (No. of Buckets) 15 21 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B128-795 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 × (No. of Buckets) 13 15 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B148-796 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄4 7 × (No. of Buckets) 15 21 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B168-797 16 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄4 7 × (No. of Buckets) 17 21 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B183-798 18 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 4.96 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄4 7 × (No. of Buckets) 19 21 + (No. of Bolts) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)

C85-766 8 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 6.57 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 2nd 4.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C85-767 8 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 6.57 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-102B K2 - 2nd 4.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C105-768 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 8.25 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-102B K2 - 2nd 5.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C105-769 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 8.25 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-102B K2 - 2nd 5.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C107-770 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 6.06 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-110 K2 - 2nd 6.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C107-771 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 6.06 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 2nd 6.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C127-772 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-110 K2 - 2nd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C127-773 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 2nd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C147-774 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-110 K2 - 2nd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C147-775 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 2nd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C128-776 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-110 K2 - 2nd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C128-777 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 2nd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C148-778 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) C-110 K2 - 2nd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C148-779 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 2nd 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C168-781 16 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.33 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 2nd 5.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)C168-783 18 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 5.33 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4 × (No. of Buckets) SS-110 K2 - 2nd 5.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)

B43-139 4 × 3 8 3.12 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄4 × 1 2 × (No. of Buckets) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B64-140 6 × 4 13 4.85 + (1.85 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄4 × 1 2 × (No. of Buckets) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B64-141 6 × 4 13 4.34 + (1.85 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄4 × 1 2 × (No. of Buckets) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B85-142 8 × 5 16 3.34 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄4 × 11⁄4 5 × (No. of Buckets) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B85-143 8 × 5 16 4.13 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 1⁄4 × 11⁄4 5 × (No. of Buckets) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B106-144 10 × 6 16 3.53 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 × (No. of Buckets) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B106-145 10 × 6 16 4.34 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 × (No. of Buckets) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B127-146 12 × 7 18 3.86 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄2 5 × (No. of Buckets) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 11´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)

StaggeredB127S-146S 12 × 7 16 6.28 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄2 5 × (No. of Buckets) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B127-147 12 × 7 18 4.72 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄2 5 × (No. of Buckets) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 13´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B147-148 14 × 7 18 3.86 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄2 7 × (No. of Buckets) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 11´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B147-149 14 × 7 18 4.72 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄2 7 × (No. of Buckets) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 13´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B168-150 16 × 8 18 3.31 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄2 7 × (No. of Buckets) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)B168-152 16 × 8 18 4.72 + (1.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 5⁄16 × 11⁄2 7 × (No. of Buckets) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 13´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs)

BucketsStyle AA Malleable

Size(Inches)

Spacing(Inches)

�Quantity

Size(Inches) Quantity Number Attachment

Every _ LinkLength(Feet)

Bucket Bolts and Lock WashersHex Head Cap Screws Chain

ElevatorNumber

Centrifugal Discharge Chain Series 100Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.

BucketsStyle AA Malleable

Size(Inches)

Spacing(Inches)

�Quantity

Size(Inches) Quantity No. of Holes to be

Punched in BeltLength(Feet)

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers(Norway Elevator Bolts)

Belt(Including 3 Buckets Overlap)

ElevatorNumber

Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 100Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Belt.

BucketsMedium Front Continuous Steel Buckets

Size(Inches)

Spacing(Inches)

�Quantity

Size(Inches) Quantity Number Attachment

Every _ LinkLength(Feet)

Bucket Bolts and Lock WashersHex Head Cap Screws Chain

ElevatorNumber

Continuous Discharge Chain Series 700Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.

BucketsMedium Front Continuous Steel Buckets

Size(Inches)

Spacing(Inches)

�Quantity

Size(Inches) Quantity Width

(Inches)No. of Holes to bePunched in Belt

Length(Feet)

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers(Norway Elevator Bolts)

Belt(Including 3 Buckets Overlap)

ElevatorNumber

Continuous Discharge Belt Series 700Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.

� If answer is a fraction, go to next whole number. Consult Martin for units not shown.

MMaarrttiinnModel No.

No.BucketRows

CapacityBuckets Standard Duty Plastic Belt

WidthPulleyWidth

HeadPulley

BootPulley

Boot Shaft

Hd. & Bt.Casing

Dimensions

IntermediateCasing

DimensionsCasing Thicknesses

C.F.H. at Speed

@ "Y-Y +5 Deg."Max. Useable

@ "Y - Y"(W.L.)

BeltFPM

H.S.RPM

TypicalStyle

WidthIn.

Proj. In.

SpacingIn. Inches Inches Dia.

In.Dia.In. Dia. In. Depth

"C" In.Width"A" In.

Depth"C" In.

Width"B" In. Head Boot Int. Inlet

Height

B64-508 * 1 782 697 265 119 HD-MAX 6.250 4.500 7 7 7 8 8 1 3/16 8 20 8 20 * 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 30

B65-512A 1 1,079 980 350 107 HD-MAX 6.250 5.625 10 7 8 12 12 1 7/16 9 27 9 8 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 32

B65-512B 1 1,541 1,400 350 107 HD-MAX 6.250 5.625 7 7 8 12 12 1 7/16 9 27 9 8 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 32

B95-518A 1 1,853 1,640 440 90 HD-MAX 9.375 5.625 12 10 11 18 18 1 7/16 12 34 12 9 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 39

B95-518B 1 2,470 2,187 440 90 HD-MAX 9.375 5.625 9 10 11 18 18 1 7/16 12 34 12 9 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 39

B95-518C 1 3,176 2,812 440 90 HD-MAX 9.375 5.625 7 10 11 18 18 1 7/16 12 34 12 9 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 39

B96-524 1 3,974 3,600 460 70 HD-MAX 9.375 6.625 8 10 11 24 24 1 15/16 13 42 13 10 10 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 44

B96-530 1 4,406 3,991 510 63 HD-MAX 9.375 6.625 8 10 11 30 30 1 15/16 15 48 15 10 10 ga. 3/16" 12 ga. 48

B106-530 1 4,931 4,534 510 63 HD-MAX 10.375 6.625 8 11 12 30 30 1 15/16 15 48 15 10 10 ga. 3/16" 12 ga. 48

B136-530 1 6,388 5,864 510 63 HD-MAX 13.375 6.625 8 14 15 30 30 1 15/16 18 48 18 10 10 ga. 3/16" 12 ga. 48

B127-536 1 8,879 8,123 600 62 HD-MAX 12.500 7.750 9 13 15 36 36 2 7/16 18 56 18 11 10 ga. 3/16" 12 ga. 56

B147-536 1 10,747 9,900 600 62 HD-MAX 14.500 7.750 9 15 16 36 36 2 7/16 21 56 21 11 10 ga. 3/16" 12 ga. 56

B167-536 1 12,000 11,289 600 62 HD-MAX 16.500 7.750 9 17 19 36 36 2 7/16 21 56 21 11 10 ga. 3/16" 12 ga. 56

B168-542 1 14,751 13,798 620 55 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 10 17 19 42 42 2 7/16 23 68 23 14 3/16" 3/16" 12 ga. 72

B188-542 1 16,740 15,764 620 55 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 10 20 22 42 42 2 7/16 26 68 26 14 3/16" 3/16" 12 ga. 72

B2108-548 2 20,648 19,164 700 55 HD-MAX 10.500 8.750 10 22 24 48 48 2 15/16 28 74 28 14 3/16" 1/4" 10 ga. 76

B2138-548 2 26,412 23,706 700 55 HD-MAX 13.500 8.750 10 28 30 48 48 2 15/16 34 74 34 14 3/16" 1/4" 10 ga. 76

B2168-548 2 33,314 31,681 700 55 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 10 34 36 48 48 2 15/16 40 74 40 14 3/16" 1/4" 10 ga. 76

B2188-548 2 37,800 35,595 700 55 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 10 38 40 48 48 3 7/16 44 74 44 14 3/16" 1/4" 10 ga. 76

B3168-548 3 49,971 47,521 700 55 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 10 50 52 48 48 3 7/16 56 74 56 14 3/16" 1/4" 10 ga. 76

B4158-548 4 63,222 59,652 700 55 HD-MAX 15.500 8.750 10 62 64 48 48 3 7/16 68 74 68 14 3/16" 1/4" 10 ga. 76

B4188-548 4 75,600 71,190 700 55 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 10 74 76 48 48 3 7/16 80 74 80 14 3/16" 1/4" 10 ga. 76

SHAFT CENTERS

LIFT

TAKE-UP

4'- 0"

B

A

REQ'D.

C

AS

SWAY BRACE

H-141

CONV

EYOR

S

High Speed Grain CentrifugalDischarge Belt Series 500

* Single Leg intermediate casing; 50' maximum height.Head shaft diameter to be determined by customer's application and specifications.Plastic buckets are available as Nylon, HDP, or Urethane. Steel is available on special request.

H-142

CONVEYORS

DragConveyors

Drag Conveyors Section VII


DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII

Safety..................................................................................................................................... H-143Round Bottom Drag Conveyor............................................................................................... H-144Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor ................................................................................................... H-147L & S Path Drag Conveyor..................................................................................................... H-151

SECTION VII

H-143

CONV

EYOR

S

SafetyWARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR

SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORSAPPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE

CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)




on the caution labels affixed to the equip-ment. 6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part ofyour body, in the conveyor.7. Never walk on conveyor covers, gratingor guards.8. Do not use conveyor for any purposeother than that for which it was intended.9. Do not poke or prod material into the con-veyor with a bar or stick inserted through theopenings.10. Keep area around conveyor drive andcontrol station free of debris and obstacles.11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy(materials or devices that could cause con-veyor components to move without powerapplied) before opening the conveyor12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed con-veyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.13. Do not attempt field modification of con-veyor or components.14. Conveyors are not normally manufac-tured or designed to handle materials thatare hazardous to personnel. These materi-als which are hazardous include those thatare explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwisedangerous to personnel. Conveyors may bedesigned to handle these materials.Conveyors are not manufactured ordesigned to comply with local, state or fed-eral codes for unfired pressure vessels. Ifhazardous materials are to be conveyed orif the conveyor is to be subjected to internalor external pressure, manufacturer shouldbe consulted prior to any modifications.CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking











H-144

CONVEYORS

Round BottomDrag Conveyor

Idler Return Round Bottom Tail Take-up

Rail Return Self-Cleaning Tail

Head Take-up

Standard Features • Bolted Flanged Covers • Welded Steel Chain • Jig Welded Flight Attachment • UHMW Flights • Heavy Duty Form Flange Trough • Heat Treated Sprockets • Rail Return System • Flow Through Inlets• Heavy Duty Backing Plate Popular Options

• By-Pass Inlets • Hip Roof Cover • Self-Cleaning Tail Section • Intermediate Discharge • Bend Section • Flight Saver Idler Return System • Optional A.R. Wear Strip• Split Sprockets

FORMED FLANGE TROUGH 9" THRU 24"

RAILRETURN

FORMED FLANGE TROUGH 9" THRU 24"

OPTIONAL A.R. WEAR STRIP

BOLTED COVER

BOLTED COVER

UHMW FLIGHT

UHMW FLIGHT

Martin UHMWIDLER SPROCKET


ANGLE FLANGE TROUGH 9” THRU 36”

ANGLE FLANGE TROUGH 9” THRU 36”

H-145

RoundBottomDragConveyor

CONVEYORS

6", 30", and 36" Drag conveyors are also availableupon request. Please contact Martin for quote.

Martin has designed its Round Bottom with theuser in mind. We have incorporated larger heat-treated sprockets into our designs to reducenoise, vibration and chordal action while increas-ing chain and sprocket life. Our goal is to reducemaintenance and operating costs for the user.

We offer the Martin Round Bottom Drag with

either a rail return or optional Flight Saver Idlerreturn system. Both systems assure long lifeand quiet operation.All drag flights are a (food safe) white UHMWpolyethylene material attached to welded steelchain, with exception of the 6" drag conveyorwhich uses combination chain.

ROUND BOTTOM CONVEYOR

Capacity FPM/RPM NOTES:1. Capacities are based on 100%loading with free-flowing grains at48 pounds per cubic foot.

2. Selection of conveyors should bebased upon material characteristics.

3. Capacities and speeds will vary forother types of materials and formaterials conveyed at an incline.

Please consult Martin if you have any ques-tions concerning your application.

NOTES:1.Tail and head weights shown includebearings, shafts, and standard sprockets.

2. Intermediate weights include return railsand bolted covers.

900 9″ 2040 33 2600 41 3050 50 3500 58 4080 661200 12″ 3475 33 4300 41 5200 50 6075 58 6950 661400 14″ 4750 33 5900 40 7100 50 8300 58 9500 661600 16″ 6050 32 7600 40 9150 48 10600 56 12100 641800 18″ 8100 32 10150 40 12300 48 14300 56 16200 642000 20″ 10500 23 13000 29 15650 35 18200 40 21000 462400 24″ 14800 23 18150 29 22000 35 25750 40 29600 46

100 FPM 125 FPM 150 FPM 175 FPM 200FPM

CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPMSeries Size

900 3⁄16 367 3⁄16 89 3⁄16″ 187 14 ga. 185 3⁄16 255 14 ga.1200 3⁄16 394 3⁄16 127 3⁄16″ 210 12 ga. 285 3⁄16 420 14 ga.1400 3⁄16 412 3⁄16 140 3⁄16″ 221 12 ga. 310 3⁄16 460 14 ga.1600 3⁄16 475 3⁄16 160 3⁄16″ 257 12 ga. 365 3⁄16 520 14 ga.1800 3⁄16 575 3⁄16 238 3⁄16″ 281 10 ga. 507 3⁄16 640 12 ga.2000 1⁄4 856 3⁄16 295 3⁄16″ 486 10 ga. 578 3⁄16 705 12 ga.2400 1⁄4 899 3⁄16 370 3⁄16″ 665 10 ga. 742 3⁄16 870 12 ga.

Material Thickness and Approximate Shipping WeightsIntermediate

Standard Duty Weight2 Specific Duty Weight3CoverSeries Adj. Tail Weight1 Bypass Weight Fixed Head Weight

Note: Dimensions not certified for construction.

H-146

CONVEYORS

SERIES A B C D E F G H J

900 10 7⁄16 1 4 — 4 4 18 21200 13 7⁄16 11⁄4 51⁄8 — 51⁄4 51⁄4 20 21400 15 7⁄16 11⁄4 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 51⁄4 20 21600 17 7⁄16 11⁄4 33⁄4 4 4 35⁄8 24 21800 19 7⁄16 11⁄4 43⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 35⁄8 24 22000 21 9⁄16 11⁄2 47⁄8 43⁄4 43⁄4 4 29 42400 25 9⁄16 11⁄2 55⁄8 55⁄8 51⁄2 61⁄2 34 4

RoundBottomDragConveyor

SERIES A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q R

900 38 18 9 141⁄4 215⁄8 111⁄8 33⁄16 9 95⁄16 36 18 13 93⁄8 83⁄8 207⁄8 151⁄3 135⁄16

1200 38 20 9 141⁄4 233⁄4 141⁄4 215⁄16 10 913⁄16 36 21 13 121⁄4 91⁄2 243⁄8 151⁄3 135⁄16

1400 38 20 9 141⁄4 24 163⁄4 33⁄16 10 105⁄16 36 23 13 131⁄2 103⁄4 243⁄8 151⁄3 135⁄16

1600 38 24 9 141⁄4 26 191⁄8 35⁄16 12 115⁄16 36 25 13 147⁄8 117⁄8 283⁄8 161⁄4 141⁄41800 38 24 9 141⁄4 271⁄2 215⁄8 311⁄16 22 1113⁄16 24 27 13 16 131⁄4 29 16 141⁄42000 41 29 12 16 331⁄4 24 41⁄4 141⁄2 147⁄8 24 29 16 191⁄4 147⁄8 34 201⁄2 181⁄22400 41 34 12 16 361⁄2 29 57⁄16 17 1513⁄16 24 33 16 20 181⁄16 39 205⁄8 185⁄8

LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or beforeservicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury.

BY-PASS INLET, HEAD & INTERMEDIATEDISCHARGE

BY-PASS INLET

(J) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS

FLOW DIRECTIOND K

G H

I

B

J

F

C ( TAKE-UP)

E

L A

G G C

A

R

N

HB

P

Q

M

D

E

F

E

D

C

NOTE: DRIVE NEAR SIDE

WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDER

SAFETY STICKER

.



NOTE: Dimensions not certified for construction.

H-147

CONVEYORS

Flat BottomDragConveyor

Rail Return

Standard Features• Bolted Replaceable Bottom• Bolted Flanged Covers• Jig Welded Flight Attachment• UHMW Flights• Heat Treated Sprockets• Rail Return System• Flow Through Inlets• Heavy Duty Backing Plate

Popular Options• Intermediate Discharge• Liners of Various Materials• A.R. Steel Bottom Plate• Controlled Feed Inlets• Split Sprockets

Flat Bottom Tail Take-Up

Self-Cleaning Tail

Super Duty Conveyor

RAILRETURN

FLAT BOLTED BOTTOM WITHOPTION OF A.R.

OPTIONALA.R.WEARSTRIP

BOLTED COVER

OPTIONALBOLTED

LINER

UHMWFLIGHT


H-148

CONVEYORSwith replaceable bolted bottoms and covers.The replaceable rail return system is offeredwith an optional rail liner when wear is a con-cern.

The Martin Flat Bottom drag conveyor isespecially suited for handling free flowinggrains. When heavier abrasive materialsneed to be conveyed, contact Martin aboutour Mill Duty Drag conveyor with ForgedChain.

FlatBottomDragConveyor

Please consult Martin if you have anyquestions concerning your application.

Martin offers a complete line of standard FlatBottom Drags to handle capacities up to 31,876CFH.Martin Super Duty Flat Bottom drags have beensuccessfully used in applications with convey-ors reaching lengths of over 660 feet and largecapacities.

The Martin Flat Bottom drag conveyor is con-structed with heavy-duty formed channel sides,

Flat Bottom Conveyor

NOTES:1. Capacities are based on 90% load-

ing with free-flowing grains at 48pounds per cubic foot.

2. Selection of conveyors should bebased upon material characteristics.

3. Capacities and speeds will vary forother types of materials and for materialsconveyed at an incline.

4. Capacities at 90% bed depth.

NOTES:1. Tail and head weights shown includebearings, shafts and standard sprockets.

2. Intermediate weights include return rails,and bolted covers.

LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers,guards or before servicing. Exposed movingparts can cause severe injury.

Warning And Safety Reminder


1 FPM 100 FPM 125 FPM 150 FPM 175 FPM 200 FPMSERIES CFH CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM

1809 28.13 2,813 37 3,516 46 4,220 55 4,923 65 5,626 74

2409 54.38 5,438 27 6,798 34 8,157 40 9,517 47 10,876 54

2412 68.25 6,825 27 8,531 34 10,238 40 11,944 47 13,650 54

2414 78.75 7,875 27 9,844 34 11,813 40 13,781 47 15,750 54

2416 89.25 8,925 27 11,156 34 13,388 40 15,619 47 17,850 54

2418 96.19 9,619 27 12,024 34 14,429 40 16,833 47 19,238 54

3016 111.56 11,156 23 13,945 29 16,734 34 19,523 40 22,312 46

3018 121.13 12,113 23 15,141 29 18,170 34 21,198 40 24,226 46

3020 133.88 13,388 23 16,735 29 20,082 34 23,429 40 26,776 46

3024 159.38 15,938 23 19,923 29 23,907 34 27,892 40 31,876 46

MATERIAL THICKNESS & APPROXIMATE SHIPPING WEIGHTS

INTERMEDIATESERIES ADJ. TAIL WGT. HEAD WGT. STD. DUTY WGT. COVER

1809 10 GA. 333 10 GA. 206 10 GA. 403 14 GA.

2409 10 GA. 432 10 GA. 277 10 GA. 460 14 GA.

2412 10 GA. 454 10 GA. 306 10 GA. 492 14 GA.

2414 10 GA. 467 10 GA. 315 10 GA. 514 14 GA.

2416 10 GA. 482 10 GA. 322 10 GA. 532 14 GA.

2418 10 GA. 497 10 GA. 335 10 GA. 544 12 GA.

3016 3/16 642 3/16 438 10 GA. 655 12 GA.

3018 3/16 655 3/16 452 10 GA. 679 12 GA.

3020 3/16 690 3/16 485 10 GA. 703 12 GA.

3024 3/16 749 3/16 613 10 GA. 745 12 GA.

H-149

CONVEYORS

E

C ( TAKE-UP)

NOTE: DRIVE NEAR SIDE

SAFETY STICKER

L A

DK

F

FLOW DIRECTION

G HB

J

I.

.

.

FlatBottomDragConveyor

Flat Intermediate

Head & Intermediate Discharge Standard Inlet

(H) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRSG G C

A

QB

D

E

F

E

D

C

(L) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRSK K C

I

QJ

M

N

P

N

M

C

N

FP

M

SERIES A B C E F G H I J K L M N P

1809 37 25 9 181⁄2 141⁄4 4 17 3⁄4 71⁄4 30 16 13 10 9 3⁄8 92409 37 25 9 241⁄2 201⁄4 4 15 101⁄8 30 16 13 10 9 3⁄8 162412 37 30 9 241⁄2 201⁄4 4 17 1⁄2 101⁄8 35 18 13 13 121⁄4 162414 37 30 9 241⁄2 201⁄4 4 17 1⁄2 101⁄8 35 20 13 15 131⁄2 162416 37 30 9 241⁄2 201⁄4 4 17 1⁄2 101⁄8 35 22 13 17 147⁄8 162418 37 30 9 241⁄2 201⁄4 4 17 1⁄2 101⁄8 35 25 13 19 16 163016 37 36 9 291⁄2 251⁄4 4 201⁄2 12 5⁄8 41 22 13 17 147⁄8 191⁄23018 37 36 9 291⁄2 251⁄4 4 201⁄2 12 5⁄8 41 25 13 19 16 191⁄23020 37 36 9 291⁄2 251⁄4 4 201⁄2 12 5⁄8 41 27 13 21 191⁄4 191⁄23024 37 36 9 291⁄2 251⁄4 4 201⁄2 12 5⁄8 41 31 13 25 20 191⁄2

SERIES A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q

1809 7 16 1 41⁄2 *** *** 3 2 10 25 31⁄2 3 4 *** 4 7⁄16

2409 7 16 1 41⁄2 *** *** 3 2 10 25 31⁄2 3 4 *** 4 7⁄16

2412 10 18 11⁄4 4 *** *** 41⁄4 2 13 30 41⁄4 4 51⁄8 *** 51⁄4 7⁄16

2414 12 20 11⁄4 41⁄2 *** *** 51⁄4 2 15 30 41⁄4 4 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 7⁄16

2416 14 22 11⁄4 31⁄4 31⁄4 31⁄4 31⁄4 3 17 30 41⁄4 4 33⁄4 4 4 7⁄16

2418 15 25 11⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 5 3 19 30 41⁄4 4 47⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 9⁄16

3016 14 22 11⁄2 31⁄4 31⁄4 31⁄4 31⁄4 3 17 36 41⁄2 5 33⁄4 4 4 7⁄16

3018 15 25 11⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 5 3 19 36 41⁄2 5 47⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 9⁄16

3020 17 27 11⁄2 4 4 4 6 3 21 36 41⁄2 5 47⁄8 43⁄4 43⁄4 9⁄16

3024 21 31 11⁄2 33⁄4 33⁄4 33⁄4 5 4 25 36 41⁄2 5 5 5⁄8 51⁄2 51⁄2 9⁄16


H-150

CONVEYORS

Flat BottomDragConveyor

CFH CFH RPM CFH RPM

58 1400 8 2800 16

96 2400 7.5 4800 15

130 3250 5 6500 10

192 4800 5 9600 10

Mill Duty Conveyor

Special Application Drag

Please consult Martin if you have any ques-tions concerning your application.

Standard Features• Forged Chain and Steel Flights• A.R. Steel Return Tray or Rail Return System• Spring Loaded Take-up• Split Sprockets

Popular Options• A.R. Steel Side Liners• By-pass Inlet• Self-cleaning Tail

The Martin Mill Duty Drag is designed for handlingheavy and abrasive materials, such as limestone,aggregate, and sand.

Martin-Built Take-up

Capacities and Speeds

SERIESFPM 25 FPM 50 FPM

1200 MD

1600 MD

2000 MD

2400 MD

LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers,guards or before servicing. Exposed movingparts can cause severe injury.

Warning And Safety Reminder

H-151

CONVEYORS

57 12 600 17 900 26 1200 35610 20 1000 11 1500 16-1/2 2000 22913 35 1750 8 2625 12 3500 16

1020 58 2900 11 4350 16-1/2 5800 221224 87 4350 11 6525 16-1/2 8700 221236 129 6450 10 9675 15 12900 201342 150 7500 10 11250 15 15000 20

1FPM 50 FPM 75 FPM 100 FPMCFH CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM

L-PathDragConveyor

NOTES:1. Capacities are based on the handling of non-abrasive materials

(as listed).• Cotton Seed Hulls • Cotton Seed Meal • Delinted Cotton Seed• Ground Feed • Whole Soybeans • Hot Soybean Meal• Whole Corn • Whole Rice

2. CAUTION should be observed when handling fine granular materials(as listed).• Wheat Flour • Sugar • Powdered Lime • Starch• Carbon Black • Soda Ash

Please consult Martin if you have anyquestions concerning your application.

L-Path Conveyor

S-Path Conveyor

Single Chain Configuration

Double Chain Configuration

CHAIN FEATURES• Welded Steel or Forged Chain• UHMW Flights• Jig Welded Attachments• Heavy Duty Backing Plates

Series

H-152

L-PathDragConveyor

CONVEYORS

L-Path Conveyor

Standard InletHead Discharge

0º– 45ºHead Discharge

45º– 90º

10'-0

"STA

NDAR

D

10'-0" STANDARD

C (TAKE UP)

G RADIUS

I

P

NJ

A

P

B

FF

E

D

I

Q

H

(Q) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS

(N) EQ SPECS@ 6" CENTRS

P

L

M

M

L

CK

PC

J

(Q) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS

(U) EQ SPECS@ 6" CENTRS

P

T

S

S

T

CK

GG

(H) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRSI

D

E

F

ED

CB

I C

A

G

PC

R

K

M

L


Consult factory for information on 57 Series andother sizes.Note: Dimensions not certified for construction.

A 68 89 96 96 96 96B 29 37 35 38-5/8 38-5/8 38-5/8C 12 12 12 12 12 12D 2 2 2 2 2 2E 14-1/2 20 22-1/4 28-1/4 28-1/4 28-1/4F 3 3 6 6 6 6G 96 96 96 120 120 120H 82 108 108 116 116 116I 36 42 54 60 60 60J 32 38 40 44 44 44K 18-3/4 22-1/2 28-1/2 32-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2L 18-3/4 22-1/2 28-1/2 32-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2M 11 14 21 25 37 43N 4-1/8 4-1/8 4-1/8 4-1/8 4-1/8 4-1/8P 21-1/2 25 25 29 29 29Q 36-1/8 42-1/8 44-1/8 48-1/8 48-1/8 48-1/8

610 913 1020 1224 1236 1342Series

SERIES A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q R S T U

610 7 16 1 41⁄2 *** *** 7⁄16 2 3 183⁄4 36 43⁄8 *** 2 4 5 11 *** 31⁄2 31⁄2913 10 18 11⁄4 4 *** 41⁄2 7⁄16 2 41⁄4 221⁄2 42 43⁄8 43⁄4 1 41⁄4 6 14 43⁄4 31⁄2 11020 17 27 11⁄2 4 4 4 9⁄16 3 6 29 54 4 *** 4 41⁄2 8 21 41⁄2 41⁄2 11224 21 31 11⁄2 43⁄4 43⁄4 5 9⁄16 4 5 33 60 *** *** 6 41⁄2 9 25 *** 5 31236 33 43 11⁄2 41⁄2 6 6 9⁄16 6 5 45 60 *** *** 8 41⁄2 9 37 *** 5 51342 38 48 11⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 9⁄16 7 41⁄2 51 60 41⁄2 41⁄2 6 41⁄2 9 43 4 4 5

H-153

CONVEYORS

VerticalScrewElevator

StandardScrewElevator

SECTIONVIIIVERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII

Warning and Safety Reminder ...........................................................H-154Introduction ........................................................................................H-155Screw Elevator Types ........................................................................H-156Standard Components .......................................................................H-157Standard Screw Elevator Speed and Capacity ..................................H-158Type B Dimensions ............................................................................H-159Super Screw Elevator Speed and Capacity .......................................H-160Super Screw Drive Unit ......................................................................H-161Super Screw Elevator Dimensions.....................................................H-162

H-154

CONVEYORS







on the caution labels affixed to the equip-ment.6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part ofyour body, in the conveyor.7. Never walk on conveyor covers, gratingor guards.8. Do not use conveyor for any purposeother than that for which it was intended.9. Do not poke or prod material into the con-veyor with a bar or stick inserted through theopenings.10. Keep area around conveyor drive andcontrol station free of debris and obstacles.11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy(materials or devices that could cause con-veyor components to move without powerapplied) before opening the conveyor.12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed con-veyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.13. Do not attempt field modification of con-veyor or components.14. Conveyors are not normally manufac-tured or designed to handle materials thatare hazardous to personnel. These materi-als which are hazardous include those thatare explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwisedangerous to personnel. Conveyors may bedesigned to handle these materials.Conveyors are not manufactured ordesigned to comply with local, state or fed-eral codes for unfired pressure vessels. Ifhazardous materials are to be conveyed orif the conveyor is to be subjected to internalor external pressure, manufacturer shouldbe consulted prior to any modifications.CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking











H-155

CONVEYORS

ScrewElevator

Type 4Superscrew Elevator

Martin ScrewElevatorsFor over fifty years, Martin Standard Screw Elevators have beensuccessfully elevating a wide range of materials. In 1956, we added theheavier duty Superscrew Elevator, giving our customers the ability toelevate larger capacities to greater heights.

The Martin Screw Elevator is ideally suited to elevate a wide range ofbulk materials in a relatively small space. If a material can be classifiedas very free flowing or free flowing, it can probably be elevated in aScrew Elevator.

We offer both our Standard and Superscrew Elevators with several dif-ferent drive arrangements to meet our customersʼ individualrequirements. Martin has an experienced staff in over twenty locationsthroughout the U.S.A. and Canada that can help you design the rightscrew elevator for your application. We have the capability ofmanufacturing our screw elevators in six locations in the U.S.A.

Contact your nearest Martin facility with your application informationand we will design the right elevator for your needs.

Partial Material List

Alfalfa Meal Mixed FeedsBarley, Malted Mustard SeedBone Meal OatsCement Paper PulpCoffee PeanutsCorn Meal ResinCotton Seed Rubber, GroundCryolite SaltFlours SawdustGrains Screened Wood ChipsHops Shellac, PowderIce Soda AshKaolin Clay Soybean MealLead Oxide SugarLime Sunflower SeedsMalt TobaccoMica WheatMilk, Dried Wood Flour


H-156

CONVEYORS

Martin ScrewElevators

To help better meet the needs of our customers, we offer both the Martin Standard and SuperscrewElevators in sixteen different types. The different types allow us to vary the drive location, discharge loca-tion and feed arrangement. We are also able to drive the feeder or take-away conveyor by the screw eleva-tor drive.

The Martin Screw Elevators are easy to install because they are factory assembled, match-marked anddisassembled prior to shipment. All Martin Screw Elevators are of a sturdy self-supporting design and onlyneed lateral support when installed.

The drives for the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators are manufactured by Martin and arespecifically designed for use with our screw elevators. We can also offer a Screw Conveyor Drive arrange-ment for lighter duty applications.

ScrewElevator

StandardScrewElevator Types

Type BStraight InletTop Drive,

Pedestal Base

Type BOOffset InletTop Drive,

Pedestal Base

Type AF2Offset InletTop Drive,

Bottom P.T.O.With Drive

Type EAF1Straight InletBottom Drive,Thrust Head

Type HAF2Offset Inlet

Bottom Drive,Thrust HeadWith Drive

Type IAF-2Offset Inlet

Bottom Drive,Thrust Head

SuperScrewElevator Types

Type 1Straight InletTop Drive,

Pedestal Base

Type 2Offset InletTop Drive,

Pedestal Base

Type 4Offset InletTop Drive,

Bottom P.T.O.With Drive

Type 5Straight InletBottom Drive,Thrust Head

Type 6Offset Inlet

Bottom Drive,Thrust Head

Type 8Offset Inlet

Bottom Drive,Thrust HeadWith Drive

NOTE: All elevators are furnished less feeder and/or feeder drive unless otherwise specified.

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipmentfor inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

H-157

CONVEYORS

ScrewElevator

All Martin Screw Elevators come with heavy duty helicoid or sectional screws whichare checked for straightness and run-out to insure a smooth running elevator. Whenhandling free flowing material, we add stabilizers as needed, as the height of the ele-vator increases. The stabilizer bearings are available in a wide range of bearingmaterials to meet our customersʼ requirements, including wood, hard iron, bronze,UHMW, and others.

Both the Martin Standard Screw and Superscrew Elevators are supplied with splitintermediate housing to allow easier maintenance.

Martinʼs specially engineered inlet/bottom section assures a smooth transfer to con-veyed material from the horizontal to vertical with a minimum of back-up and productdegradation.

The bottom inspection panel is bolted to minimize any product leakage. It also has ashroud to assure that the conveyed material is moving smoothly through the area.

The drives for both the Standard Screw and the Superscrew Elevator are manufac-tured by Martin to guarantee their quality and availability.

ClearanceBetweenScrewandHousing

Standard Screw Thrust Unit

Standard Screw Pedestal Base

Stabilizer Bearing Used onStandard Screw Elevator

Standard Screw Thrust Head

Size Type ofHousing Clearance

Standard Elevator Superscrew Elevator

IntermediateTop andBottomSectons

Screw IntermediateTop andBottomSectons

Screw

6

StandardClearance 1⁄2 14 14 6H304 14 10 6H304

Close FittingClearance 1⁄4 14 14 6.5S312* 14 10 6.5S312*

9

StandardClearance 1⁄2 12 12 9H306 12 3⁄16 9H306

Close FittingClearance 1⁄4 12 12 9.5S312* 12 3⁄16 9.5S312*

12

StandardClearance 1⁄2 10 10 12H408 10 3⁄16 12H408

Close FittingClearance 1⁄4 10 10 12.5S412* 10 3⁄16 12.5S412*

16

StandardClearance 1⁄2 10 3⁄16 16H610

Close FittingClearance 1⁄4 10 3⁄16 16.5S612*

* Close clearance sectional screws supplied as required.

H-158

CONVEYORS


The Martin Standard Screw Elevator is designed to handle under normal conditions, capacities rang-ing from 360 CFH to 3600 CFH in 6″ dia., 9″ dia., and 12″ dia. sizes. With complete information,Martin engineering staff can help you design the right Screw Elevator for your application.

Martin StandardScrewElevatorSpeed /Capacity

200 400 280 165 3606 11⁄2 2:1 1.4:1 215 430 301 177 400

275 550 385 226 500170 340 238 139 1100

9 11⁄2 2:1 1.4:1 200 400 280 163 1300230 460 322 187 1500155 310 310 147 2700

12 2 2:1 2:1 165 330 330 156 3000200 400 400 189 3600

6* 2:1 1.4:1 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 5 131⁄2 14 151⁄4 75⁄8 415⁄16 7 41⁄4 41⁄2 1111⁄32 33⁄8 313⁄16 131⁄4 4 3⁄8-16 NC 167⁄8 231⁄8 65⁄89 2:1 1.4:1 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 5 131⁄2 14 151⁄4 5 415⁄16 10 41⁄4 41⁄2 1111⁄32 33⁄8 313⁄16 131⁄4 8 3⁄8-16 NC 211⁄2 273⁄4 83⁄4

12 2:1 2:1 2 2 2 5 131⁄2 14 151⁄4 47⁄8 415⁄16 13 5 59⁄16 147⁄16 37⁄8 49⁄16 131⁄4 8 1⁄2-13 NC 26 313⁄4 123⁄4

RPMHorizontalFeeder Screw45 PercentLoading

CapacityCubic Footper Hour

VerticalScrew

InputTopDrive

InputBottomDrive

Vertical Ratio RatioSize Shaft Top Bottom

Diameter Drive Drive

� Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds

A C E F G H J L M N P Q R S

B U V

Top BottomDrive Drive

Top BottomDrive Drive

Size

Ratio T Bolts

No.Rec’d Size B

& BOAllTypes

AllOtherTypes

Dimensions in Inches

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment forinspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

� For speeds in excess or less than shown, consult Martin .

The Standard Screw Elevator drive unit will function efficientlywith the elevator erected at any angle of incline from horizontalto vertical. The input shaft can be driven in either direction, andthe input shaft extension may be used to drive a horizontal feed-er or discharge conveyor.

Both top and bottom drives are required when the elevator,feeder and discharge conveyor are all driven from one powersource. A top drive and pedestal base are used when the eleva-tor and discharge conveyor are driven from one source. A bot-tom drive and thrust unit are necessary if the elevator andfeeder are driven from one power source. The drives aredesigned and constructed to withstand all radial and thrustloads and support the entire weight of a fully loaded elevator.

*25⁄8″ lg. adapter for 6″ head not illustrated

HousingLength= Lift+ U

ScrewLength= Lift+ V

GreaseCavity

OilLevel

Bolts

Bolts

SEE PAGEi-27

GreaseLevel

OilLevel


H-159

CONVEYORS

A B C D F G H J K L M N P R S

A B C F G H J K L M N P


6 6 8 9 43⁄4 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 23 12 75⁄8 51⁄2 113⁄8 11⁄29 51⁄2 111⁄8 9 61⁄4 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 25 14 5 71⁄8 113⁄8 11⁄2

12 8 141⁄4 15 8 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 29 18 47⁄8 83⁄4 147⁄16 2

6 6 8 9 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 23 12 75⁄8 51⁄29 51⁄2 111⁄8 9 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 25 14 5 71⁄8

12 8 141⁄4 15 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 29 18 47⁄8 83⁄4

Size ofElevator

Size ofElevator

TypeB TypeBO

Screw elevator shown is offset to right for illustration purpose only.This elevator will normally be furnished offset to left, unless otherwisespecified. See page H-156 for typical elevator arrangements.

Type BO

Type B

Dimensions in Inches

Lift Lift


H-160

CONVEYORS

SuperScrewElevator

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9200 400 400 165 360215 430 430 177 400

6 11⁄2 2:1 2:1 275 550 550 226 500330 660 660 272 600

425 850 850 � �

170 340 340 139 1100200 400 400 163 1300

9 2 2:1 2:1 230 460 460 187 1500240 480 480 196 1600

425 850 850 � �

155 310 310 147 2800165 330 330 156 3000

27⁄16 2:1 2:1 200 400 400 189 3600210 420 420 199 3800

12425 850 850 � �

155 319 319 151 2800165 340 340 161 3000

27⁄16� 2.06:1 2.06:1 200 412 412 195 36003 210 433 433 205 3800

425 876 876 � �

138 284 284 132 6000150 309 309 144 6500

16 3 2.06:1 2.06:1 161 332 332 155 7000

425 876 876 � �

RPMHorizontalFeeder Screw45 PercentLoading

CapacityCubic Footper Hour

VerticalScrew

InputTopDrive

InputBottomDrive

Vertical Ratio RatioSize Shaft Top Bottom

Diameter Drive Drive

� Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds

The Martin Superscrew Elevator is designed to handle capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 7000 CFH in 6″ dia., 9″ dia., 12″ dia.,and 16″ dia. sizes.

Martin SuperScrewElevatorSpeed /Capacity

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment forinspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

Elevator Offsetto the Left of Inlet

StraightInlet

Elevator Offsetto the Right of InletType 7 Superscrew Elevator

� Consult Martin.� For speeds in excess or less than those shown, consult Martin.

Up to Up to Up to

Up to Up to Up to

Up to Up to Up to

Up to Up to Up to

Up to Up to Up to

H-161

CONVEYORS

SuperScrewElevator

6 2:1 11⁄2 15⁄8 4 43⁄4 5 16 61⁄8 12 71⁄2 101⁄8 8 3⁄8 121⁄49 2:1 2 15⁄8 4 43⁄4 5 16 61⁄8 12 71⁄2 131⁄4 8 3⁄8 131⁄412 2:1 27⁄16 15⁄8 4 47⁄8 5 16 61⁄8 12 71⁄2 161⁄4 8 1⁄2 181⁄4

2.06:1 27⁄16 15⁄8 41⁄4 47⁄8 5 18.1 67⁄8 125⁄8 71⁄4 171⁄4 8 1⁄2 181⁄42.06:1 3 23⁄16 41⁄4 5 5 18.1 67⁄8 125⁄8 71⁄4 173⁄8 8 1⁄2 181⁄4

16 2.06:1 3 23⁄16 41⁄4 5 5 18.1 67⁄8 125⁄8 71⁄4 201⁄4 12 1⁄2 241⁄4

Spider Type StabilizerUsed on SuperScrew

SuperScrewThrust Head

SuperScrewPedestal Base

SuperScrewElevatorD.S.D. (DryShaftDrive)

DSD (Dry Shaft Drive) is a completely new design andconstruction concept especially developed to enable theSuperScrew Elevator to broaden the application of screwelevators.The DSD unit is designed to meet special conditions

encountered in vertical installations and may be installedin the range of 70° to 90° incline. If a smaller angle ofincline is required, special units may be furnished.A patented lubrication system precisely “meters” the

proper amount of lubricant to those points where neededwith no danger of damaging seals.DSD units may be furnished at both the top and the

bottom of the elevator. The top drive incorporates specialdesign features to assure that no lubricant may pass intothe elevator to contaminate the material being elevated.In the bottom drive unit other special features prevententrance of foreign material into lubricant.

DSD units may also be furnished at the top only with apedestal base or at the bottom only with a thrust head.The compactness of the DSD requires a minimum of

head room providing maximum lift with minimum overallelevator height.DSD units are sturdily constructed to withstand all

radial and thrust loads encountered and to support theentire weight of elevators and materials handled.

A B C E F G H K MLD

Size RatioNo. SizeTop Bottom

Housing & ScrewLength =Lift + M Bolts


H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-162

CONVEYORS

SuperScrewElevatorDimensions

B C E G J K L M N O P S V X Z�

B C D E G J K L M N O P S V X Z�

6 11⁄2 2:1 41⁄2 101⁄2 43⁄4 16 4 15⁄8 63⁄4 233⁄4 7 61⁄2 43⁄4 5 83⁄8 117⁄8 131⁄4 11⁄29 2 2:1 61⁄8 12 61⁄4 16 4 15⁄8 63⁄4 251⁄4 10 61⁄2 43⁄4 71⁄8 77⁄8 127⁄8 131⁄4 11⁄2

27⁄16 2:1 73⁄4 15 8 16 4 15⁄8 63⁄4 291⁄4 13 61⁄2 43⁄4 87⁄8 87⁄8 153⁄8 131⁄4 212 � 27⁄16 2.06:1 73⁄4 15 8 18.1 41⁄4 23⁄16 715⁄16 313⁄8 13 71⁄4 43⁄4 87⁄8 9 151⁄2 173⁄8 2

3 2.06:1 73⁄4 15 8 18.1 41⁄4 23⁄16 715⁄16 313⁄8 13 71⁄4 43⁄4 87⁄8 9 151⁄2 173⁄8 216 3 2.06:1 105⁄8 20 101⁄2 18.1 41⁄4 23⁄16 715⁄16 363⁄4 17 71⁄4 5 111⁄8 91⁄2 18 173⁄8 3

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipmentfor inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

Dimensions in Inches� Horizontal coupling diameter may vary upon length of feeder.� Consult Martin before using.

Type 1

Type 2

Type1 Type2

Normally Furnished Offset to the Left

Size of Vert.RatioElevator Shaft Dia.

Size of Vert.RatioElevator Shaft Dia.

Lift Lift

Dia. Dia.


6 11⁄2 2:1 41⁄2 101⁄2 16 4 15⁄8 63⁄4 263⁄4 7 61⁄2 43⁄4 5 83⁄8 117⁄8 131⁄4 11⁄29 2 2:1 61⁄8 12 16 4 15⁄8 63⁄4 281⁄4 10 61⁄2 43⁄4 71⁄8 77⁄8 127⁄8 131⁄4 11⁄212 27⁄16 2:1 73⁄4 15 16 4 15⁄8 63⁄4 321⁄4 13 61⁄2 43⁄4 87⁄8 87⁄8 153⁄8 131⁄4 2

� 27⁄16 2.06:1 73⁄4 15 18.1 41⁄4 23⁄16 715⁄16 343⁄8 13 71⁄4 43⁄4 87⁄8 9 151⁄2 173⁄8 23 2.06:1 73⁄4 15 18.1 41⁄4 23⁄16 715⁄16 343⁄8 13 71⁄4 43⁄4 87⁄8 9 151⁄2 173⁄8 2

16 3 2.06:1 105⁄8 20 18.1 41⁄4 23⁄16 715⁄16 397⁄8 17 71⁄4 5 111⁄8 91⁄2 18 173⁄8 3

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-163

CONVEYORS

ModularPlasticScrew

SECTION IXMODULAR PLASTIC SCREW SECTION IX

Introduction ..........................................................................................................................H-163Warning and Safety Reminder .............................................................................................H-164Technical and Design Data...................................................................................................H-165

Another Martin patented Innovation. We’ll give your customers another reason to giveyou their business.


• Plastic modules consist of a helical flightspiraling once around a hollow square hub.

• Eliminates need to spot or continuously weldmetal flights to shaft.

• Polyurethane - used where impact/abrasivewear is a problem. Lab tests show it up to 3times more wear resistant than carbon orstainless steel in certain applications.

• All-plastic material does not corrode, isimpervious to acids, caustics and otherchemicals.

• Durable, lightweight injection-molded modulesstack on square tube.

• Polypropylene - general purpose material forhigh temperature service.

• FDA approved for food contact.• Highly resistant to corrosion.• Modules are individually replaceable withoutwelding or burning.

• Assembled conveyor is comparativelylightweight, easier to handle, and bearing life isprolonged.

• Polyethylene - general purpose material. FDAapproved for food contact.

• Good abrasive and excellent corrosionresistance in a wide temperature range.

• Slick surface simplifies cleaning.

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM


CONVEYORS

WARNING & SAFETY REMINDERSafety must be considered a basic factor inmachinery operation at all time. Most accidentsare the results of carelessness or negligence.All rotating power transmission products arepotentially dangerous and must be guarded bythe contractor, installer, purchaser, owner, anduser as required by applicable laws,regulations, standards, and good safetypractice. Additionally specific information mustbe obtained from other sources including thelatest editions of American Society ofMechanical Engineers; (ANSI) Safety Code. A

copy of this standard may be obtained from theAmerican Society of Mechanical Engineers at345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017(212-705-7722).It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer,purchaser, owner, and user to install, maintain,and operate the parts or componentsmanufactured and supplied by Martin Sprocket& Gear, Inc., in such a manner as to complywith the Williams-Steiger Occupational SafetyAct and with all state and local laws,ordinances, regulations, and the AmericanNational Standard Institute Safety Code.

CAUTIONGuards, access doors, and covers must be securley fastened before operatingany equipment.

If parts are to be inspected, cleaned, observed, or general maintenance performed,the motor driving the part or components is to be locked out electrically insuch a manner that it cannot be started by anyone, however remote from thearea. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or propertydamage.

WARNINGWarning: Static Electricity

Static Electricity may accumulate on modular plastic conveyor screws which carrynon-conductive materials and may produce an electrical spark. Do Not Use toConvey Non-Conductive Materials in a Combustible Environment.

H-164

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-165

CONVEYORS

ModularPlasticScrewConveyors -DesignData

Martin Solutionsto Screw ConveyorProblems

• Currently available in 6", 9" and 12"diameters, in right hand only.• Assembled conveyors compatiblewith CEMA standards; easilyretrofitted.• Flight modules available inpolyethylene, polypropylene, andpolyurethane, each withcharacteristics to fill specific needs(see Technical Data).• Flights and hubs are integrallymolded, resulting in consistentdiameter, pitch and thickness witha uniform, smooth finish.• Plastic modules eliminate metalcontamination to food.• Assembled conveyor is light inweight, is safe and easy to handle;bearing life isprolonged.• Plastic flights mayoperate at closeclearances, or whenconveying manymaterials, directly onthe trough withoutdanger of metalcontamination.• Modules areindividuallyreplaceable.• Balance is excellentallowing high speedoperation.

F

CD

E B E

D

A

MOUNTED SCREW CONVEYOR

TheMartin Screw Conveyor System consists of plastic modules stacked on asquare metal tube. A shaft is inserted at each tube end and secured by arecessed pin. Modules are secured at tube ends by retainer rings and washers.

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-166

CONVEYORS

CUBIC FEET PER HOUR PER R.P.M. FULL PITCH HORIZONTALDIAMETER PITCH CONVEYOR LOAD

FULL 45% 30%

6" 9" 5.72 2.75 1.729" 9" 16.73 7.53 5.0212" 12" 39.27 17.67 11.7814" 14" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE16" 16" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

Screw Conveyor Capacities

DIA. SHAFT RATINGS FOR CARBON STEEL SHAFT AND TUBE50 R.P. M. 75 R.P.M. 100 R.P.M. 150 R.P.M.

6"-9" 1-1/2" 3.4 5.1 6.8 10.16"-9" 2" 5.6 8.4 11.2 16.812" 2" 8.0 12.0 16.0 24.012" 2-7/16" 9.1 13.6 18.2 27.314" 2-7/16" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE14" 3" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE16" 3" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

POLYETHYLENE POLYPROPYLENE POLYURETHANE

Yes Yes No

Good Fair Excellent

Excellent Excellent Good

Good Fair Excellent

-60º to +150º F +40º to +220º F -20º to +150ºExcellent Good Good

FDA Approved

Abrasive Resistance

Corrosive Resistance

Impact Resistance

Temperature Limit

Release

Horsepower Ratings

Technical&DesignData

NOTE: The above limitations are based on Martin modular plasticconstruction throughout. The use of coupling bolts, as required for anexternal adaptor, may reduce horsepower capacity.

Materials of Construction

DIA. SHAFT TYPE OF INTERMEDIATE BEARINGWOOD, NYLATRON, BRONZE CLOSE COUPLED*

6" 1-1/2" 165 909" 1-1/2" 165 809" 2" 150 8012" 2" 145 7012" 2-7/16" 140 7014" 2-7/16" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE14" 3" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE16" 3" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

Maximum Recommended ConveyorSpeed / Horizontal Operation / R.P.M.

Note: Release pertains to the capability of conveying “sticky” products.

* Close coupled limitations apply to screw lengths over 12 ft. (for 6" and9" dia.) or 15 ft. (for 12" dia). For longer lengths or units withoutintermediate bearing supports, locate end bearing no more than 3-1/8"(for 6" size); 4-5/8" (for 9" size); or 6-1/8" (for 12" size); centers above theinside bottom of the conveyor trough.

Design Data for Bonded ConstructionBonded Construction is used in the handling of a finished food

product or for the conveying of any product in which it is necessary toguard against material entering the internal clearances between themodules or into the inside of the square tube.The hubs of the individual modules are heat fused together, the ends

of the flights may be fused or may be cut to create a “clean out” gap,

usually 1/8" to 1/4" wide. The ends are capped and fitted with an “O” ringto seal around the shaft. The cap may be of alternate construction asdetailed below.Bonded Construction has USDA acceptance for use as a component

part of food processing equipment in federally inspected meat andpoultry processing plants.

PLASTIC MODULE

SQUAREMETAL

TUBE

FLAT ENDCAP

RETAINING RINGAT FEED END OFEACH CONVEYORSCREW

SPECIFIED CONVEYOR LENGTH

AT MAXIMUMTEMPERATURE

DRIVE,TAIL OR COUPLING

SHAFT EXTENSION

PLASTIC MODULE

SQUAREMETAL

TUBE EXTENDEDEND CAP

TROUGHEND

PLATE

RETAINING RINGAT FEED END OFEACH CONVEYORSCREW

SPECIFIED CONVEYOR LENGTH

AT MAXIMUMTEMPERATURE

DRIVE ORTAIL

SHAFT EXTENSION4"

FLAT END CAPSFlat End Caps are the basic construction for conveying finished foodproducts. Drive and Tail End Shafts are shipped factory installed. Ifused with coupling shafts, the thrust bearing must be at the feed endof the conveyor assembly. Retaining ring may be eliminated in someapplications depending upon length and temperature involved.

EXTENDED END CAPSExtended End Caps are used in the handling of products whichrequire a total elimination of cracks and crevices on the conveyorscrew. This precludes the use of coupling shafts and therefore limitsthe unit to one conveyor length, a maximum of 20 feet. Retainer ringsand shafts are entirely outside the product area. Drive and Tail EndShafts are shipped factory installed.

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-167

ShaftlessScrewConveyors

CONVEYORS


SECTIONXSHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION X

Typical Applications..............................................................................................................H-170Feature- Function & Benefit .................................................................................................H-170Warning and Safety Reminder .............................................................................................H-171Size and Capacity ................................................................................................................H-172

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-168

ShaftlessScrewConveyors

CONVEYORS

Typical Applications• Rendering

Poultry Processing • Meat Processing • Fish Processing• Chicken Feathers • Whole Carcasses • Animal Waste • Fish/Animal Bones

• Pulp & Paper, Gypsum Board, Particle Board• Lime Mud • Oversized Wood Chips • Hogged Bark • Shavings

• Agriculture• Fertilizer • Corn Gluten • Sugar Beets/Cane Processing • Chopped Hay

• Hospital Waste Processing, Recycle Plants• Shredded Cans • Bottles • Paper • Medical Disposables

• Wine & Beverage Industries• Grape Skins • Stems • Pumice • Fruit Peels

• Waste Water • Solid Waste Treatment• Sludge • Grit • Screenings • Solids Removal

• Chemical & Heavy Industrial• Ash • Recycle Batteries • Shredded Tires

FEATURE FUNCTION BENEFITContinuous Flight Eliminate Hangers Reduces Maintenance

Costs3/4”-1" Flight Long Lasting Increases Uptime

No Tail Seals or Tail Bearings Use Blind End Plate Reduces MaintenanceCosts

Cold Formed Flight High Brinell Longer LifeEliminate Buildup On Pipe Lower Maintenance/

Operation CostsNo Center Pipe Required Can Handle Particle Sizes Up

To 90% Of Spiral O.D. Increases ScrewAllows Higher Trough Loading Capacity

(45%-95%)Side Inlet Feeding No Vertical Transition Necessary Lower Installation Cost

Reduces Headroom

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-169

CONVEYORS

SizeandCapacity

Specifications:Type of Steel Carbon Steel • High Brinell Carbon Steel • Stainless Steel

Capacity Up to 17,000 CFHDiameter 6" to 30" (and Larger)Pitches Full, 2/3, 1/2Trough CEMA StandardsOptions UHMW Liners, AR Liners, Rider Bars, Drive End Seals

Advantages Spanning longer distances without intermediate bearings. Transport sticky products and large lumps.

NOM. A B C CFH* CFH* CFH* MAXDIA. Dia. Inside Pitch Full Pitch 2/3 Pitch 1/2 Pitch RPM

6 6 7 6 65 43 33 25

9 9 10 9 224 149 112 25

10 10 11 10 307 205 154 25

12 12 13 12 530 353 265 25

14 14 15 14 842 561 421 25

16 16 17 16 1256 837 628 25

18 18 19 18 1789 1193 895 25

20 20 21 20 2455 1637 1228 25

24 24 25 24 4240 2827 2120 25

30 30 31 30 8283 5522 4142 25

45% Trough Loading 95% Trough LoadingNOM. A B C CFH* CFH* CFH* MAXDIA. Dia. Inside Pitch Full Pitch 2/3 Pitch 1/2 Pitch RPM

6 6 7 6 140 93 70 25

9 9 10 9 472 315 236 25

10 10 11 10 648 432 324 25

12 12 13 12 1119 746 560 25

14 14 15 14 1777 1185 889 25

16 16 17 16 2652 1766 1326 25

18 18 19 18 3776 2517 1888 25

20 20 21 20 5180 3453 2590 25

24 24 25 24 8950 5967 4475 25

30 30 31 30 17485 11657 8743 25

*CFH = Cubic Feet per hour. -**ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.

B

A A

C

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-170

CONVEYORS



APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THECONVEYOR EQUIPMENTMANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)

It is the responsibility of the contractor,installer, owner and user to install, maintain andoperate the conveyor, components and,conveyor assemblies in such a manner as tocomply with the Williams-Steiger OccupationalSafety and Health Act and with all state andlocal laws and ordinances and the AmericanNational Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1Safety Code.In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous

condition, the assemblies or parts must beinstalled and operated in accordance with thefollowing minimum provisions.

1. Conveyors shall not be operated unlessall covers and/or guards for the conveyorand drive unit are in place. If the conveyor isto be opened for inspection cleaning,maintenance or observation, the electricpower to the motor driving the conveyormust be LOCKED OUT in such a mannerthat the conveyor cannot be restarted byanyone; however remote from the area, untilconveyor cover or guards and drive guardshave been properly replaced.2. If the conveyor must have an openhousing as a condition of its use andapplication, the entire conveyor is then to beguarded by a railing or fence in accordancewith ANSI standard B20.1.(Request currentedition and addenda)3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders orother manual or mechanical equipment shallbe constructed in such a way that theconveyor opening is covered by a grating. Ifthe nature of the material is such that agrating cannot be used, then the exposedsection of the conveyor is to be guarded bya railing or fence and there shall be awarning sign posted.4. Do not attempt any maintenance orrepairs of the conveyor until power has beenLOCKED OUT.5. Always operate conveyor in accordancewith these instructions and those contained

on the caution labels affixed to theequipment.6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part ofyour body, in the conveyor.7. Never walk on conveyor covers, gratingor guards.8. Do not use conveyor for any purposeother than that for which it was intended.9. Do not poke or prod material into theconveyor with a bar or stick inserted throughthe openings.10. Keep area around conveyor drive andcontrol station free of debris and obstacles.11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy(materials or devices that could causeconveyor components to move withoutpower applied) before opening the conveyor12. Do not attempt to clear a jammedconveyor until power has been LOCKEDOUT.13. Do not attempt field modification ofconveyor or components.14. Conveyors are not normallymanufactured or designed to handlematerials that are hazardous to personnel.These materials which are hazardousinclude those that are explosive, flammable,toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel.Conveyors may be designed to handlethese materials. Conveyors are notmanufactured or designed to comply withlocal, state or federal codes for unfiredpressure vessels. If hazardous materials areto be conveyed or if the conveyor is to besubjected to internal or external pressure,manufacturer should be consulted prior toany modifications.CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking

out the power to the motor driving the unitprovides the only real protection against injury.Secondary safety devices are available;

however, the decision as to their need and thetype required must be made by the owner-assembler as we have no information regardingplant wiring, plant environment, the interlockingof the screw conveyor with other equipment,extent of plant automation, etc. Other devicesshould not be used as a substitute for lockingout the power prior to removing guards orcovers. We caution that use of the secondarydevices may cause employees to develop afalse sense of security and fail to lock outpower before removing covers or guards. Thiscould result in a serious injury should thesecondary device fail or malfunction.There are many kinds of electrical devices

for interlocking of conveyors and conveyorsystems such that if one conveyor in a systemor process is stopped other equipment feedingit, or following it can also be automaticallystopped.Electrical controls, machinery guards,

railings, walkways, arrangement of installation,training of personnel, etc., are necessaryingredients for a safe working place. It is theresponsibility of the contractor, installer, ownerand user to supplement the materials andservices furnished with these necessary itemsto make the conveyor installation comply withthe law and accepted standards.Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are

designed to connect to other equipment ormachinery so that the flow of material into andout of the conveyor is completely enclosed.One or more warning labels should be visible

on conveyor housings, conveyor covers andelevator housings. If the labels attached to theequipment become illegible, please orderreplacement warning labels from the OEM orCEMA.The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers

Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled “Safe Operation ofScrew Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, andBucket Elevators.” CEMAencourages




H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-171

HeavyDutyConveyorPulleys

CONVEYORS

CONVEYORPULLEYS -HEAVYDUTYITEM PAGEDRUM PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-172 —H-177Machined Drum Pulleys - Crowned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-173Machined Drum Pulleys - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-173Standard Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-174Mine Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-175Quarry Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-176Engineering Class Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-177

WING PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-178 —H-181Standard Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-178Mine Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-179Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-180Quarry Duty "AR" Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-181

LAGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182—H-183Lagging - Vulcanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182

Vulcanized Lagging - Plain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182Vulcanized Lagging - Herringbone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182Vulcanized Lagging - Diamond Grooved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182

Lagging - Ceramic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183MSHA-Mine & Safety Hazard Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183AR-Abrasive Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183Ceramic (Cold bond and Vulcanized) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183

Lagging - Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184Weld On Strip Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184Cold Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184Molded Urethane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184SOF (Static Conductive Oil & Fire resistant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184

BUSHINGS FOR CONVEYOR PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-185—H-186MXT Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-185MHE Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-186

SHAFTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-187WEAR ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188—H-189Shell Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188Steel Wear Rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188Wing Lagging For CCI Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188Lagged Replaceable Contact Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-189TAKE-UP FRAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-190—H-196Take-Up Frames Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-190 — H-191CTA Top Angle Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-192CHD Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-193CCP Center Pulley Take Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-194CWS Wide Slot Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-195TTU Tube Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-196

SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197—H-198DSP Dead Shaft Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197DSP Dead Shaft Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197DSP Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197Spiral Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-198Spiral Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-198Sprocket Rollers for Engineered Class Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199Gudgeon Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199Cage Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199

Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-200Engineering / Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-201—H-202Belt Conveyor Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-203HD Pulley Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-204

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-172

HeavyDutyConveyorPulleys

CONVEYORS

Martin now offers a comprehensive line ofconveyor pulleys for your bulk material handlingneeds. Broadening our offering withoutcompromising quality on:• Drum Pulleys — Lagged and Plain• Wing Pulleys • Bushings• Shafts • Wear Items• Take-up Frames • Specialty Pulleys

ConveyorComponentsLocationsandTerminology

Seeing is believing— The Martin differenceAll of Martin's conveyor pulleys meet or exceed CEMA standards for construction. Our pulleys are the heaviest, mostdurable in the industry.

1. Head Pulley The pulley at the discharge end of a conveyor belt; may beeither an idler or a drive pulley. Usually it has a larger diameter than otherpulleys in the system and is often lagged to increase traction and pulley life.

2. Snub Pulley Mounted close to the drive pulley on the return side of the belt,the snub pulley's primary job is to increase the angle of wrap around thedrive pulley, thereby increasing traction. Its secondary purpose is reducingbelt tension, which is important in maximizing conveyor component life. Maybe lagged for longer wear life.

3. Take-Up Bend Pulley The bend pulley is used for changing the direction of the belt running to the gravity take-up. Maybe lagged for longer wear life.

4. Take-Up Pulley An adjustable idler pulley to accommodate changes in the length of a conveyor belt to maintain propertension.

5. Tail Pulley A pulley at the tail of the belt conveyor opposite the normal discharge end; may be a drive pulley or an idlerpulley.

6. Return Idler The idler or roller on which the conveyor belt rides after the load which it was carrying has been dumped.

Martin Sales and Engineering will work with you to completely solve your belt conveying needs. The followingpages will assist you in selecting most of the components for your conveyor. Since there are infinite amounts ofconveying possibilities and configurations our sales and engineering staff are prepared to assist you with eachof them.

Rim Face

End Disk

Hub &Bushing DRUM PULLEY

Wing

Contact Bar Gusset

Hub

WING PULLEY

5

1

2

33

6

4

TROUGHING IDLER

IMPACT BED ASSEMBLY

IMPACT IDLER

TAILPULLEY

RETURNIDLER

TAKE-UPBENDPULLEY

TAKE-UPBEND PULLEY

SNUBPULLEY

SECONDARYBELT CLEANER

PRIMARYBELT CLEANER

HEAD/DRIVEPULLEY

TAKE-UPPULLEY

See Page H-200 for Part Nomenclature

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

H-173

DrumPulleys

CONVEYORS

ACB

FEATURES:• 4 to 10-3/4" Diameter• 3/8" minimum End Disc• 1/4" minimum CenterPlates• Several Hub/Bushingsystems available

MachinedDrumPulleys—CrownedorFlatMartin's Machined Drum Pulleys are manufactured from thick wall pipe

or tubing, then machined on a lathe to form the crown and ensureminimum runout in operation.Our Machined Drum Pulleys are the heaviest in the business, featuring

a 3/8" minimum end disc, or 3/4" thick integral hub and end discs,minimum 1/4" rims and 1/4" center plates. Because each pulley hasbeen machined, the pulley is the thickest in the center where the load isthe highest.Our Machined Drum Pulleys run more concentric than pulleys made by

the "expansion" method. This ensures better belt tracking and lessvibration transferred to the bearings.

OPTIONS:• Lagging• Shafting• Bearing Assemblies• Take-Up Systems

EstimatedMachinedDrumPulleyWeightsDiameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B)•

Face Width (C)

8 14 20 26 32 38 44 51 57 63

4 XT15 1-7/16 3/4 9 13 18 22 32 37 43 49 54 594-1/2* XT15 1-7/16 3/4 15 21 27 33 39 45 51 58 64 704-1/2* XT20 1-15/16 3/4 16 22 28 34 40 46 52 59 65 715 XT15 1-7/16 3/4 17 24 31 37 44 51 58 63 72 795 XT20 1-15/16 3/4 18 25 32 38 45 52 59 64 73 80

5-1/2* XT15 1-7/16 3/4 19 26 33 41 48 56 63 72 79 875-1/2* XT20 1-15/16 3/4 21 28 35 43 50 58 65 74 81 896 XT20 1-15/16 3/4 23 31 39 47 55 63 71 81 89 976 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 26 34 42 50 58 66 74 84 92 100

6-1/2* XT20 1-15/16 3/4 27 38 49 60 70 81 92 105 115 1266-1/2* XT25 2-7/16 3/4 29 40 51 62 72 83 94 107 117 1288 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 36 47 58 70 81 92 104 117 128 1408 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 38 49 66 72 83 94 106 119 130 142

8-1/2* XT25 2-7/16 3/4 43 58 73 87 102 117 131 149 163 1788-1/2* XT30 2-15/16 7/8 45 60 75 89 104 119 133 151 165 18010 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 50 64 79 93 107 122 136 153 167 18210 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 52 66 81 95 109 124 138 155 169 18410 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 58 72 87 101 115 130 144 161 175 190

10-3/4* XT25 2-7/16 3/4 66 76 93 111 130 148 167 188 207 22610-3/4* XT30 2-15/16 7/8 69 79 96 114 133 151 170 191 210 22910-3/4* XT35 3-7/16 7/8 75 85 101 120 139 157 176 197 216 235

*Nominal• General position for bushing face – for position per application consult engineering.

Consult Factory for dimensional andweight specificationsof sizesnot shown.

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

Martin offers Standard Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 1/4" rim,3/8" end discs and 1/4" center discs. Each Standard Drum Pulleyfeatures a two piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either ofour flat or custom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmed andhydraulically seated around the heavy end discs to ensure maximumconcentricity. Once the pulley is formed, Martin utilizes a submerged arcweldment to ensure optimum connection of its individual components.Our trademark Standard Duty Pulley is the heaviest off the shelf CEMA

grade pulley in the industry. The thicker materials used in our StandardDuty pulleys yield longer life and better resistance to wear and stress thatare present in every conveying application.

DrumPulleys

H-174

CONVEYORS

ACB FEATURES:

• 12" to 60" Diameter• 3/8" minimum End Disc• 1/4" minimum Center Plates• Several Hub/Bushing systemsavailable

StandardDutyDrumPulleys

OPTIONS:• Lagging• Shafting• Bearing Assemblies• Take-Up Systems

EstimatedStandardDutyDrumPulleyWeights

Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B)•Face Width (C)

20 26 32 38 44 51 57 63

12 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 81 100 119 138 157 204 242 28012 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 84 103 122 141 160 207 245 28314 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 99 122 145 168 191 245 291 33614 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 102 125 148 171 194 248 294 33916 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 118 145 172 199 226 289 342 39416 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 121 148 175 202 229 292 345 39716 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 126 153 180 207 234 297 350 40218 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 138 169 201 232 263 336 396 45618 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 141 172 204 235 266 339 399 45918 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 146 177 209 240 271 344 404 46420 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 162 198 234 270 306 465 506 54820 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 167 203 239 275 311 470 511 55320 XT40 3-15/16 1 174 210 246 282 318 477 518 56024 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 245 291 336 382 427 605 662 71924 XT40 3-15/16 1 252 298 343 389 434 612 669 72624 XT45 4-7/16 1 261 307 352 398 443 621 678 73530 XT40 3-15/16 1 413 494 575 656 737 824 899 97330 XT45 4-7/16 1 422 501 582 663 744 831 906 98230 XT50 4-15/16 1 445 526 607 688 769 856 931 100536 XT40 3-15/16 1 541 644 746 849 952 1061 1155 124936 XT45 4-7/16 1 550 653 755 858 961 1070 1164 125836 XT50 4-15/16 1 573 676 778 881 984 1093 1187 1281


• General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

DrumPulleys

H-175

CONVEYORS

ACB

FEATURES:• 10" to 60" Diameter

• 3/8" thru 1" Rims

• 1", 1-1/4" and Heavier End Discs

• 3/8" Center Plates

• Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available

• Double Sub-Arc Weldments

MineDutyDrumPulleysMartin offers Mine Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 3/8" rim (up to

20" diameter), 1/2" minimum rim on 24" and larger diameter, 1" minimumend discs and 3/8" center discs. Each Mine Duty Drum Pulley features atwo piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either of our flat orcustom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmed and hydraulicallyseated around the heavy end discs to ensure maximum concentricity.Once the pulley is formed, Martin utilizes a double or triple passsubmerged arc weldment to ensure optimum connection of its individualcomponents.The Martin Mine Duty Pulley is available in either Flat Face or Crown

Face construction.

Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B)•Face Width (C)

26 32 38 44 51 57 63

12 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 153 179 205 231 261 288 31412 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 156 182 208 234 264 291 31712 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 161 187 213 239 269 296 32214 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 210 242 273 304 340 371 40214 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 215 247 278 309 345 376 40716 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 255 292 328 364 407 443 47916 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 260 297 333 369 412 448 48416 XT40 3-15/16 1 267 304 340 376 419 455 49118 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 308 350 392 434 483 524 56618 XT40 3-15/16 1 315 357 399 441 490 531 57320 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 361 408 456 503 558 606 65320 XT40 3-15/16 1 368 415 463 510 565 613 66020 XT45 4-7/16 1 377 424 472 519 574 622 66924 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 597 671 745 820 906 981 105524 XT40 3-15/16 1 604 678 752 827 913 988 106224 XT45 4-7/16 1 613 687 761 836 922 997 107130 XT40 3-15/16 1 857 954 1051 1148 1261 1359 145630 XT45 4-7/16 1 866 963 1060 1157 1270 1368 146530 XT50 4-15/16 1 889 986 1083 1180 1293 1391 148836 XT40 3-15/16 1 1152 1274 1395 1516 1658 1780 190136 XT45 4-7/16 1 1161 1283 1404 1525 1667 1789 191036 XT50 4-15/16 1 1184 1306 1427 1548 1690 1812 1933

EstimatedMineDutyDrumPulleyWeights


• General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

DrumPulleys

H-176

CONVEYORS

ACB

FEATURES:• 12" to 60" Diameter• 1/2" thru 1" Rims• 1-1/4" and Heavier End Discs• 1/2" Center Plates• Full Depth Key Bushings• Double Sub-Arc Weldments

QuarryDutyDrumPulleysMartin offers Quarry Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 1/2"

rim, 1-1/4" end discs, and 1/2" center discs, as well as anadditional center disc. Each Quarry Duty Drum Pulley featuresa two piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either ofour flat or custom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmedand hydraulically seated around the heavy end discs to ensuremaximum concentricity. Once the pulley is formed, Martinutilizes a double or triple pass submerged arc weldment toensure optimum connection of its individual components.

Martin 's Quarry Duty Drum Pulley is available in either FlatFace or Crown Face construction.

Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B)•Face Width ( C)

26 32 38 44 51 57 63

12 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 229 264 298 332 372 406 44114 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 285 326 367 408 456 497 53816 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 346 394 442 490 546 594 64216 XT40 3-15/16 1 353 401 449 497 553 601 64918 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 412 468 523 578 643 698 75318 XT40 3-15/16 1 419 475 530 585 650 705 76020 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 486 549 611 674 746 809 87120 XT40 3-15/16 1 493 556 618 681 453 816 87820 XT45 4-7/16 1 502 565 627 690 462 825 88724 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 646 725 803 881 972 1050 112824 XT40 3-15/16 1 653 732 810 888 979 1057 113524 XT45 4-7/16 1 662 741 819 897 988 1066 114430 XT40 3-15/16 1 935 1039 1142 1245 1365 1469 157230 XT45 4-7/16 1 944 1048 1151 1254 1374 1478 158130 XT50 4-15/16 1 967 1071 1174 1277 1397 1501 160436 XT40 3-15/16 1 1267 1397 1527 1658 1810 1940 207036 XT45 4-7/16 1 1276 1406 1536 1667 1819 1949 207936 XT50 4-15/16 1 1299 1429 1559 1690 1842 1972 2102

EstimatedQuarryDutyDrumPulleyWeights


•General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

H161 - H176:H161 - H176 2/1/10 1:45 PM

DrumPulleys

H-177

CONV

EYOR

S

FEATURES:

• Available in Any Diameter

• End Disc Profile is Engineered per Application

• Several Shaft Locking Mechanism Systems Available

• Balancing, Stress Relieving, Weld Testing & AdditionalOperations are Available.

Engineering Class Drum PulleysMartin's Engineering Class Drum Pulleys feature our heaviest

construction available. Unlike other manufacturers, whoseEngineering Class Pulleys may actually feature material constructionlighter than their Mine Duty Pulley, our Engineering Class Pulleysare constructed with materials even more aggressive than theQuarry Duty product. Our Engineering Class Pulleys generallyfeature extra manufacturing steps such as; machining, balancing,NDT weld tests, magnetic particle tested welds and thermally stressrelieving to ensure that our pulley will stand up to the most ruggedapplication.

The Martin Engineering Class Drum Pulley can be manufactured inmany designs; from rigid end disc bushed construction to turbineend disc with keyless compression hubs. The Martin EngineeringClass Pulley is typically used in extremely high tension applicationswhere performance is critical. Steel cable and high modulus fabricbelt conveyors are perfect applications for the Martin EngineeringClass Pulley.

Call Martin for fast turn around times on Made-To-OrderEngineering Pulleys!

OPTIONS:

• Vulcanized Lagging

• Shafting

• Bearing Assemblies

• Take-Up Frames

Turbine End Disc Drum assembly with keylesslocking device. Ceramic Lagging.

Engineering Drum Pulley assembly with keyless locking device.Ceramic Lagging.

Engineering Class Pulley with FEA Mesh

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:46 PM

WingPulleys

H-178

CONVEYORS

FEATURES:

• Available in 6" thru 60" Diameter

• Minimum 3/8" x 1-1/4" Contact Bars

• Minimum 1/4" Thick Wings

• Minimum 10 ga. Gussets

• Features Unique Martin ‘End Pipe’ Design

- Better Protection Against Wing Folding

- Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue

• Several Hub/Bushing Systems AvailableSECTION A-A

C

B

A

A

A

Standard Duty Wing PulleysMartin’s Standard Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremely

heavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the mostaggressive CEMA grade stock pulley on the shelf. All Martin wing pulleysutilize the unique ‘end-pipe’ design, which offers ultimate protectionagainst wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 3/8" thickcontact bar yields additional life in abrasive applications where ourcompetitors thinner bar does not. Additionally, our ¼" thick wing offersgreater structural support in aggressive applications.

Diameter (A)* Hub Max Bore Setback (B)•Face Width (C)

20 26 32 38 44 51 57 63

12 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 105 130 154 179 203 232 256 281

12 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 111 136 160 185 209 238 262 287

14 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 120 147 175 203 230 263 290 318

14 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 126 153 181 209 236 269 296 324

16 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 136 168 201 233 265 303 336 368

16 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 142 174 207 239 272 309 342 374

16 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 153 186 218 250 283 320 353 385

18 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 183 230 277 323 370 425 471 518

18 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 189 236 283 329 376 431 477 524

18 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 201 248 294 341 388 442 489 536

20 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 203 250 300 350 400 458 508 558

20 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 212 262 311 361 411 470 519 569

20 XT40 3-15/16 1 226 276 326 376 425 484 534 584

24 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 254 314 373 432 492 561 621 680

24 XT40 3-15/16 1 268 328 387 447 506 575 635 694

24 XT45 4-7/16 1 286 346 405 465 524 593 653 712

30 XT40 3-15/16 1 310 374 438 503 567 642 706 771

30 XT45 4-7/16 1 328 392 456 521 585 660 724 789

30 XT50 4-15/16 1 373 437 501 566 630 705 769 834

36 XT40 3-15/16 1 401 493 584 676 767 874 966 1057

36 XT45 4-7/16 1 419 511 602 694 785 892 984 1075

36 XT50 4-15/16 1 464 556 647 739 830 937 1029 1120


* Nominal• General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

EstimatedStandardDutyWingPulleyWeights

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:46 PM

WingPulleys

H-179

CONV

EYOR

S

FEATURES:


• Minimum 5/8" x 1-1/2" Contact Bars


• Minimum 1/4" Gussets

• Features Unique Martin ‘End Pipe’ design




Mine Duty Wing Pulleys

SECTION A-A

C

B

A

A

A

Martin ʼs Mine Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremelyheavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the mostaggressive ʻMine Dutyʼ stock pulley on the shelf. All Martin wing pulleysutilize the unique ʻend-pipeʼ design, which offers ultimate protectionagainst wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 5/8" thickcontact bar yields additional life in abrasive applications where ourcompetitors thinner bar does not. Additionally, our 3/8" thick wing and1/4" gussets offer greater structural support in aggressive applications.


26 32 38 44 51 57 63

12 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 193 232 272 311 356 396 43512 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 199 239 278 317 363 402 44112 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 211 250 289 329 374 413 45314 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 221 266 311 356 408 453 49714 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 228 272 317 362 414 459 50714 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 239 284 329 373 426 470 51516 XT25 2-7/16 3/4 255 307 360 412 473 526 57816 XT30 2-15/16 7/8 261 313 366 418 479 532 58416 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 272 325 377 430 491 543 59616 XT40 3-15/16 1 287 339 392 444 505 558 61018 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 345 414 483 553 633 702 77218 XT40 3-15/16 1 359 428 498 567 647 717 78620 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 384 462 540 618 709 787 86520 XT40 3-15/16 1 398 476 554 632 723 802 88020 XT45 4-7/16 1 416 494 572 650 741 820 89824 XT35 3-7/16 7/8 462 556 649 743 852 946 104024 XT40 3-15/16 1 476 570 664 757 867 960 105424 XT45 4-7/16 1 494 588 682 775 885 978 107230 XT40 3-15/16 1 522 620 718 816 931 1029 112730 XT45 4-7/16 1 540 638 736 834 949 1047 114530 XT50 4-15/16 1 585 683 781 879 994 1092 119036 XT40 3-15/16 1 699 838 977 1116 1279 1418 155736 XT45 4-7/16 1 717 856 995 1134 1297 1436 157536 XT50 4-15/16 1 762 901 1040 1179 1342 1481 1620



EstimatedMineDutyWingPulleyWeights

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:46 PM

WingPulleys

H-180

CONVEYORS

FEATURES:


• Minimum 3/4" x 2" Contact Bars







• Features Full Depth Keyed Bushings for HigherClamping to Shaft

Quarry Duty Wing PulleysMartinʼs Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremely

heavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the mostaggressive wing pulley in the business. All Martin wing pulleys utilize theunique ʻend-pipeʼ design, which offers ultimate protection against wingfolding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 3/4" thick contact bar yieldsadditional life in abrasive applications where our competitors thinner bardoes not. Additionally, our 3/8" thick wing and 5/16" gussets offer higherstructural support in aggressive applications.

All Martin Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys utilize full depth keyed bushingswhich offer maximum clamping force on the shaft and minimize “pulleywalking.” The Quarry Duty Wing Pulley has changed the industry and hasspawned many ʻknock-offs,ʼbut none have been able to reproduce theoriginal!

For the most aggressive applications, specify the best, specify the MartinQuarry Duty Wing Pulley!


26 32 38 44 51 57 63




SECTION A-A

C

B

A

A

A

EstimatedQuarryDutyWingPulleyWeights

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

H-181

WingPulleys

CONV

EYOR

S

FEATURES:• Available in 10" thru 60" Diameter

• Minimum 3/4" x 2" Contact Bars “AR400”Abrasive Resistant Steel






• Features Full Depth Keyed Bushings for HigherClamping to Shaft


Quarry Duty "AR" Wing PulleysMartin Quarry Duty “AR” (abrasive resistant) Wing Pulleys are

constructed with AR400 3/4" x 2" heavy contact bars and are recognizedin the industry as a true problem solving pulley. All Martin Quarry Duty“AR” Wing Pulleys utilize the unique ‘end-pipe’ design, which offersultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our 3/4"AR400 contact bar yields maximum life in super abrasive applicationswhere our competitors thinner A36 mild steel bar does not. Additionally,our 1/2" thick wing and 5/16" gussets offer higher structural support inaggressive applications.

All Martin Quarry Duty “AR” Wing Pulleys utilize full depth keyedbushings which offer maximum clamping force on the shaft and minimize“pulley walking.” The Quarry Duty “AR” wing pulley has changed theindustry and solved the problem of premature bar wear plaguing users insome of the most aggressive applications.


26 32 38 44 51 57 63




SECTION A-A

C

B

A

A

A

EstimatedQuarryDuty "AR"WingPulleyWeights

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

Lagging -Vulcanized

H-182

CONVEYORS

Vulcanized Lagging - Plain

Vulcanized Lagging - Herringbone

Vulcanized Lagging - Diamond Grooved

Plain vulcanized lagging is suitable for any pulley in theconveyor system where watershed is not necessary. It providesadditional protection against belt wear and increases the life of thepulley.

Herringbone Grooved Lagging offers superior tractive propertiesand is desired on all drive pulley applications. Each groove offers apath for water and other liquids to escape between the pulley faceand the conveyor belt. Herringbone grooved pulleys are directionaland should be applied to the conveyor in a manner in which thegrooves point toward the direction of belt travel.

Diamond Grooved Lagging also offers superior tractiveproperties and should be specified on all reversing conveyorapplications.

In any conveying application, conveyor belt slippage can bea problem. There are basically three different factors that cancause slippage between a conveyor belt and a drive pulley.

1. The coefficient of friction might be too low.

2. The wrap angle of the belt on the conveyor pulley might betoo small.

3. The tension on the belt might be too low.

The most cost efficient way to reduce the risk of slippage isto install the right type of pulley lagging on the drive pulley.The use of lagging on the conveyor pulley performs twofunctions:1. Its primary function is to aid in gripping the conveyor belt,

thus helping transmit torque from the drive to the pulley inorder to carry the load on the conveyor belt.2. Lagging also prolongs the wear life of the pulley.

Vulcanized lagging is a rubber compound that has beencured in an autoclave, which typically results in a 60-70durometer material. After curing, the lagging can be groovedand/or machined.

Martin offers vulcanized rubber lagging on all of our drumpulleys. We apply rubber directly to the face of our pulleys byextrusion. Our lagging department has perfected the processand can apply rubber in any thickness to any diameter corepulley ranging from 4" to 72". We extrude rubber in the specifiedthickness, wrap the uncured rubber pulley in Teflon®impregnated curing tape and bake the pulley in one of our largediameter autoclaves under high pressure at a very hightemperature for a set period of time until the rubber is fullycured.We offer several grooving patterns in the cured rubber, but

among the most popular are Herringbone and Diamond Groove.The standard hardness for pulley lagging ranges from 60-70,

but other durometers are available upon request.

NomenclatureVRL HBL DGL

Vulcanized Rubber Lagging Herringbone Lagging Diamond Grooved Lagging

Teflon® is a Registered Trademark of the E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

Lagging -Ceramic

H-183

CONV

EYOR

S

MSHA- Mine & Safety Hazard Approved

AR- Abrasive Resistant

Ceramic (Cold bond and Vulcanized)

Mine & Safety Hazard Approved Lagging (MSHA) should beused in all underground coal mining applications and anyapplication where fire safety is imperative. Martin’s MSHAlagging compound has been approved by the United StatesFederal Government to apply on all pulleys in miningapplications where fire safety is required. The MSHAcompound is clearly labeled on each pulley and stamped withour government ID in several places on each pulley. Minimumrequired thickness for MSHA lagging is 1/2".

The MSHA compound can be shipped as plain,herringbone or diamond grooved

Abrasive Resistant Lagging is a very popular compound inthe most rugged applications where protection against highlyabrasive conveyed materials is required. Martin’s AR (abrasiveresistant) compound was developed with the engineeringsupport and technical experience of chemists from the tireindustry. The AR compound mimics the substance used in thetires of the giant “quarry loaders” where resistance topuncture, wear and chunking has been essential. Oursuppliers have learned through the years that the sametechnology can be applied to our rubber lagging compounds.

For maximum protection against premature lagging failure,specify Martin’s AR Lagging!

Vulcanized Ceramic Lagging by Martin has proven to be thebest in the industry. Martin has worked closely withindependent testing labs to study adhesion strengths ofseveral bonding methods. Our studies found that the Martin VCLagg yield an 83% higher bonding strength than conventionalcold bonding methods for ceramic lagging compounds.

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

Lagging -Other

H-184

CONVEYORS

Weld On Strip Lagging

Cold Bond

Molded Urethane

SOF (Static Conductive Oil & Fire resistant)

Weld on Strip Lagging is available from Martin’s stock and is easilyinstalled on drum pulleys either in our facilities or in the field. We stock 72"long strips with retainers in diameters from 10" to 48". Not only do wehave standard 60 durometer SBR available, but we can provide specialcompounds like; 40 durometer rubber, EPDM and SOF (Static ConductiveOil & Fire resistant).

Cold Bond Lagging is another product available from Martin. We stockfull rolls of pre-cured rubber suitable for installation directly to the face ofthe pulley. Our Cold Bond rubber is available in plain or diamond groovedpattern. This product is typically used when pulleys on the conveyor mustbe re-lagged while still in operation, and can reduce the change-out timerequired to install a complete new assembly.

Simply tell us the diameter and face width of the pulley on which youwould like to install our Cold Bond Lagging, and we will generate a quotefor a “Cold Bond Kit” which will include all necessary materials requiredto lag the subject pulley.

Molded Urethane Lagging is yet another product offered by Martin whichwill protect pulleys from extreme abrasion. Our Urethane lagging isactually poured in a liquid state into a fabricated form, which encases thepulley. Once the urethane is cured and hardened, we machine the outsidediameter to a concentric OD. We can additionally alter the urethanelagging to either a herringbone or diamond grooved pattern.

SOF (Static Conductive/Oil Resistant/Flame Resistant): StaticConductive, Oil Resistant, and Flame Resistant properties are combinedto reduce the risk of explosion, and fire or oil related lagging failures. Thestatic reducing qualities allow the accumulation of static to dissipatethrough the lagging to ground (in a grounded system). Oil resistance isappropriate for moderately oily conditions involving hydrocarbons, fats,oils, greases, hydraulic fluids, solvents, and other moderate chemicals.The self extinguishing characteristics of SOF make it ideal for use in grainand fertilizer applications.

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

ConveyorBushings

H-185

CONV

EYOR

S

QD Short Bushings& Taper Bushingsalso Available.

Please SeeGeneral Catalog,

Section BFor More Information.

Martin's MXT & CXT Bushings are available from stock to fit all popular pulley sizes. Martin stocks both MXT & CXT Bushings in awide range of bore sizes per hub. Both the MXT & CXT Bushing offers a 2" per foot taper, which reduces end disc pre-stressing, aswell as increasing clamping force.

All bushings size 50 and larger feature full depth keys.

BL

ODBC

* Keystock provided for non-standard keyways.

MXT™/ CXT™ Bushing DimensionsPart Number Max.

Bore(In.)

Dimensions Cap Screws Wt.Lbs.

(Approx)

Standard Stock Bores WrenchTorque

(Ft./Lbs.)Cast /Ductile Steel Length thru

Bore (L)Flange

Width (B)Flange

O.D. (OD)Bolt

Circle (BC) No. Size Stock Bore(Inches) Keyway*

MXT15 CXT15 1-1/2 1-1/8 3/8 2-7/8 2-7/16 4 1/4 x 1 0.75/8, 3/4, 7/8 3/16 x 3/32

81, 1-1/8, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1/4 x 1/81-7/16, 1-1/2 3/8 x 1/8*

MXT20 CXT20 2 1-13/32 15/32 3-3/4 3-3/16 4 5/16 x 1-1/4 1.5

3/4 3/16 x 3/32

171, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1/4 x 1/8

1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16 3/8 x 3/161-15/16, 2 1/2 x 3/16*

MXT25 CXT25 2-1/2 1-7/8 5/8 4-7/16 3-3/4 4 3/8 x 1-3/4 2.6

1, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1/4 x 1/8

291-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16 3/8 x 3/161-15/16, 2, 2-3/16 1/2 x 1/4

2-7/16 5/8 x 1/8*

MXT30 CXT30 3 2-1/16 11/16 5-5/16 4-9/16 4 7/16 x 1-1/2 4.2

1-7/16, 1-1/2 3/8 x 3/16

461-15/16, 2-3/16 1/2 x 1/42-7/16, 2-11/16 5/8 x 5/16

2-15/16 3/4 x 3/16*

MXT35 CXT35 3-1/2 2-15/32 25/32 6-5/16 5-7/16 4 1/2 x 1-3/4 7.4

1-15/16, 2-3/16 1/2 x 1/4

702-7/16, 2-11/16 5/8 x 5/16

2-15/16 3/4 x 3/83-7/16 7/8 x 5/16*

MXT40 CXT40 4 2-13/16 7/8 7-1/8 6-1/8 4 9/16 x 2 10.5

2-7/16 5/8 x 5/16

1002-15/16 3/4 x 3/83-7/16 7/8 x 7/163-15/16 1 x 3/8*

MXT45 CXT45 4-1/2 3-5/16 15/16 8 6-7/8 4 5/8 x 2-1/4 14.83-7/16 7/8 x 7/16

1403-15/16 1 x 1/24-7/16 1 x 3/8*

MXT50 CXT50 5 3-3/4 1 10-1/8 8-5/16 4 3/4 x 2-1/2 27.83-15/16, 4-7/16 1 x 1/2

2504-15/16 1-1/4 x 5/8

MXT60 CXT60 6 4-1/8 1-1/8 11-15/16 9-7/8 4 7/8 x 2-1/2 42.85-7/16, 5-1/2 1-1/4 x 5/8

4005-15/16, 6 1-1/2 x 3/4

MXT70 CXT70 7 4-11/16 1-5/16 13-15/16 11-9/16 4 1x 3 66.36-7/16, 6-1/2 1-1/2 x 3/4

6006-15/16, 7 1-3/4 x 3/4

MXT80 CXT80 8 5-1/8 1-3/8 15-5/8 12-7/8 4 1-1/8 x 3-1/2 85.77-1/2 1-3/4 x 3/4

7507-15/16, 8 2 x 3/4

MXT100 CXT100 10 6-3/16 1-9/16 17-15/16 15-9/16 6 1-1/8 x 3-1/2 146.08-1/2, 9 2 x 3/4

7509-7/16, 9-1/2, 10 2-1/2 x 7/8

MXT120 CXT120 12 7-1/16 1-3/4 20-5/8 18-3/16 8 1-1/8 x 3-1/2 216.010-1/2, 11 2-1/2 x 7/8

75011-1/2, 12 3 x 1

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

ConveyorBushings

H-186

CONVEYORS

BL

ODBC

MHE™ Bushing Dimensions

Martin's MHE Bushings are available from stock to fit all popular pulley sizes.Martin stocks MHE Bushings in a wide range of bore sizesper hub. The MHE Bushing offers a 3" per foot taper, which reduces end disc pre-stressing, as well as increasing clamping force.

* Keystock provided for non-standard keyways.

QD Short Bushings& Taper Bushingsalso Available.

Please SeeGeneral Catalog,

Section BFor More Information.

PartNumber

Dimensions Cap Screws Wt.Lbs.

(Approx)

Standard Stock Bores WrenchTorque

(Ft./Lbs.)Max.Bore(In.)

Lengththru Bore

(L)

FlangeWidth

(B)Flange O.D.

(OD)Bolt

Circle (BC)No.

Bolts Size Stock Bore Keyway*

MHE25 2-1/2 2-1/4 3/4 4-5/8 3-15/16 4 3/8 x 1-1/2 3

1, 1-1/8, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1/4 X 1/8

301-5/16, 1-3/8 5/16 X 5/32

1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 3/8 X 3/161-13/16, 1-7/8, 1-15/16, 2, 2-1/8, 2-3/16, 2-1/4 1/2 X 1/4

2-5/16, 2-3/8, 2-7/16, 2-1/2 5/8 X 3/16

MHE30 3 2-3/4 7/8 5-5/8 4-11/16 4 1/2 x 1-3/4 6

1-3/8 5/16 X 5/32

601-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 3/8 X 3/16

1-15/16, 2, 2-3/16 1/2 X 1/42-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-9/16, 2-11/16, 2-3/4 5/8 X 5/16

2-13/16, 2-7/8, 2-15/16, 3 3/4 X 1/8

MHE35 3-1/2 3 7/8 6-5/8 5-9/16 4 9/16 x 2 8

1-3/16 1/4 X 1/2

90

1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 3/8 X 3/161-15/16, 2, 2-3/16, 2-1/4 1/2 X 1/4

2-3/8, 2-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-11/16, 2-3/4 5/8 X 5/162-7/8, 2-15/16, 3, 3-3/16 3/4 X 3/83-3/8, 3-7/16, 3-1/2 7/8 X 3/16

MHE40 4 3-1/2 1 7-1/2 6-5/16 4 5/8 x 2-1/2 13

1-15/16, 2-3/16 1/2 X 1/4

1402-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-11/16 5/8 X 5/16

2-15/16, 3-3/16 3/4 X 3/83-7/16, 3-11/16 7/8 X 7/163-7/8, 3-15/16, 4 1 X 1/4

MHE45 4-1/2 4 1-1/4 8-3/4 7-5/16 6 5/8 x 2-1/2 22

1-15/16 1/2 X 1/4

140

2-7/16 5/8 X 5/162-15/16 3/4 X 3/8

3-7/16, 3-1/2 7/8 X 7/163-15/16 1 X 1/2

4-3/16, 4-7/16, 4-1/2 1 X 1/4

MHE50 5 4-1/2 1-1/2 9-5/8 8 6 3/4 x 3 40

2-15/16 3/4 X 3/8

2003-7/16 7/8 X 7/163-15/16, 4-7/16 1 X 1/24-15/16, 5 1-1/4 X 1/4

MHE60 6 5-1/4 1-3/4 11-1/8 9-1/4 6 7/8 x 3-1/2 503-15/16, 4-1/4, 4-7/16 1 X 1/2

3504-15/16, 5-7/16, 5-1/2 1-1/4 X 5/85-15/16, 6 1-1/2 X 1/4

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

H-187

Shafting

CONV

EYOR

S

Martin offers a wide variety of solutions for your

shafting needs. We offer a number of materials

from cold finish ½" diameter to hot roll material in

excess of 15" diameter. Stock shafting material is

available in several grades including 1144, 1045,

4140 and stainless steel. Our machining

capabilities are virtually unlimited featuring CNC

lathes, as well as engine lathes, vertical milling

machines, horizontal milling machines and more

to modify every shaft exactly to your

specifications for your unique application.

Diameters shown in table are standard sizes

recommended for general use. Standard

bushings, bearings, couplings, pulleys, sheaves,

clutches, backstops, and other conveyor items

are commonly found in these diameters.

Shaft KeyseatsShaft keyseats are commonly used beneathpulley bushings and with a drive. Pulley keyseatsfor standard pulleys start 1/2" inside the faceand are keyed through the bushing. Location ofdrive keyseats are standard and the size isdetermined by the shaft diameter. Additionalkeyseats or non-standard sizes can bemanufactured per request.

Shaft Turn Downs (Stepped Shafts)For larger shafting it is common to turn the shaftdown for a more economical selection ofbearings and drives. The turndown is generallyless than 25% of the original diameter and thetwo different diameters should be joined with agenerous and smooth fillet to reduce stressconcentrations.

Conveyor Shafting should be selected to keepdeflection to a minimum and maintain theintegrity of the pulley assembly core. Call yourMartin representative to properly select the shaftfor your pulley and conveying needs.

StandardShaft Diameters

15/161-3/161-7/161-11/161-15/162-3/162-7/162-11/162-15/163-7/163-15/164-7/164-15/165-7/166

6-1/27

7-1/2

*Tolerances for shafing diameters are as follows:

Plus Minus

Up to 1 1/2" 0.000 0.002

Over 1 1/2" to 2 1/2" 0.000 0.003

Over 2 1/2" to 4" 0.000 0.004

Over 4" to 6" 0.000 0.005

Over 6" to 8" 0.000 0.006

Over 8" to 9" 0.000 0.007

Over 9" 0.000 0.008

BearingCenters

OverallShaft Length

Drive SideExtension

KS1KS2

Major Shaft Diameter Keyseat 1 x x

Shaft Diameter at Hub Keyseat 2 x x

Shaft Diameter at Bearing Direction of Rotation From Drive End

Shaft Diameter at KS1 Thickness

Shaft Diameter at KS2 TypeLagging

* Special tolerances available upon request.

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

Wear Items

H-188

CONVEYORS

Wing Lagging

Lagged Replacement Contact Bars

Shell Lagging

Wear Rims

Shell Lagging is one product offered by Martinthat allows our customers to Relag drum pulleyswhile they are still on the conveyor. Our fieldinstallable shell lagging kits are available in 3piece, 4 piece and 5 piece constructiondepending upon the diameter of the core pulleyto which the shells will be applied. Each shell isavailable in either flat construction or crownedconstruction.

The Martin Steel Wear Rims are an additional item offeredby Martin that allows the pulley to be patched while it is onthe conveyor. Each rim is available in a 2 piece shell in ¼",5/16", 3/8" or ½" thick material.

Martin Wing Lagging is designed to slide over the Martinwing pulley contact bars and is available in sizes suitablefor all duties of our wing pulleys. Wing lagging is anexcellent method of extending life on wing pulleys contactbars where belt abrasion typically causes premature wear.The Martin Wing Lagging product is easily installed either inthe shop or in the field and can be supplied in either 72"long strips for your inventory, or in cut to length sizes forimmediate installation.

The Martin Replacement contact bars areintended for use on all manufacturer’s wing pulleysand are field installable as well as shop installable.This product features vulcanized lagging on flatbarswhich have ¼" x 1" clips on the bottom sidedesigned to slide over the vertical wing flights onwing pulleys that have worn contact bars. It isimperative that the specific wing flight thickness bespecified at the time of order so that our fabricationteam can space the clips properly to slip over theexisting wings.

Pulley Diameter # Shells

12 314 316 418 420 424 430 436 5

WT

A

FW

L

Must be approved by customer:

FW ____________________________ W ____________________________

T ______________________________ A ____________________________

L ______________________________

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

Wear Items

H-189

CONV

EYOR

S

Once Again, Martin has the answer when it comes to offering a

solution to field replacements on conveyor pulleys; Steel Wear

Rims, Shell Lagging, Wing Lagging and Lagged Replacement

Bars. There are many applications that require a simple fix in the

field while the pulley is still on the conveyor structure. The Martin

Wear Item line up addresses these types of situations. We offer

replacement parts for both drum pulleys and wing pulleys; each

intended for installation on an existing pulley in the field.

Some common questions to address regarding the Martin

Wear Parts are:

Q:When does it make sense to install the Martin Shell Lagging

on a drum pulley?

A: If the conveyor belt has worn through the rubber lagging on

a pulley but not had time to wear into the drum pulley shell, the

Martin Shell Lagging may be a good solution.

Q: Can I install the Martin Shell Lagging on new pulleys?

A: Absolutely! However it is not recommended that the shell

lagging be used in drive pulley applications where tensions are

extreme. The Martin Shell Lagging is primarily intended for field

installation as a means of avoiding down time caused by belt

slippage from worn lagging.

Q: Does the Martin Wing Lagging fit on all manufacturers wings

pulleys?

A: No, the Martin Wing Lagging product is intended for

application on flatbar of dimensions equal to what is supplied on

the Martin Wing Pulley.

Q: Does the Martin Wing Lagging Require any tools to install?

A: Yes, but very few. (Dead Blow Hammer & a Welder) Each

wing lagging strip is installed by gently pounding it over the

existing contact bar on each individual wing. Once the wing has

been rotated on the conveyor to a point where the inside wings

are exposed; then the cut-to-length strips are positioned and

pounded on with a Martin dead-blow hammer. The product will

essentially “self-seat” itself when it hits the crown of the pulley,

but should be driven on the balance of the distance across the

face of the pulley. Once the Lagged Wing is properly positioned,

a stitch weld should be placed along the bottom side of the bar,

while watching for delamination of lagging from too much heat.

Q: Do the Martin Lagged Replacement Contact Bars fit all

manufacturers’ wing pulleys?

A: Yes they will. However, it is imperative that the wing flight

thickness be submitted to our factory prior to manufacturing the

replacement bars. Most pulley manufacturers utilize different

thickness materials on their wing flights and in order to ensure a

tight fit of our bar onto the wing, we must know that dimension.

Please ask one of our Martin factory representatives for a Lagged

Replaceable Contact Bar sheet.

Q: Do the Martin Steel Wear Rims fit on all manufacturers

pulleys?

A: Yes, however we need to know the outside diameter and

face width of the drum pulley on which it will be installed. We

typically manufacture the Steel Wear Rims in 2 halves which

need to be clamped to the core pulley. Each half-shell is

trimmed ¼" short of the core face so that there is room to run a

weld to fasten the Wear Rim to the pulley. It is also important

that the core is clean and free of debris prior to installation for

maximum operating performance.

** MANUFACTURERS NOTE **

Martin Wear Rims, Shell Lagging, Wing Lagging and

Replacement Lagged Contact bars are intended for wear and

tractive properties only, and NOT intended for structural

enhancement of the underlying conveyor pulley.

FrequentlyAskedQuestions

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

H-190

Take-UpFramesCrossReference

CONVEYORS

Martin Dodge Precision

CTA10 TP10 PTA200

CTA20 TP20 PTA203

CTA30 TP30 PTA208

CTA40 TP40 PTA300

CTA50 TP50 PTA308

CTA60 TP60 PTA400

Martin Dodge Precision Linkbelt Browning SKF

CHD200 HD200 PHD200 LHD20 T2000A/B/C TFT01

CHD250 HD250 PHD250 LHD25 T2000 D/E TFT03,TFT43

CHD300 HD300 PHD300 LHD30 T2000 F/G TFT04/5,TFT34/44

CHD350 HD350 PHD350 LHD35 T2000 H/J TFT06,TFT46

CHD400 HD400 PHD400 LHD40 T2000 K TFT37

CHD500 HD500 PHD500 LHD50 T2000 M/N TFT38,TFT48

Top Angle Take-Up Frames (CTA)

Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames (CHD)

A properly designed belt conveyor will require the use of a take-up device. This device will take up the stretch in the conveyor belt

and keep proper tension at the drive pulley to reduce slippage. A dynamic type, like a gravity take-up, is generally preferred but not

always practical due to space or cost. Martin Screw Take-Up Frames are a good solution for these applications. Martin offers several

types of frames that accommodate most bearings, mounting positions, and travel. Martin Take-Up Frames are available in stock or

made-to-order for all of your mechanical take-up needs.

Martin's Take-Up Frames are fabricated from steel, offering superior strength and durability in the most rugged conditions.

• Available in Top Angle, Heavy Duty, Center Pull, Wide Slot, Tube Take-Up & Light Duty

• Accommodate bearing shafts sizes from 1" to 5-15/16"

• Available in standard travel lengths from 9" to 60"

• Stainless Steel, ACME thread & MTO lengths available

• Suitable for most manufacturers’ housing styles including center pull wide slot, pillow block and top angle protected screw

CROSS REFERENCE

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

H-191

Take-UpFrames

CONV

EYOR

S

Martin Dodge Precision Rexnord Browning

CCP308 CP308 PCP108 ZHT6 T1000D

CCP400 CP400 PCP200 ZHT7 T1000EL

CCP408 CP408 PCP203 ZHT7 T1000EH

CCP502 CP502 PCP208 ZHT8 T1000F

CCP515 CP515 PCP300 ZHT9 T1000GL,GH

CCP613 CP613 PCP308 ZHT10 T1000JL,JH

CCP810 CP810 PCP400 ZHT11 T1000K

Martin Dodge Precision

CWS300 WS300 PWS100

CWS308 WS308 PWS108

CWS400 WS400 PWS200

CWS502 WS502 PWS208

CWS515 WS515 PWS300

CWS608 WS608 PWS308

Martin Precision Bryant Link-Belt

TTU10 PST100 100 100

TTU25 PST200 250 250

TTU30 PST208 300 300

TTU35 PST208HD 350 -

TTU40 PST300 400 400

TTU50 PST308 500 -

Center Pull Take-Up Frames (CCP)

Wide Slot Take-Up Frames (CWS)

Tube Take-Up Frames (TTU)

Take-UpFrames

H-192

CONVEYORS

2b

BCT(Travel) W

K

H

C

L

U

J

Top Angle Take-Up Frames (CTA)FrameSize

NominalTravel (T) Part Number Weight BC C H J K L U 2b W

CTA1012 CTA10-12 32

3-15/1626-1/2

8-1/2 6-9/32 328-1/2

3/4 - 3-1/218 CTA10-18 36 32-1/2 34-1/224 CTA10-24 40 38-1/2 40-1/2

CTA2012 CTA20-12 34

4-3/1627-1/2

9-1/8 6-3/4 329-1/2

3/4 - 3-1/218 CTA20-18 39 33-1/2 35-1/224 CTA20-24 43 39-1/2 41-1/2

CTA30

12 CTA30-12 50

4 3/8

28-1/2

10-1/8 7-1/4 3-1/2

30-1/2

3/4 - 4

18 CTA30-18 58 34-1/2 36-1/224 CTA30-24 66 40-1/2 42-1/230 CTA30-30 74 46-1/2 48-1/236 CTA30-36 82 52-1/2 54-1/248 CTA30-48 97 64-1/2 66-1/2

CTA40

12 CTA40-12 56

4-15/16

30-1/2

11-1/16 8-3/32 3-1/2

32-1/2

3/4 2 4-1/2

18 CTA40-18 63 36-1/2 38-1/224 CTA40-24 70 42-1/2 44-1/230 CTA40-30 77 48-1/2 50-1/236 CTA40-36 84 54-1/2 56-1/248 CTA40-48 98 66-1/2 68-1/2

CTA50

12 CTA50-12 68

5-7/16

32

12-1/2 9-1/4 4

34-1/2

3/4 2 4-1/2

18 CTA50-18 76 38 40-1/224 CTA50-24 84 44 46-1/230 CTA50-30 92 50 52-1/236 CTA50-36 100 56 58-1/248 CTA50-40 116 68 70-1/2

CTA60

12 CTA60-12 96

7

36

14-1/4 11-3/32 4-1/2

38-1/2

3/4 2-1/2 5-1/2

18 CTA60-18 106 42 44-1/224 CTA60-24 116 48 50-1/230 CTA60-30 126 54 56-1/236 CTA60-36 136 60 62-1/248 CTA60-48 156 72 74-1/2

MTOFramesavailableupon request.

Take-UpFrames

H-193

CONV

EYOR

S

T(Travel)A A

FE J

K

D

WB

L

C

H

Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames (CHD)FrameSize

NominalTravel (T) Part Number Weight A B C D E F H J K L W

CHD200

12 CHD200-12 50

8-1/2

29

11 4

Drille

dTo

Orde

r

5/8 5-1/4 2-1/2 6-1/8

31

518 CHD200-18 53 35 3724 CHD200-24 56 41 4330 CHD200-30 60 47 4936 CHD200-36 64 53 55

CHD250

12 CHD250-12 84

10-3/8

32 3/4

13-1/4 5

Drille

dTo

Orde

r

5/8 6-1/4 3 7-1/8

35-1/4

5-1/218 CHD250-18 89 38 3/4 41-1/424 CHD250-24 95 44 3/4 47-1/430 CHD250-30 100 50 3/4 53-1/436 CHD250-36 106 56 3/4 59-1/4

CHD300

12 CHD300-12 140

11-3/4

35 1/2

14-1/4 6

Drille

dTo

Orde

r

3/4 7 3 8-3/4

38-1/4

6-1/2

18 CHD300-18 147 41 1/2 44-1/424 CHD300-24 155 47 1/2 50-1/430 CHD300-30 165 53 1/2 56-1/436 CHD300-36 175 59 1/2 62-1/442 CHD300-42 186 65 1/2 68-1/448 CHD300-48 196 71 1/2 74-1/4

CHD350

12 CHD350-12 150

12-5/8

37 1/4

16 6

Drille

dTo

Orde

r

3/4 7 3 8-3/4

40

6-1/2

18 CHD350-18 160 43 1/4 4624 CHD350-24 170 49 1/4 5230 CHD350-30 180 55 1/4 5836 CHD350-36 190 61 1/4 6442 CHD350-42 200 67 1/4 7048 CHD350-48 210 73 1/4 76

CHD400

12 CHD400-12 179

14-5/8

41 1/4

20 7

Drille

dTo

Orde

r

3/4 7 3 8-3/4

44

6-1/2

18 CHD400-18 189 47 1/4 5024 CHD400-24 199 53 1/4 5630 CHD400-30 209 59 1/4 6236 CHD400-36 219 65 1/4 6842 CHD400-42 230 71 1/4 7448 CHD400-48 240 77 1/4 80

CHD500

12 CHD500-12 305

17-1/2

47

23-1/2 8-1/2

Drille

dTo

Orde

r

7/8 7-3/4 4 11-1/4

49-1/2

7

18 CHD500-18 322 53 55-1/224 CHD500-24 340 59 61-1/230 CHD500-30 355 65 67-1/236 CHD500-36 370 71 73-1/242 CHD500-42 386 77 79-1/248 CHD500-48 401 83 85-1/2


Take-UpFrames

H-194

CONVEYORS

T (Travel)

E

B

C

DG

AF

Center Pull Take-Up Frames (CCP)FrameSize

NominalTravel (T) Part Number Weight A B C D E F G

Qty Dia

CCP3

08

12 CCP308-12 30

3-7/16

28 26

3 NA 3/4 2 1/218 CCP308-18 36 34 3224 CCP308-24 40 40 3830 CCP308-30 45 46 4436 CCP308-36 50 52 50

CCP4

00

12 CCP400-12 57

3-15/16

29-1/2 27-1/2

4 NA 1 2 5/818 CCP400-18 66 35-1/2 33-1/224 CCP400-24 75 41-1/2 39-1/230 CCP400-30 85 47-1/2 45-1/236 CCP400-36 93 53-1/2 51-1/2

CCP4

08

12 CCP408-12 62

4-7/16

29-1/2 27-1/2

4 NA 1-1/8 2 5/818 CCP408-18 71 35-1/2 33-1/224 CCP408-24 82 41-1/2 39-1/230 CCP408-30 91 47-1/2 45-1/236 CCP408-36 102 53-1/2 51-1/2

CCP5

02

12 CCP502-12 68

4-3/8

30-1/2 28-1/2

4 NA 1-1/4 2 3/418 CCP502-18 79 36-1/2 34-1/224 CCP502-24 89 42-1/2 40-1/230 CCP502-30 101 48-1/2 46-1/236 CCP502-36 110 54-1/2 52-1/2

CCP5

15

12 CCP515-12 112

5-1/8

32-1/2 30-1/2

5 2 1-1/2 4 5/818 CCP515-18 134 38-1/2 36-1/224 CCP515-24 152 44-1/2 42-1/230 CCP515-30 166 50-1/2 48-1/236 CCP515-36 186 56-1/2 54-1/2

CCP6

13

12 CCP613-12 128

5-5/8

34-1/4 32

5 2 1-3/4 4 3/418 CCP613-18 146 40-1/4 3824 CCP613-24 165 46-1/4 4430 CCP613-30 184 52-1/4 5036 CCP613-36 202 58-1/4 56

CCP8

10

12 CCP810-12 200

7

38-1/2 36

6 2-1/2 2 4 3/418 CCP810-18 242 44-1/2 4224 CCP810-24 252 50-1/2 4830 CCP810-30 278 56-1/2 5436 CCP810-36 304 62-1/2 60


Take-UpFrames

H-195

CONV

EYOR

S

T (Travel)

F E

C

B

A

D

G

C

H

Wide Slot Take-Up Frames (CWS)FrameSize

NominalTravel (T) Part Number Weight A B C D E F G HQty Dia

CWS300

6 CWS300-6 7 12

6-9/16

4-15/16

5-9/16 1-3/4 1-1/16

6

7/16 5/8

9 CWS300-9 8.5 15 6-7/16 612 CWS300-12 10 18 7-15/16 618 CWS300-18 13 24 10-15/16 6

24 CWS300-24 16 30 13-15/16 6

CWS308

6 CWS308-6 9 12

7-1/16

9-7/16

6-1/16 2 1-1/4

4

7/16 3/4

9 CWS308-9 10.5 15 6-1/4 612 CWS308-12 12 18 7-3/4 618 CWS308-18 15 24 10-3/4 6

24 CWS308-24 18 30 13-3/4 6

CWS400

6 CWS400-6 14 13-3/4

8-13/16

11-1/2

7-5/16 2-1/4 1-7/16

4

1/2 1

9 CWS400-9 16.5 16-3/4 7-1/4 612 CWS400-12 19 19-3/4 8-3/4 618 CWS400-18 24 25-3/4 11-3/4 624 CWS400-24 29 31-3/4 14-3/4 6

30 CWS400-30 34 37-3/4 17-3/4 6

CWS502

6 CWS502-6 20 14-3/4

10-7/16

12-1/2

8 5/8 2-1/2 1-1/2

4

9/16 1-1/4

9 CWS502-9 23.5 17-3/4 15-1/2 412 CWS502-12 27 20-3/4 9-1/4 618 CWS502-18 34 26-3/4 12-1/4 624 CWS502-24 41 32-3/4 15-1/4 6

30 CWS502-30 48 38-3/4 18-1/4 6

CWS515

6 CWS515-6 31 17-7/8

12

14-1/2

10-1/4 3 2

4

5/8 1-1/2

9 CWS515-9 36 20-7/8 17-1/2 412 CWS515-12 41 23-7/8 10-1/4 618 CWS515-18 51 29-7/8 13-1/4 624 CWS515-24 61 35-7/8 16-1/4 6

30 CWS515-30 71 41-7/8 19-1/4 6

CWS608

6 CWS608-6 31 17-7/8

12-9/16

14-1/2

10-13/16 3 2

4

5/8 1-1/2

9 CWS608-9 36 20-7/8 17-1/2 412 CWS608-12 41 23-7/8 10-1/4 618 CWS608-18 51 29-7/8 13-1/4 624 CWS608-24 61 35-7/8 16-1/4 6

30 CWS608-30 71 41-7/8 19-1/4 6


H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

Take-UpFrames

H-196

CONVEYORS

K

G

I

H

J

F

B

A

C

DE

Tube Take-Up Frames (TTU)FrameSize Stroke Part

Number A B C DE

F G H IJ

KTube Size Threaded

Bolt Bolt Outer Inner Rod

TTU10

3 TTU10-3

5-1/4 4-3/8 2-7/8 1-1/2 3/8 3-3/4 2-5/8 1-1/2

3-9/16

1/2 7/8 1-1/4 1 5/8—116 TTU10-6 7-1/169 TTU10-9 11-1/16

12 TTU10-12 15-1/16

TTU25

6 TTU25-6

7 5-3/4 3-3/4 2 1/2 4 3 2

4-3/8

1/2 1-1/8 1-3/4 1-1/2 3/4—109 TTU25-9 7-3/812 TTU25-12 10-3/8

18 TTU25-18 13-3/8

TTU30

9 TTU30-9

10 8-3/4 5-1/2 2-7/8 5/8 5-1/4 4 2-1/2

10-1/8

5/8 1-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/4 7/8—912 TTU30-12 14-1/818 TTU30-18 21-1/8

24 TTU30-24 28-1/8

TTU35

9 TTU35-9

10 8-3/4 5-1/2 3 5/8 5-3/4 4-1/2 2-1/2

13

5/8 1-3/4 3 2-1/2 7/8—6ACME

12 TTU35-12 1618 TTU35-18 22

24 TTU35-24 28

TTU40

12 TTU40-12

14 11-3/4 8-1/2 3-1/2 3/4 7-1/2 5-1/2 3-1/2

20

3/4 2-1/8 3-1/2 3 1-1/4—5ACME

18 TTU40-18 2624 TTU40-24 3236 TTU40-36 44

48 TTU40-48 56

TTU50

12 TTU50-12

Made to Order PerBearing Specification 11-1/2 9 5

31

1 3-1/2 6 5 2-1/4—4ACME

18 TTU50-18 3724 TTU50-24 4936 TTU50-36 61

48 TTU50-48 73


H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

SpecialConstructionPulleys

H-197

CONV

EYOR

S

DSP Dead Shaft PulleysThe Martin Dead Shaft Pulley (DSP) is designed to withstand the

most rugged applications in any harsh environment. The DSP hasbeen used in the industry to help reduce damage to conventionalexternally mounted pillow block bearings. The DSP features aninternal bearing, tucked back close to the pulley where fallingmaterial is less likely to damage the bearings and seals. The MartinDSP features an off-the-shelf piloted flange cartridge(interchangeable with multiple bearing manufacturers) suited withharsh environment seals and external end caps for maximumprotection against material contamination.

Each Martin DSP Pulley is shipped with an aggressivelyconstructed pedestal which is fabricated to drop into the samedimensional footprint of the pillow block which it is replacing (thismust be specified at the time of order).

The DSP is available as either wing or drum pulleys.

DSP Wing PulleyDSP Drum Pulley

Special manufacturing processes require special pulleys.Whether the equipment is used in mining, chemical, wasteprocessing, or any other demanding application Martin has theexperience to solve your problem.

With regional manufacturing facilities and knowledgeable salesteams strategically located across North America, Martin can meetyour needs. Martin is the ONE you can rely on for manufacturingexpertise, application experience, and a quick delivery to get youwhat you need, when you need it.

Martin routinely manufactures special construction pulleys toprovide exceptional wear in even the roughest conditions.Below is a sample of some of the more common specialtypulleys Martin can manufacture.

• Available in Wide Variety of MTO Sizes

• Meet or Exceed CEMA Standards

• Superior Strength

• Pulleys for Any Industry

• Fast Reliable Service

DSP Wing Pulley with Martin Pedestals

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM


H-198

CONVEYORS

Spiral PulleysThe Martin Spiral pulley is manufactured with two reverse helix flights wrapped around the pulley core. The spiral material can

vary in thickness and width and is subject to customer specification. The spiral pulley is very effective in cleaning the belt while

suppressing noise.

Spiral Wing Pulley Spiral Drum Pulley with 1/2" x 1/2" Flight

Spiral Drum Pulley with 1" x 1" Flight Spiral Drum Pulley with 1/2" x 1" Flight

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM


H-199

CONV

EYOR

S

Sprocket Rollers for Engineered Class Chain

Gudgeon Rollers

Martin Sprocket & Gear Manufactures Sprocket Rollers for engineered classchain. Our rollers are manufactured per customer specification and can befabricated with bushings, keyless locking devices and through shafts, or withstub shafts and welded construction. Each Sprocket Roller features MartinAccu-Torch® Sprocket(s) of specification, and is affixed to the roller OD at anyinterval with our high tech sub-arc welding process.

Sprocket Roller for Truck Dump in Sugar MillApplication

Multi-Strand Sprocket Roller for Paper MillApplication

Martin Sprocket & Gear offers gudgeon rollers, fabricated

from thick wall pipe or tube and fitted with a specially

designed end assembly that eliminates shaft and end disc

weld fatigue. Each of these rollers is designed to convey bulk

product without a conveyor belt directly over the roller face.

Industries such as logging, lumber mills, steel mills and

palletized product applications are perfect for the Martin

Gudgeon Roll.

Martin Sprocket & Gear manufactures cage rollers for

belt conveyors in almost any custom size requested.

Cage rollers are very effective in allowing material to fall

through the pulley. The roller is also known as a “beater

roll” and actually shakes the material loose from the belt

as it passes over the pulley.

Cage Rollers

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

Nomenclature

H-200

CONVEYORS

MartinHEAVY DUTY CONVEYOR PULLEYS

C S D 120 26 X25 L 3 H B

Pulley TypeS - Standard DutyM - Mine DutyQ - Quarry DutyQAR - Quarry Duty ARE - Engineered Class

PART NOMENCLATURE

SPECIALSAlso available: • Spiral Pulleys • “DSP” Dead Shaft Pulleys • V-Guide Pulleys

• “VC” Vulcanized Ceramic Lagging • Ceramic Lagging• Take-Up Frames

LaggingNo Suffix- No Lagging

BushingNo "B"no bushing

FaceC - CrownF - Flat

MACHINEDDRUM PULLEYS

MINE DUTYDRUM PULLEYS

QUARRY DUTYDRUM PULLEYS

STANDARD DUTYDRUM PULLEYS

ENGINEERING CLASSDRUM PULLEYS

DiameterExample:120=12.0”060=6.0”

Pulley StyleD - DrumW - Wing

Face WidthIn Inches

Lagging Thickness2 - 1/4" 5 - 5/8"3 - 3/8" 6 - 3/4"4 - 1/2"

Lagging StyleH - HerringboneD - Diamond GrooveIf no letter, Lagging isSmooth

STANDARD DUTYWING PULLEY

QUARRY DUTYWING PULLEY

MINE DUTYWING PULLEY

QUARRY DUTY “AR”WING PULLEY

Bushing Part No.X - CXT (Steel)

MXT (Cast)SF, E, F, J, etc. - QD BushingK - (25, 30, 35 etc.) TB BushingH - MHE BushingNote: "short" bushings areused in conveyor pulleys

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

ConveyorPulleyandShaft Engineering

H-201

CONV

EYOR

S

This information can be used for Martin pulleys with rigid end plate design. That includes the Standard Duty, Mine Duty, andQuarry Duty products that are designed using CEMA/ANSI standards. The foundation of that design is accomplished by designingaround a maximum designated shaft deflection. Any questions in design should be run through Martin Engineering.

1. Calculate effective tension, TeTe =

HP X 33,000

FPM2. Calculate belt slack side tension, T2

T2 = K x TeTable 1: K-factor

Single Drive Auto TU Manual/Screw TUBelt Wrap Bare Lagged Bare Lagged180 0.84 0.5 1.2 0.8190 0.77 0.46 1.1 0.8200 0.72 0.42 1.1 0.7210 0.67 0.38 1 0.7220 0.62 0.35 0.9 0.6230 0.58 0.33 0.9 0.6240 0.54 0.3 0.8 0.6

3. Calculate belt tight side tension, T1T1 = T2 + Te

4. Calculate resultant load for eachnon-drive pulley, R

R = T2 x Wrap Factor

Table 2: Non Drive Wrap FactorBelt Wrap Factor Belt Wrap Factor

10° 0.174 130° 1.81315° 0.261 135° 1.84820° 0.347 140° 1.87925° 0.433 145° 1.90730° 0.518 150° 1.93235° 0.601 155° 1.95340° 0.684 160° 1.9745° 0.765 165° 1.98350° 0.845 170° 1.99255° 0.923 175° 1.99860° 1 180° 265° 1.075 185° 1.99870° 1.147 190° 1.99275° 1.218 195° 1.98380° 1.286 200° 1.9785° 1.351 205° 1.95390° 1.414 210° 1.93295° 1.475 215° 1.907100° 1.532 220° 1.879105° 1.587 225° 1.848110° 1.638 230° 1.813115° 1.687 235° 1.774120° 1.732 240° 1.732

5. Calculate resultant load for the drive pulley.

Divide T1 by T2 (T1) to look up in table 4:T2

Then calculate drive R:R = T2 X Factor

6. Belt and Pulley width relationshipPW = BW + 2 (Belting < 48")PW = BW + 3 (Belting >=48")

7. Determine minimum shaft size by usingTable 5. Subtract the face width from thebearing centers. Using the face widthcolumn go down and across from the properbearing center minus face (interpolate ifnecessary) until a shaft load rating showshigher than the calculated resultant loadfrom above.

8. Pulley diameters are recommended by the belt manufacturer and generallyhave greater impact on pulley diameter selection than the load itself. Table 3is used to compare the recommended diameter from the belt manufacturerto the PIW ratings for standard duty pulleys.

Arc ofContact

Pulley Diameter (inches)8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

10 65 80 95 120 145 175 205 260 345 430 520 605 690 775

20 50 60 75 95 115 135 160 200 265 335 400 465 535 600

30 45 55 65 80 100 115 140 175 230 290 345 405 460 520

40 35 45 55 70 85 100 120 150 200 245 295 345 395 445

50 30 40 45 60 70 85 100 130 170 215 255 300 340 385

60 30 40 45 60 70 85 100 125 165 205 250 290 330 375

70 30 40 50 60 75 85 105 130 175 220 260 305 350 395

80 30 45 50 65 80 95 115 140 190 235 285 330 375 425

90 35 45 55 70 85 100 120 150 200 255 305 355 405 455

100 40 50 60 75 90 110 130 160 215 270 325 380 430 485

110 45 55 65 80 100 115 140 175 230 290 345 405 460 520

120 45 55 65 85 105 120 145 185 245 305 365 425 490 550

130 50 60 75 95 115 135 160 200 265 335 400 465 535 600

140 55 70 80 105 125 150 180 225 300 375 450 525 600 675

150 60 75 90 115 140 170 200 250 335 420 505 590 670 755

160 70 85 100 130 160 185 225 280 375 465 560 650 745 840

170 75 95 115 145 175 205 250 310 415 520 620 725 830 930

180 85 105 125 160 195 230 275 345 460 575 690 805 920 1035

190 75 95 115 145 175 205 250 310 415 520 620 725 930 930

200 70 85 100 130 160 185 225 280 375 465 560 650 745 840

210 60 75 90 115 140 170 200 250 335 420 505 590 670 755

220 55 70 80 105 125 150 180 225 300 375 450 525 600 675

230 50 60 75 95 115 135 160 200 265 335 400 465 535 600

240 45 55 65 85 105 120 145 185 245 305 365 425 490 550

T1/T2Angle of Wrap

180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240

1.8 2.8 2.798 2.79 2.778 2.761 2.739 2.713 2.681 2.645 2.605 2.56 2.511 2.458

2 3 2.998 2.99 2.977 2.96 2.937 2.909 2.887 2.84 2.798 2.752 2.701 2.646

2.2 3.2 3.197 3.19 3.177 3.158 3.135 3.107 3.073 3.035 2.992 2.944 2.892 2.836

2.4 3.4 3.394 3.389 3.376 3.357 3.333 3.304 2.27 3.231 3.187 3.138 3.085 3.027

2.6 3.6 3.597 3.589 3.575 3.556 3.532 3.502 3.467 3.427 3.382 3.332 3.278 3.219

2.8 3.8 3.797 3.789 3.775 3.755 3.73 3.7 3.664 3.624 3.578 3.527 3.472 3.412

3 4 3.997 3.989 3.974 3.955 3.929 3.898 3.862 3.821 3.774 3.723 3.667 3.606

3.2 4.2 4.197 4.188 4.174 4.154 4.128 4.097 4.06 4.018 3.971 3.919 3.862 3.8

3.4 4.4 4.397 4.388 4.374 4.353 4.327 4.295 4.258 4.215 4.168 4.115 4.057 3.995

3.6 4.6 4.597 4.588 4.573 4.553 4.526 4.494 4.456 4.413 4.365 4.312 4.253 4.191

3.8 4.8 4.797 4.788 4.773 4.752 4.725 4.693 4.655 4.611 4.562 4.509 4.45 4.387

4 5 4.997 4.988 4.973 4.952 4.925 4.892 4.853 4.809 4.76 4.706 4.647 4.583

4.2 5.2 5.197 5.188 5.172 5.151 5.124 5.091 5.052 5.008 4.958 4.903 4.844 4.779

4.4 5.4 5.397 5.388 5.372 5.351 5.323 5.29 5.251 5.206 5.156 5.101 5.041 4.976

Table 4: Resultant Load Factor, Drive Pulleys

Table 3: Pulley PIW Rating

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

ConveyorPulleyandShaft Engineering

H-202

CONVEYORS

ShaftDiameter

BearingCenters

Minus Face

Pulley Face Width (inches)

12 14 16 18 20 22 26 32 38 44 51 57 63 66

1-3/16

2 1000 920 780 670 590 530 440 350 290 240 210 180 170 1606 570 520 440 380 340 300 250 200 160 140 120 100 94 9010 400 370 310 270 230 210 170 140 110 96 82 73 66 6314 300 280 240 200 180 160 130 110 87 74 63 56 51 48

1-7/16

3 1500 1400 1200 1100 950 790 620 510 440 370 330 300 2906 1000 950 820 720 640 530 420 350 300 250 220 200 19010 700 660 570 500 450 370 290 240 210 180 160 140 13014 540 510 440 390 350 290 230 190 160 140 120 110 100

1-11/16

3 2400 2300 2000 1800 1500 1200 980 830 710 630 570 5406 1600 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 660 560 480 430 380 37010 1100 1100 960 850 700 560 460 390 340 300 270 26016 780 750 660 590 490 380 320 270 230 210 180 180

1-15/16

3 3700 3500 3100 2600 2100 1700 1400 1200 1100 990 9406 2500 2400 2100 1800 1400 1100 980 840 740 670 64010 1700 1700 1500 1200 970 800 680 580 520 470 44016 1200 1100 1000 840 670 550 470 400 360 320 310

2 -3/16

3 5300 5100 4200 3300 2800 2400 2000 1800 1600 15008 2900 2800 2300 1900 1500 1300 1100 990 890 85012 2200 2100 1700 1400 1100 970 820 730 660 63018 1500 1500 1200 980 810 690 590 530 470 450

2 -7/16

4 6300 5600 4400 3700 3100 2700 2400 2100 20008 4000 3600 2900 2400 2000 1700 1500 1400 130012 3000 2700 2100 1700 1500 1300 1100 1000 97018 2100 1900 1500 1300 1100 910 810 730 690

2-11/16

4 8100 6400 5300 4500 3800 3400 3100 29008 5300 4200 3400 2900 2500 2200 2000 190012 3900 3100 2600 2200 1900 1600 1500 140018 2800 2200 1800 1600 1300 1200 1100 1000

2-15/16

4 10600 9100 7500 6400 5500 4900 4400 42008 6900 6000 4900 4200 3600 3200 2900 270014 4600 3900 3200 2800 2300 2100 1900 180020 3400 2900 2400 2000 1700 1600 1400 1300

3 -7/16

6 11600 10100 8500 7200 6400 5700 550010 8500 7400 6300 5300 4700 4200 400014 6700 5800 4900 4200 3700 3300 320020 5100 4400 3800 3200 2800 2500 2400

3-15/16

6 16700 14200 12000 10600 9500 900010 12400 10600 8900 7900 7100 670014 9800 8400 7100 6300 5600 530020 7500 6400 5400 4800 4300 4100

4 -7/16

8 19600 19100 16100 14200 12700 1210012 15300 14800 12500 11100 9900 940016 12500 12100 10300 9100 8100 770022 9800 9500 8100 7100 6400 6000

4-15/16

8 25200 23600 20800 18500 1760012 19900 18600 16400 14600 1390016 16400 15400 13500 12100 1150022 13000 12200 10700 9600 9100

5 -7/16

10 26600 25100 22300 2110014 22000 20700 18400 1750018 18700 17700 15700 1490024 15300 14500 12800 12200

6

10 35700 33100 3130014 29500 27300 2590018 25100 23300 2210024 20600 19000 19000

6-1/2

12 39200 3800016 33200 3210020 28800 2780026 24000 23200

7

12 4900016 4140020 3590026 29900

7-1/2

14 5410018 4650022 4080028 34400

Table 5: Allowable Shaft Loads (pounds) for Pulleys

Based on SAE 1018 shaft material, using either a maximum shaft bending stress of 8000 psi induced by resultant load (no torque), or a maximum free shaft deflectionslope at the hub of 0.0023 inches per inch (tangent of 8 minutes), whichever governs.

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

Belt ConveyorDataSheet

H-203

CONV

EYOR

S

D

Type 5

D

D

D

Type 2

Type 1

Type 3

Type 4D

:yB:etaD

Company Name:

Contact:

Conveyor :tcejorP:DI

Required Capacity:

Length:

Lift: ft. or angle of incline

Material esopeR:ytisneD:deyevnoC Angle:

Belt Speed:

Belt Width:

Belt Construction:

Carrying Idler nruteRSpacing::elgnA Spacing:

Number of Plows:

Number of Scrapers:

Skirtboard thgieH:htgneL of Material on Skirtboard:

Horsepower:

Soft Start Type: (electronic, fluid, etc.)

Bearing Centers:

Conveyor eeS(:epyT Diagrams)

lb/cu.ft.

inches

ft.

TPH

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

HD PulleyDataSheet

H-204

CONVEYORS

Salesperson: Date:Customer: Contact:Address:Phone: E-Mail:Pulley Tag/Callout: Quantity:1. Type of Pulley: � Drum � Wing2. Crown or Flat Face: � Crown � Flat3. Duty of Pulley: � Standard � Mine � Quarry � Quarry AR (Wing) � Engineered4. Diameter (inches): �4 �6 �8 �10 �12 �14 �16 �18 �20 �24 �30 �36

�42 �48 � Other__________5. Face Width (inches): �12 �14 �16 �20 �26 �32 �38 �44 �51 �57 �63 �75

� Other__________ (Standard face is belt width +2” up to and including 42” belt and belt width +3” above 42”)6. Hub Style: � MXT � QD � TL � MHE � Keyless Locker �____________7. Pulley Bushing Bore: _____________8. Lagging (Drum): � Vulcanized SBR (select thickness and pattern below)

Thickness (inches): � 1/4 � 3/8 � 1/2 � 3/4 � 1 � ___________Pattern: � Smooth � Herringbone � Diamond � __________________* If used underground please specify MSHA and call for assistance.* If used in a grain handling application and/or explosive air born particulate application specifySOF and call for assistance.

� Weld On Replaceable� Urethane� Ceramic � Cold Bond � Vulcanized

9. Lagging (Wing): � Slide on Replaceable � Weld on (with tabs)� Vulcanized SBR � Urethane

10. Shafting (Basic): Diameter________________ x Length_______________ Bearing Centers: ______Drive Side Extension � Right Hand � Left Hand

11. Shafting (More Detail - A sketch or drawing may be required before manufacturing)Major Shaft Diameter (inside pulley) Shaft Diameter at DriveShaft Diameter at Bushing Drive Key LengthShaft Diameter at Bearing Drive Key Details

12. Bearing and Drive Information � Include with Quote � For Information Only

13. Notes:

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

H-205

VerticalScrewDataSheet

CONV

EYOR

S

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________

ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________

VERTICAL SCREW: LIFT ___________________ DISCH. HEIGHT. __________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________

CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH)

MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY_____________________________ LBS/FT3 TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________%

LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%)

FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________

MATʼL OF CONSTR: � MILD STEEL � T304 � T316 � H.D. GALV. � OTHER

INSTALLATION: � NEW � REPLACEMENT � INDOORS � OUTDOORS

DRIVE: (DIRECT) (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (OTHER): _________________________________________________________ � V-BELTS � CHAIN � GUARD

MOTOR: � TEFC � X-PROOF � MAC � OTHER ___________________ NOTES __________________________________________________________________

NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________

TROUGH: _____________________________________________________________________

SCREW: ______________________________________________________________________

SHAFT DIA: ____________________________________________________________________

HANGERS: ____________________________________________________________________

HRG. BRG.: ____________________________________________________________________

BOTTOM BRG.: _________________________________________________________________

BOTTOM SEAL: ________________________________________________________________

GASKETS: _____________________________________________________________________

DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM

REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________________

PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________

NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

INLETCONFIGURATION

� � �(Indicate One): Elevator Straight Elevator

Offset to Left Inlet Offset to Right

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

H-206

ScrewConveyorDataSheet

CONVEYORS

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE PROPOSAL DUE: _________________________________

ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________

SCREW DESCR: ____ QTY. __________ ″ DIA. × __________ LONG (C INLET TO C DISCH.) (OVERALL) � HORIZ. � INCL. __________° � DECL. _____________°


MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY ____________________________ LBS/FT3 TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________%


INSTALLATION: � INDOORS � OUTDOORS � NEW � REPLACEMENT � MATʼL OF CONSTR.: � MILD STEEL � T304 � T316 � HD GALV � OTHER _____

IS IT? � FEEDER � CONVEYOR IS FEED? � FLOOD LOAD � UNIFORM

FED BY: ___________________________ INLET SIZE: ___________________________________ DISCHARGES TO:______________________________________

DRIVE: (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (SHAFT MOUNT) (OTHER):_________________________________________________________________________________

NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

TROUGH: STYLE __________________ THK.______________________ COUPL. BOLTS: ________________________________________________________

DISCHARGE: TYPE ________________ QTY.______________________ HANGER: STYLE _______________________________________________________

GATES: TYPE _____________________ QTY.______________________ HANGER BRG.: TYPE ____________________________________________________

TROUGH END TYPE: TAIL _____________________________________ COVER: STYLE ______________________________ THK.______________________

TROUGH END TYPE: HEAD ____________________________________ COVER FASTENERS: TYPE ______________________________________________

BEARING TYPE: TAIL______________ HEAD______________________ INLETS: STYLE ______________________________ QTY.______________________

SEAL TYPE: TAIL _________________ HEAD______________________ GASKETS: TYPE __________________________________ THK. _________________

SCREW: DIA. ________ (RH) (LH) PITCH __________ THK. __________ DRIVE _______________________ HP AT ______________________________ RPM

___________________________________________________________ MOTOR: _________________________________ MOTOR MOUNT _______________

___________________________________________________________ REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________ V-BELT/CHAIN: _________________________________________________________

NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SKETCH — (SHOW FEEDER INLET SIZE AND LOCATION, DRIVE LOCATION, ETC.)


H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

H-207

SampleWorkSheet

CONV

EYOR

S

Client: ________________________________________ Date Quote Due:__________________________________Conveyor No.:__________________________________ Inquiry No.: ______________________________________

Table 1-2

_______ Dia. × Length L = _______________________ Recommended % Trough Loading: ___________________Material: ______________________________________ Materal HP Factor: FM = __________________________Capacity:______________________________________ Component Series:________________________________Density:W = ____________________________ Lbs/Ft3 Intermediate Hanger Bearing Series: __________________Lumps: Max. Size ___________ in. Class (I) (II) (III) ____ Notes: __________________________________________

CFH = TPH x 2000WRequired Capacity =C = ___________ CFH (cubic feet per hour) CFH = Bushels per Hour × 1.24

CFH = Pounds per HourW

Tables 1-3, 1-4, 1-5Equivalent Reqʼd Capacity CF1 CF2 CF3 Equivalent

= × × × =Capacity __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ CFH CapacityTable 1-6

Screw Diameter = ___________________Select Diameter from ʻat max RPMʼ column where capacity listed equals or exceeds equivalent capacity

Screw RPM =N = ____________ = Equivalent CapacityCapacity ʻat one RPMʼ for diameter selected

Table 1-7

Check lump size and lump class for diameter selected. If larger screw diameter recommended, recalculate RPM perinstructions above for selected diameter.

Tables 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 1-17

Values to be substituted in formula: ______ ______ ______ ______ ______Fd Fb Ff Fp e

HPf = (L

)(N

)(Fd

)(Fb

) = ____________0000000001,000,0000000000

HPm = (C

)(L

)(W

)(Ff

)(Fm

)(Fp

) = ____________00000000000001,000,0000000000000000000

If HPf + HPm is less than 5.2, select overload factor FO = __________ (If HPf + HPm is greater than 5.2, FO = 1.0)

Total HP = (HPf + HPm) Fo =____________________________ = ____________e

DRIVE: Use ____________ HP motor with AGMA Class (I) (II) (III) Drive at _____________________ Screw RPMTables 1-18, 1-19

Torque = Motor HP0×063,025 =_______________ in.-lbs.Screw RPM

List Minimum Size: Shaft Dia. ____________ Pipe ____________ Bolt/Shear ____________ Bolt/Bearing ____________Tables 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11

Select Components:Trough ___________ Screw ___________ Hanger Style ___________ Hanger Bearing ___________ Cover ___________

NOTE: Consult factoryfor feederhorsepower

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

H-208

Bucket ElevatorDataSheet

CONVEYORS

H-208

TYPE: � CENTRIFUGAL � CONTINUOUS � GRAIN TYPE � OTHER___________________

� CHAIN � BELT SPECS. _________________________________________________

DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER _________________________

SPKTS/SHEAVES _______________ CHAIN/V-BELTS _________________________________

_______________ BACKSTOP ____________________________________________________

INLET: � STANDARD � SPECIAL ________________________________________________

DISCHARGE: � STANDARD � 45°

SAFETY CAGE: � YES � NO LADDER: LGTH _____________________________________

HEAD PLATFORM: � STANDARD SIZE � SPECIAL __________________________________

INT. PLATFORM � STANDARD SIZE � SPECIAL ____________________________________

THICKNESS: HEAD ____________ BOOT ____________ INT. ___________________________

TAKEUP: � HEAD � BOOT � SCREW � GRAVITY

SEALS: � STANDARD � SPECIAL _____________ VENTS: SIZE ___________ QTY _______

________________________________________________________PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________

ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________

BUCKET ELEVATOR: (CTRS/LIFT) ___________________________ DESCR. _______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________


MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY_____________________________ LBS/FT3 TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________%


FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________

MATʼL OF CONSTR: � MILD STEEL � T304 � T316 � H.D. GALV. � OTHER

INSTALLATION: � NEW � REPLACEMENT � INDOORS � OUTDOORS

DRIVE: (SHAFT MOUNT) (FOOT MOUNTED GEAR REDUCER) (OTHER): _____________________________________________ � V-BELTS � CHAIN � GUARD

___________________MOTOR: � TEFC � X-PROOF � MAC � OTHER ___________________BACKSTOP: � SHAFT � INTEGRAL TO REDUCER � OTHER

________________________________________________________NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _


Head

Intermediate

Boot

Lift

CleanoutDoor

H177-H208:Section M 2/1/10 1:47 PM

sech

Documents

green bean

unred pressure

steiger occupational

competitors

intermittent

ledges provide

warning sign

conveyor screwsquick